Altivar Process Variable Speed Drives ATV630, ATV650, ATV660, ATV680 Programming Manual 10/2016 ATV600
User Manual:
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 698
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Altivar Process EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Variable Speed Drives ATV630, ATV650, ATV660, ATV680 Programming Manual EAV64318.04 11/2016 www.schneider-electric.com The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. If you have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication, please notify us. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, without express written permission of Schneider Electric. All pertinent state, regional, and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and using this product. For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented system data, only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components. When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements, the relevant instructions must be followed. Failure to use Schneider Electric software or approved software with our hardware products may result in injury, harm, or improper operating results. Failure to observe this information can result in injury or equipment damage. © 2016 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. 2 EAV64318 11/2016 Table of Contents Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About the Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 1 Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initial Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steps for Setting-Up the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 2 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphic Display Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Parameter Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Finding a Parameter in This Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part II Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 3 [Simply start] SYS- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Simply start] SIM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [My menu] MYMn- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Modified parameters] LMd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 4 [Dashboard] dSH- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pump dashboard] Pmt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Fan dashboard] Fan- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Dashboard] dSH- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Control] Ctr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Control] Ftr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Dashboard] dSH- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [kWh Counters]KWC- menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Dashboard] dSH- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 5 [Diagnostics] dIA- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 [Diag. data] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Diag. data] ddt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Service message] SEr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Other State] SSt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Diagnostics] dAU- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Identification] OId- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 [Error history] pFH- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Error history] pFH- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 [Warnings] ALr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Actual warnings] ALrd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Warning group 1 definition] A1C- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Warning group 2 definition] A2C- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Warning group 3 definition] A3C- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Warning group 4 definition] A4C- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Warning group 5 definition] A5C- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Warnings] ALr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAV64318 11/2016 15 19 23 25 26 28 29 31 32 33 35 36 41 42 43 45 46 52 52 53 54 56 58 59 62 63 64 66 67 68 69 74 75 76 76 77 77 80 81 81 81 82 82 82 82 3 Chapter 6 [Display] MOn- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 [Energy parameters]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Elec Ener Input Counter] ELI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Elec Ener Output Counter] ELO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Mechanical energy] MEC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Energy saving] ESA- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 [Application parameters] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Application parameters] apr- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 [Pump parameters]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Variable speed pump] mpp- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Multipump system]mpS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Installation] MPVS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4 [Motor parameters]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor parameters] MMO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 [Drive parameters] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Drive parameters] MPI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 [Thermal monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Thermal Monitoring] tPM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 [PID display] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PID display] PIC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 [Counter management] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Counter Management] ELt- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.9 [Other state] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Other state] SSt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10 [I/O map] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Digital Input Map] LIA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI1] AI1C- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI2] AI2C- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI3] AI3C- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI4] AI4C- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI5] AI5C- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Digital output map] LOA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AQ1] AO1C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AQ2] AO2C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI5 frequency measured] PFC5- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI6 frequency measured] PFC6- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet Digital Input Map] LICA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet Digital Output Map] LOCA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11 [Communication map] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Communication map] CMM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Modbus network diag] Mnd-Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Com. scanner input map] ISA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Com scan output map] OSA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Modbus HMI Diag] MdH- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Ethernet Emb Diag] MPE- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Ethernet Module Diag] MtE- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DeviceNet Diag] dvn- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Profibus Diag] Prb- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PROFINET Diag] Prn- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Command word image] CWI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Freq. ref. word map] rWI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CANopen map] CnM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 83 84 85 87 89 90 91 91 95 96 99 104 105 105 107 107 110 110 111 111 112 112 115 115 116 117 118 120 121 122 123 124 125 129 131 133 134 134 135 136 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 149 151 152 153 EAV64318 11/2016 [PDO1 image] PO1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PDO2 image] PO2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PDO3 image] PO3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CANopen map] CnM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 [Data logging] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Distributed logging] dLO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Log dstrb prm select] LdP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Distributed logging] dLO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 7 [Complete settings] CSt- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 [Macro configuration] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Macro configuration] MCr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3 [Motor parameters] MPA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor parameters] MPA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Data] Mtd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor tune] MtU- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor monitoring] MOP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor monitoring] MOP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor control] drC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Switching frequency] SWF- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 [Define system units] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Define system units] SUC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5 [Sensors assignment] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI1 sensor config.] Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI2 sensor config.] Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI3 sensor config.] Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI4 sensor config.] Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI5 sensor config.] Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AIV1 configuration] Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AIV2 configuration] Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AIV3 configuration] Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6 [Command and Reference] CrP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Command and Reference] CrP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 [Pump functions] - [Booster control] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [System Architecture] mpq- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MultiDrive Config] MPVC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pumps configuration] pump- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [System Architecture] mpq- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Booster control] bsC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Stage/Destage condition] sdCm- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Stage/Destage method] sdmm- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Booster control] bsC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8 [Pump functions] - [Level control] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [System architecture] mpq- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pumps configuration] pump- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Level control] lcc- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Level control] lcc- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Level settings] lcL- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAV64318 11/2016 154 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 165 165 168 168 170 171 173 180 186 187 193 195 200 202 202 206 207 209 212 214 216 218 220 222 224 226 228 230 230 244 245 256 260 263 265 268 272 276 277 278 278 279 286 293 5 7.9 [Pump functions] - [PID controller] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PID controller] PId- Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PID Feedback] Fdb- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PID Reference] rF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PID preset references] PrI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PID Reference] rF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Settings] St- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10 [Pump functions] - [Sleep/wakeup] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Sleep/Wakeup] SPW- Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Sleep menu] SLP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Sleep menu] SLP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Sleep menu] SLP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Boost] Sbt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Advanced sleep check] AdS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Wake up menu] wKP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Wake up menu] wKP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 [Pump functions] - [Feedback monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12 [Pump functions] - [Pump characteristics] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pump characteristics] PCr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 [Pump functions] - [Sensorless flow estimation] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Flow estimation] SFE- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14 [Pump functions] - [dP/Head Correction] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [dP/Head Correction] DPHC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15 [Pump functions] - [Pump start stop] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pump start stop] PST- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16 [Pump functions] - [Pipe fill] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pipe fill] PFI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pipe fill] PFI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17 [Pump functions] - [Friction loss compensation] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.18 [Pump functions] - [Jockey pump] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Jockey pump] JKP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19 [Pump functions] - [Priming pump ctrl] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Priming pump ctrl] PPC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Priming pump ctrl] PPC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 [Pump functions] - [Flow limitation] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Flow limitation] FLM- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Flow limitation] FLM- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.21 [Pump monitoring] - [Pumpcycle monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pumpcycle monitoring] CSP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.22 [Pump monitoring] - [Anti jam] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Anti-jam monit] JAM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.23 [Pump monitoring] - [Dry run Monit] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Dry run Monit] dYr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.24 [Pump monitoring] - [Pump low flow Monit] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25 [Pump monitoring] - [Thermal monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.26 [Pump monitoring] - [Inlet pressure monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 298 299 302 308 311 313 314 317 318 321 323 324 325 326 328 329 330 330 332 332 339 339 342 342 344 344 348 349 351 353 354 355 356 356 359 360 363 364 365 367 368 368 370 370 377 377 380 381 383 386 386 387 388 390 EAV64318 11/2016 7.27 [Pump monitoring] - [Outlet pressure monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Outlet pressure monitoring] OPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Outlet pressure monitoring] OPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28 [Pump monitoring] - [High flow monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 [Fan] - [PID controller] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PID Controller] PID- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30 [Fan] - [Feedback monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31 [Fan] - [Jump frequency] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Jump frequency] JUF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.32 [Fan] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Fan] CSFA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.33 [Generic functions] - [Speed limits] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Speed limits] SLM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.34 [Generic functions] - [Ramp] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Ramp] rAMP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.35 [Generic functions] - [Ramp switching] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Ramp switching] rpt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.36 [Generic functions] - [Stop configuration] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Stop configuration] Stt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.37 [Generic functions] - [Auto DC injection] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Auto DC injection] AdC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38 [Generic functions] - [Ref. operations] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Ref. operations] OAI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.39 [Generic functions] - [Preset speeds] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Preset speeds] PSS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.40 [Generic functions] - [+/- speed] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [+/- speed] Upd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.41 [Generic functions] - [Jump frequency] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Jump frequency] JUF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42 [Generic functions] - [PID controller] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PID Controller] PID- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43 [Generic functions] - [Feedback mon.]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.44 [Generic functions] - [Threshold reached] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Threshold reached] tHrE- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.45 [Generic functions] - [Mains contactor command] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Mains contactor command] LLC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46 [Generic functions] - [Reverse disable] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Reverse disable] rEIn- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.47 [Generic functions] - [Torque limitation]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Torque limitation] tOL- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48 [Generic functions] - [Parameters switching] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Parameters switching] MLP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Set 1] PS1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Set 2] PS2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Set 3] PS3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49 [Generic functions] - [Stop after speed timeout] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Stop after speed timeout] PrSP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50 [Generic functions] - [Active Front End]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Active Front End] AFE- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAV64318 11/2016 391 392 394 395 396 398 399 399 400 400 401 401 402 402 404 404 407 407 410 410 412 412 418 418 421 421 423 423 427 427 430 430 431 431 432 432 433 433 435 435 438 438 439 439 441 442 448 448 448 449 449 451 451 7 7.51 [Generic monitoring]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Process underload] ULd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Process overload] OLd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Stall monitoring] StPr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.52 [Input/Output] - [I/O assignment] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI1 assignment] L1A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI2 assignment] L2A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI3 assignment] L3A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI4 assignment] L4A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI5 assignment] L5A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI6 assignment] L6A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI11 assignment] L11A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI12 assignment] L12A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI13 assignment] L13A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI14 assignment] L14A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI15 assignment] L15A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI16 assignment] L16A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI1 assignment] AI1A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI2 assignment] AI2A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI3 assignment] AI3A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI4 assignment] AI4A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI5 assignment] AI5A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AIV1 assignment] Av1A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AIV2 assignment] Av2A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AIV3 assignment] Av3A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI50 Assignment] d50A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI51 Assignment] d51A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI52 Assignment] d52A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI53 Assignment] d53A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI54 Assignment] d54A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI55 Assignment] d55A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI56 Assignment] d56A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI57 Assignment] d57A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI58 Assignment] d58A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI59 Assignment] d59A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.53 [Input/Output] - [DI/DQ] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI1 Configuration] di1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI2 Configuration] dI2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI3 Configuration] dI3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI4 Configuration] dI4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI5 Configuration] dI5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI6 Configuration] dI6- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI11 Configuration] dI11- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI12 Configuration] dI12- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI13 Configuration] dI13- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI14 Configuration] dI14- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI15 Configuration] dI15- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI16 Configuration] dI16- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI5 Pulse Config] PAI5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI6 Pulse Config] PAI6- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DQ11 Configuration] dO11- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DQ12 Configuration] dO12- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 452 453 455 457 458 459 460 463 463 464 464 465 465 466 466 467 467 468 469 470 471 472 472 472 473 473 473 474 474 474 475 476 476 476 477 477 478 478 479 480 482 483 483 484 484 485 485 486 486 487 487 488 490 491 492 EAV64318 11/2016 [DI50 Configuration] dI50- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI51 Configuration] dI51- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI52 Configuration] dI52- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI53 Configuration] dI53- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI54 Configuration] dI54- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI55 Configuration] dI55- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI56 Configuration] dI56- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI57 Configuration] dI57- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI58 Configuration] dI58- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DI59 Configuration] dI59- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.54 [Input/Output] - [Analog I/O]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI1 configuration] AI1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI2 configuration] AI2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI3 configuration] AI3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI4 configuration] AI4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI5 configuration] AI5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AQ1 configuration] AO1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AQ2 configuration] AO2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Virtual AI1] Au1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Virtual AI2] Au2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Virtual AI3] Au3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55 [Input/Output] - [Relay] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R1 configuration] r1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R2 configuration] r2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R3 configuration] r3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R4 configuration] r4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R5 configuration] r5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R6 configuration] r6- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R60 configuration] r60- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R61 configuration] r61- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R62 configuration] r62- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R63 configuration] r63- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R64 configuration] r64- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R65 configuration] r65- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [R66 configuration] r66- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.56 [Error/Warning handling] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Auto fault reset] Atr- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Fault reset] rSt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Catch on the fly] FLr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Error detection disable] InH- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [External error] EtF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Output phase loss] OPL- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Input phase loss] IPL- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [4-20mA loss] LFL- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Fallback speed] LFF- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Fieldbus monitoring] CLL- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Embedded Modbus TCP] EMtC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Communication module] COMO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Undervoltage handling] USb- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Ground Fault] GrFL- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor thermal monit] tHt- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Drive overload monit] obr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Warn grp 1 definition] A1C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAV64318 11/2016 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 506 508 509 511 512 516 518 519 519 520 521 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 539 540 542 544 545 546 548 549 550 551 553 555 556 557 558 9 7.57 7.58 7.59 7.60 7.61 7.62 [Warn grp 2 definition] A2C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Warn grp 3 definition] A3C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Warn grp 4 definition] A4C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Warn grp 5 definition] A5C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Maintenance]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Diagnostics] dAU- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Drive warranty mgnt] dWMA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Customer event 1] CE1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Customer event 2] CE2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Customer event 3] CE3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Customer event 4] CE4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Customer event 5] CE5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Customer events] CUEv- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Fan management] FAMA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Maintenance] CSMA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Monitoring circuit] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Monitoring circuit A] CMCA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Monitoring circuit B] CMCb- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Monitoring circuit C] CMCC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Monitoring circuit D] CMCd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Cabinet circuit] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet circuit A] CCMA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet circuit B] CCMb- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet circuit C] CCMC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Motor winding] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor winding A] CtIA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor winding B] CtIb- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Motor bearing] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor bearing A] CtIC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor bearing B] CtId- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Circuit breaker]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Circuit breaker] CCb- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 8 [Communication] COM-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Modbus Fieldbus] Md1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Com. scanner input] ICS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Com. scanner output] OCS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Modbus HMI] Md2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Embd Eth Config] EtE- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Eth Module Config] EtO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CANopen] CnO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DeviceNet] dnC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Profibus] PbC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Profinet] PnC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 9 [File management] FMt- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Transfer config file] tCF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Factory settings] FCS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Parameter group list] FrY- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Factory settings] FCS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pre-settings] PrES- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 10 [My preferences] MYP- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 [Language] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Language] LnG- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 [Password] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Password] COd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 560 560 560 560 561 562 563 564 565 565 566 566 567 568 569 570 571 573 573 574 575 576 577 577 578 579 580 581 582 582 583 583 585 586 588 589 590 591 592 592 592 592 592 593 594 594 595 596 597 599 600 600 601 601 EAV64318 11/2016 10.3 [Parameter access] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Restricted channels] PCd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Restricted param] PPA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Visibility] VIS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4 [Customization] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [My menu config.] MYC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Display screen type] MSC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Param. Bar Select] PbS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Customer parameters] CYP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Service message] SEr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 [Date & Time settings] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Date/time settings] RTC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 [Access level]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Access level] LAC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7 [Webserver] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Webserver] WbS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8 [Functions key mgnt] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Functions key mgnt] FKG- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9 [LCD settings] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LCD settings] CnL- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10 [Stop and go] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Stop and go] StG- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11 [QR code] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [QR code] qrC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12 [QR code] - [My link 1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [My link 1] myl1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.13 [QR code] - [My link 2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [My link 2] myl2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.14 [QR code] - [My link 3] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [My link 3] myl3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15 [QR code] - [My link 4] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [My link 4] myl4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.16 [Pairing password] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pairing password] PPi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part III Maintenance and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 11 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 12 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 Warning Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warning Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2 Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AFE Modulation Rate Error] ACF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AFE Current Control Error] ACF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Angle error] ASF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Circuit Breaker Error] CbF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CabinetCircuit A Error] CFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CabinetCircuit B Error] CFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CabinetCircuit C Error] CFC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Incorrect Configuration] CFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Invalid Configuration] CFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Conf Transfer Error] CFI2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pre-settings Transfer Error] CFI3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Cabinet Overheat Error] CHF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAV64318 11/2016 603 604 604 605 606 607 607 608 608 609 610 610 611 611 612 612 613 613 614 614 615 615 617 617 618 618 619 619 620 620 621 621 622 622 623 625 625 627 628 628 630 633 634 634 635 635 636 636 637 637 638 638 639 639 640 11 [CANopen Com Interrupt] COF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Precharge Capacitor] CrF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AFE contactor fdbk error] CrF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Channel Switch Error] CSF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Dry Run Error] drYF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EEPROM Control] EEF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EEPROM Power] EEF2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [External Error] EPF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Fieldbus Error] EPF2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Embd Eth Com Interrupt] EtHF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [FDR 1 Error] FDR1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [FDR 2 Error] FDR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Firmware Update Error] FWEr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Boards Compatibility] HCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [High Flow Error] HFPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MonitorCircuit A Error] IFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MonitorCircuit B Error] IFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MonitorCircuit C Error] IFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MonitorCircuit D Error] IFd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Input Overheating] iHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Link Error] ILF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 0] InF0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 1] InF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 2] InF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 3] InF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 4] InF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 6] InF6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 7] InF7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 8] InF8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 9] InF9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 10] InFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 11] InFb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 12] InFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 13] InFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 14] InFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 15] InFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 16] InFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 17] InFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 18] InFi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 20] InFk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 21] InFl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 22] InFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 23] InFN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 25] InFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 27] InFr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 28] InFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 29] InFt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 30] InFU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Internal Error 31] InFV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Inlet Pressure Error] iPPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Anti Jam Error] JAMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Input Contactor] LCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [High Level Error] LCHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Low Level Error] LCLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI1 4-20mA loss] LFF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 640 641 641 642 642 643 643 644 644 645 645 646 646 647 647 648 648 649 649 650 650 651 651 652 652 653 653 654 654 655 655 656 656 657 657 658 658 659 659 660 660 661 661 662 662 663 663 664 664 665 665 666 666 667 667 EAV64318 11/2016 [AI2 4-20mA loss] LFF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI3 4-20mA loss] LFF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI4 4-20mA loss] LFF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI5 4-20mA loss] LFF5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Mains Freq Out Of Range] MFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [M/P Device Error] MPDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Lead Pump Error] mpLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DC Bus Overvoltage] ObF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AFE Bus unbalancing] ObF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Overcurrent] OCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Drive Overheating] OHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Process Overload] OLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor Overload] OLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Single Output Phase Loss] OPF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Output Phase Loss] OPF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Out Pressure High] OPHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Out Pressure Low] OPLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Supply Mains Overvoltage] OSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PumpCycle Start Error] PCPF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PID Feedback Error] PFMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Program Loading Error] PGLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Program Running Error] PGrF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Input phase loss] PHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Pump Low Flow Error] PLFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Safety Function Error] SAFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor short circuit] SCF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Ground Short Circuit] SCF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [IGBT Short Circuit] SCF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor Short Circuit] SCF5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AFE ShortCircuit error] SCF6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Modbus Com Interruption] SLF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PC Com Interruption] SLF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [HMI Com Interruption] SLF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor Overspeed] SOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Motor Stall Error] StF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI2 Thermal Sensor Error] t2CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI3 Thermal Sensor Error] t3CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI4 Thermal Sensor Error] t4CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI5 Thermal Sensor Error] t5CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MotorWinding A Error] tFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MotorWinding B Error] tFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MotorBearing A Error] tFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MotorBearing B Error] tFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI2 Th Detected Error] tH2F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI3 Th Detected Error] tH3F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI4 Th Detected Error] tH4F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AI5 Th Detected Error] tH5F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [IGBT Overheating] tJF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AFE IGBT over-heat error] tJF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Autotuning Error] tnF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Process Underload] ULF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AFE Mains Undervoltage] UrF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Supply Mains UnderV] USF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.3 FAQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAV64318 11/2016 668 668 669 669 670 670 671 671 672 672 673 673 674 674 675 675 676 676 677 677 678 678 679 679 680 680 681 681 682 682 683 683 684 684 685 685 686 686 687 687 688 688 689 689 690 690 691 691 692 692 693 693 694 695 695 13 14 EAV64318 11/2016 Safety Information Important Information NOTICE Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device before trying to install, operate, service, or maintain it. The following special messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure. PLEASE NOTE Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material. A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of electrical equipment and its installation, and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved. Qualification Of Personnel Only appropriately trained persons who are familiar with and understand the contents of this manual and all other pertinent product documentation are authorized to work on and with this product. In addition, these persons must have received safety training to recognize and avoid hazards involved. These persons must have sufficient technical training, knowledge and experience and be able to foresee and detect potential hazards that may be caused by using the product, by changing the settings and by the mechanical, electrical and electronic equipment of the entire system in which the product is used. All persons working on and with the product must be fully familiar with all applicable standards, directives, and accident prevention regulations when performing such work. EAV64318 11/2016 15 Intended Use This product is a drive for three-phase synchronous, asynchronous motors and intended for industrial use according to this manual.The product may only be used in compliance with all applicable safety standard and local regulations and directives, the specified requirements and the technical data. The product must be installed outside the hazardous ATEX zone. Prior to using the product, you must perform a risk assessment in view of the planned application. Based on the results, the appropriate safety measures must be implemented.Since the product is used as a component in an entire system, you must ensure the safety of persons by means of the design of this entire system (for example, machine design). Any use other than the use explicitly permitted is prohibited and can result in hazards. Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified personnel. Product Related Information Read and understand these instructions before performing any procedure with this drive. DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Only appropriately trained persons who are familiar with and understand the contents of this manual and all other pertinent product documentation and who have received safety training to recognize and avoid hazards involved are authorized to work on and with this drive system. Installation, adjustment, repair and maintenance must be performed by qualified personnel. The system integrator is responsible for compliance with all local and national electrical code requirements as well as all other applicable regulations with respect to grounding of all equipment. Many components of the product, including the printed circuit boards, operate with mains voltage. Do not touch. Use only electrically insulated tools. Do not touch unshielded components or terminals with voltage present. Motors can generate voltage when the shaft is rotated. Prior to performing any type of work on the drive system, block the motor shaft to prevent rotation. AC voltage can couple voltage to unused conductors in the motor cable. Insulate both ends of unused conductors of the motor cable. Do not short across the DC bus terminals or the DC bus capacitors or the braking resistor terminals. Before performing work on the drive system: Disconnect all power, including external control power that may be present. Place a Do Not Turn On label on all power switches. Lock all power switches in the open position. Wait 15 minutes to allow the DC bus capacitors to discharge. The DC bus LED is not an indicator of the absence of DC bus voltage that can exceed 800 Vdc. Measure the voltage on the DC bus between the DC bus terminals (PA/+, PC/-) using a properly rated voltmeter to verify that the voltage is < 42 Vdc. If the DC bus capacitors do not discharge properly, contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Do not repair or operate the product. Install and close all covers before applying voltage. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. Drive systems may perform unexpected movements because of incorrect wiring, incorrect settings, incorrect data or other errors. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Carefully install the wiring in accordance with the EMC requirements. Do not operate the product with unknown or unsuitable settings or data. Perform a comprehensive commissioning test. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 16 EAV64318 11/2016 Damaged products or accessories may cause electric shock or unanticipated equipment operation. DANGER ELECTRIC SHOCK OR UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Do not use damaged products or accessories. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office if you detect any damage whatsoever. WARNING LOSS OF CONTROL The designer of any control scheme must consider the potential failure modes of control paths and, for critical control functions, provide a means to achieve a safe state during and after a path failure. Examples of critical control functions are emergency stop, overtravel stop, power outage and restart. Separate or redundant control paths must be provided for critical control functions. System control paths may include communication links. Consideration must be given to the implications of unanticipated transmission delays or failures of the link. Observe all accident prevention regulations and local safety guidelines (1). Each implementation of the product must be individually and thoroughly tested for proper operation before being placed into service. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. (1) For USA: Additional information, refer to NEMA ICS 1.1 (latest edition), Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation, and Maintenance of Solid State Control and to NEMA ICS 7.1 (latest edition), Safety Standards for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation and Operation of Adjustable-Speed Drive Systems. NOTICE DESTRUCTION DUE TO INCORRECT MAINS VOLTAGE Before switching on and configuring the product, verify that it is approved for the mains voltage Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. The temperature of the products described in this manual may exceed 80 °C (176 °F) during operation. WARNING HOT SURFACES Ensure that any contact with hot surfaces is avoided. Do not allow flammable or heat-sensitive parts in the immediate vicinity of hot surfaces. Verify that the product has sufficiently cooled down before handling it. Verify that the heat dissipation is sufficient by performing a test run under maximum load conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. This equipment has been designed to operate outside of any hazardous location. Only install this equipment in zones known to be free of a hazardous atmosphere. DANGER POTENTIAL FOR EXPLOSION Install and use this equipment in non-hazardous locations only. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. EAV64318 11/2016 17 Machines, controllers, and related equipment are usually integrated into networks. Unauthorized persons and malware may gain access to the machine as well as to other devices on the network/fieldbus of the machine and connected networks via insufficiently secure access to software and networks. WARNING UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS TO THE MACHINE VIA SOFTWARE AND NETWORKS In your hazard and risk analysis, consider all hazards that result from access to and operation on the network/fieldbus and develop an appropriate cyber security concept. Verify that the hardware infrastructure and the software infrastructure into which the machine is integrated as well as all organizational measures and rules covering access to this infrastructure consider the results of the hazard and risk analysis and are implemented according to best practices and standards covering IT security and cyber security (such as: ISO/IEC 27000 series, Common Criteria for Information Technology Security Evaluation, ISO/ IEC 15408, IEC 62351, ISA/IEC 62443, NIST Cybersecurity Framework, Information Security Forum - Standard of Good Practice for Information Security). Verify the effectiveness of your IT security and cyber security systems using appropriate, proven methods. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 18 EAV64318 11/2016 About the Book At a Glance Document Scope The purpose of this document is to: help you to set up the drive, show you how to program the drive, show you the different menus, modes, and parameters, help you in maintenance and diagnostics. Validity Note This documentation is valid for the Altivar Process drives. The technical characteristics of the devices described in this document also appear online. To access this information online: Step Action 1 Go to the Schneider Electric home page www.schneider-electric.com. 2 In the Search box type the reference of a product or the name of a product range. Do not include blank spaces in the reference or product range. To get information on grouping similar modules, use asterisks (*). 3 If you entered a reference, go to the Product Datasheets search results and click on the reference that interests you. If you entered the name of a product range, go to the Product Ranges search results and click on the product range that interests you. 4 If more than one reference appears in the Products search results, click on the reference that interests you. 5 Depending on the size of your screen, you may need to scroll down to see the data sheet. 6 To save or print a data sheet as a .pdf file, click Download XXX product datasheet. The characteristics that are presented in this manual should be the same as those characteristics that appear online. In line with our policy of constant improvement, we may revise content over time to improve clarity and accuracy. If you see a difference between the manual and online information, use the online information as your reference. EAV64318 11/2016 19 Related Documents Use your tablet or your PC to quickly access detailed and comprehensive information on all our products on www.schneider-electric.com. The internet site provides the information you need for products and solutions: The whole catalog for detailed characteristics and selection guides, The CAD files to help design your installation, available in over 20 different file formats, All software and firmware to maintain your installation up to date, A large quantity of White Papers, Environment documents, Application solutions, Specifications... to gain a better understanding of our electrical systems and equipment or automation, And finally all the User Guides related to your drive, listed below: Title of Documentation Reference Number ATV600 Getting Started EAV63253 (English), EAV63254 (French), EAV63255 (German), EAV63256 (Spanish), EAV64310 (Italian), EAV64298 (Chinese) ATV600 Getting Started Annex (SCCR) EAV64300 (English) ATV630, ATV650 Installation Manual EAV64301 (English), EAV64302 (French), EAV64306 (German), EAV64307 (Spanish), EAV63257 (Italian), EAV64317 (Chinese) ATV600 Programming Manual EAV64318) (English), EAV64320 (French), EAV64321 (German), EAV64322 (Spanish), EAV64323 (Italian), EAV64324 (Chinese) ATV600 Modbus Serial Link Manual (Embedded) EAV64325) (English) ATV600 Ethernet Manual (Embedded) EAV64327) (English), ATV600 Ethernet IP - Modbus TCP Manual (VW3A3720) EAV64328 (English), ATV600 PROFIBUS DP manual (VW3A3607) EAV64329) (English), ATV600 DeviceNet manual (VW3A3609) EAV64330 (English), ATV600 PROFINET manual (VW3A3627) EAV64331 (English), ATV600 CANopen Serial Link Manual (VW3A3608, 618, 628) EAV64333) (English), ATV600 Communication Parameters EAV64332 (English), ATV600 Embedded Safety Function manual EAV64334 (English), Altivar Process Drive Systems – Installation manual NHA37119 (English), NHA37121 (French), NHA37118 (German), NHA37122 (Spanish), NHA37123 (Italian), NHA37130 (Chinese), NHA37124 (Dutch), NHA37126 (Polish), NHA37127 (Portuguese), NHA37128 (Russian), NHA37129 (Turkish) ATV660 Handbook NHA37111 (English), NHA37110 (German) ATV680 Handbook NHA37113 (English), NHA37112 (German) ATV600F, ATV900F Installation Instruction sheet NVE57369 (English), SoMove: FDT SoMove_FDT (English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Chinese) Altivar Process ATV600: DTM ATV6xx_DTM_Library_EN (English), ATV6xx_DTM_Library_FR (French), ATV6xx_DTM_Language_DE (German), ATV6xx_DTM_Library_SP (Spanish), ATV6xx_DTM_Library_IT (Italian), ATV6xx_DTM_Library_CN (Chinese) You can download these technical publications and other technical information from our website at http://www.schneider-electric.com/ww/en/download 20 EAV64318 11/2016 Terminology The technical terms, terminology, and the corresponding descriptions in this manual normally use the terms or definitions in the relevant standards. In the area of drive systems this includes, but is not limited to, terms such as error, error message, failure, fault, fault reset, protection, safe state, safety function, warning, warning message, and so on. Among others, these standards include: IEC 61800 series: Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems IEC 61508 Ed.2 series: Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related EN 954-1 Safety of machinery - Safety related parts of control systems ISO 13849-1 & 2 Safety of machinery - Safety related parts of control systems IEC 61158 series: Industrial communication networks - Fieldbus specifications IEC 61784 series: Industrial communication networks - Profiles IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines – Part 1: General requirements In addition, the term zone of operation is used in conjunction with the description of specific hazards, and is defined as it is for a hazard zone or danger zone in the EC Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC) and in ISO 12100-1. EAV64318 11/2016 21 22 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Introduction EAV64318 10/2016 Part I Introduction Introduction What Is in This Part? This part contains the following chapters: Chapter EAV64318 11/2016 Chapter Name Page 1 Setup 25 2 Overview 31 23 Introduction 24 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Setup EAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 1 Setup Setup What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page Initial Steps 26 Steps for Setting-Up the Drive 28 Software Enhancements 29 25 Setup Initial Steps Before Powering up the Drive WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Before switching on the device, verify that no unintended signals can be applied to the digital inputs that could cause unintended movements. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. If the drive was not connected to mains for an extended period of time, the capacitors must be restored to their full performance before the motor is started. NOTICE REDUCED CAPACITOR PERFORMANCE Apply mains voltage to the drive for one hour before starting the motor if the drive has not been connected to mains for the following periods of time: 12 months at a maximum storage temperature of +50°C (+122°F) 24 months at a maximum storage temperature of +45°C (+113°F) 36 months at a maximum storage temperature of +40°C (+104°F) Verify that no Run command can be applied before the period of one hour has elapsed. Verify the date of manufacture if the drive is commissioned for the first time and run the specified procedure if the date of manufacture is more than 12 months in the past. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. If the specified procedure cannot be performed without a Run command because of internal mains contactor control, perform this procedure with the power stage enabled, but the motor being at standstill so that there is no appreciable mains current in the capacitors. Start-up NOTE: If a Run command such as Run forward, Run reverse, DC injection is still active during: A product reset to the factory settings, A manual "Fault Reset" using [Fault Reset Assign] RsF, A manual "Fault reset" by applying a product switched off and on again, A stop command given by a channel that is not the active channel command (such as Stop key of the display terminal in 2/3 wires control), The drive is in a blocking state and displays [Freewheel Stop] nSt. It will be necessary to deactivate all active Run commands prior to authorizing a new Run command. Mains Contactor NOTICE RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE DRIVE Do not switch on the drive at intervals of less than 60 s. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. 26 EAV64318 11/2016 Setup Using a Motor with a Lower Rating or Dispensing with a Motor Altogether In factory settings, the motor output phase loss detection is active: [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL is set to [OPF Error Triggered] YES. For details, refer to the parameter description (see page 544). For commissioning tests or maintenance phase, the drive could be connected to a small motor power size and thus trigger an error [Output Phase Loss] OPF2 or [Single output phase loss] OPF1 when a Run command is applied.For that purpose, the function can be disabled by setting [OutPhaseLossAssign] OPL to [Function Inactive] nO. Set also [Motor control type] Ctt to [U/F VC Standard] Std in [Motor parameters] MPA-. For details, refer to the parameter description (see page 195). NOTICE MOTOR OVERHEATING Install external thermal monitoring equipment under the following conditions: If a motor with a nominal current of less than 20% of the nominal current of the drive is connected. If you use the function Motor Switching. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH If output phase monitoring is disabled, phase loss and, by implication, accidental disconnection of cables, are not detected. Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. EAV64318 11/2016 27 Setup Steps for Setting-Up the Drive WARNING UNEXPECTED MOVEMENT Drive systems may perform unexpected movements because of incorrect wiring, incorrect settings, incorrect data or other errors. Carefully install the wiring in accordance with the EMC requirements. Do not operate the product with unknown or unsuitable settings or data. Perform a comprehensive commissioning test. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Tips Use the [Config. Source] FCSI parameter (see page 594) to restore the factory settings at any time. NOTE: The following operations must be performed for optimum drive performance in terms of accuracy and response time: Enter the values indicated on the motor nameplate in the [Motor parameters] MPA- menu. Perform autotuning with the motor cold and connected using the [Autotuning] tUn parameter. 28 EAV64318 11/2016 Setup Software Enhancements Overview Since the Altivar Process was first launched, it has benefited from the addition of several new functions. The software version has been updated to V1.6. Although this documentation relates to version V1.6, it can still be used with earlier versions. Enhancements Made to Version V1.2 in Comparison to V1.1 Factory setting Enhancements [Output Short Circuit Test] Strt This function is now enabled in factory configuration and is accessible in the [Motor monitoring] MOP- menu Menu Parameter Enhancements [Motor parameters] MPA- [Motor Control Type] Ctt [SYN_U VC] SYnU: motor control type specific for permanent magnet synchronous motors [Sleep/Wakeup] spw- [Sleep Detect Mode] slpm Replacement of [Sensor] SnSr: system enters in sleep mode on sensor condition by: [Flow] LF: system enters in sleep mode on low flow [Pressure] HP: system enters in sleep mode on high pressure [Multiple] Or: system enters in sleep mode on multiple-OR condition Addition of possible pressure sensor assignment and configuration for sleep function: [AIx Sensor config.] SoAx [AIV1 Sensor Config.] SoV1 [Sleep Pressure Level] SLPL [Wake Up Mode] wupm [Pipe fill] pfi- Addition of [Pressure] lP: wake up on low-pressure condition Addition of possible pressure sensor assignment and configuration for wake-up function: [AIx Sensor config.] woAx [AIV1 Sensor Config.] woV1 [Wake Up Press Level] wuPL [Pipe Fill on Wake Up] New parameter pfwu [Counter [Fan operation Time] Management] elt- fcpt Replacement by [Fan operation Time] fpbt (32 bits) [Data] mtd- This parameter is now accessible with the Graphic Display Terminal [% error EMF sync] rdae Enhancements Made to Version V1.3 in Comparison to V1.2 In the [Dashboard] dSH- menu, the content of the tabs is improved for pumps and fan applications. In the [Complete settings] CSt- menu, the [Macro Configuration] MCr- submenu is added with the [Application Selection] APPt parameter. It allows to hide unnecessary parameters according to the selected application type. In the [Pump functions] PFt- menu, [Booster Control] bSt- and [Level Control] LUL- functions are available, including their related parameters and the settings for multi-pump architecture. A new possible setting [Rotational Current Injection] rCI is added for synchronous motor [Angle setting type] ASt. Up to 4 QR codes customizable with the commissioning software are displayed in [QR code] qrCmenu. Enchancements Made to Version V1.4 in Comparison to V1.3 Unification of Altivar Process ATV600 software version for all the product catalogue numbers. EAV64318 11/2016 29 Setup Enchancements Made to Version V1.5 in Comparison to V1.4 Support of VW3A3720 EthernetIP/ModbusTCP fieldbus module. Two virtual analog inputs has been added in [Input/Output] IO-, [Sensor Assignment] SSC- menu. Enhancements Made to Version V1.6 in Comparison to V1.5 MultiDrive Link feature is available on ATV600 drives using a VW3A3721 EthernetIP/ModbusTCP fieldbus module. Support of Multi Drives (1 Master drive and up to 5 slaves) and Multi Masters (1 Master only drive and up to 5 Masters or Slaves drives) architectures in [Booster Control] BST- and [Level Control] LVLfunctions. Improvements and new functionalities on [Booster Control] BST- and [Level Control] LVL- functions can be found in their related menus. An output of the drive can be affected to value [HMI cmd.] BMP. This output is active when the Local/Remote key of Graphic Display Terminal is pressed and command and reference values comes from Graphic Display Terminal. 30 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Overview EAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 2 Overview Overview What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page Factory Configuration 32 Application Functions 33 Basic Functions 35 Graphic Display Terminal 36 Structure of the Parameter Table 41 Finding a Parameter in This Document 42 31 Overview Factory Configuration Factory Settings The drive is factory-set for common operating conditions: Display: drive ready [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FRH when motor is ready to run and motor frequency when motor is running. The DI3 and DI5 to DI6 digital inputs, AI2 and AI3 analog inputs, R2 and R3 relays are unassigned. Stop mode when error detected: freewheel. This table presents the basic parameters of the drive and their factory setting values: Code Name bFr Factory setting values [Motor Standard] [50Hz IEC] 50 rIn [Reverse Disable] [Yes] yes tCC [2/3-Wire Control] [2-Wire Control] 2C: 2-wire control Ctt [Motor control type] [U/F VC Quad.] UFq: U/F for quadratics loads ACC [Acceleration] 10.0 s dEC [Deceleration] 10.0 s LSP [Low Speed] 0.0 Hz HSP [High Speed] 50.0 Hz ItH [Motor Th Current] Nominal motor current (value depending on drive rating) Frd [Forward] [DI1] dI1: Digital input DI1 Fr1 [Ref Freq 1 Config] [AI1] AI1: Analog input AI1 r1 [R1 Assignment] [Operating State Fault] FLt: the contact opens when the drive has detected error or when the drive has been switched off brA [Dec.Ramp Adapt] [Yes] YES: function active (automatic adaptation of deceleration ramp) Atr [Auto Fault Reset] [No] nO: function inactive Stt [Type of stop] [On Ramp] rMP: on ramp AO1 [AQ1 assignment] [Motor Frequency] Ofr: Motor frequency AO2 [AQ2 assignment] [Motor Current] OCr: Motor current NOTE: If you want to restore the drive presettings to their factory values, set [Config. Source] FCSi to [Macro Config] Ini. Verify whether the above values are compatible with the application and modify them if required. 32 EAV64318 11/2016 Overview Application Functions Introduction The following tables show the combinations of functions and applications in order to guide your selection. The applications in these tables relate to the following applications: Borehole pump Pumping station Boosting station Miscellaneous: fan, compressor Lift station Each application has its own special features, and the combinations listed here are not mandatory or exhaustive. Some functions are designed specifically for a given application. In this case, the application is identified by a tab in the margin on the relevant programming pages. Combinations of Functions and Control Functions Function Application Borehole pump Pumping station Boosting station Miscellaneous PID controller X X X X Feedback monitoring X X X X X Pump characteristics X X X X X Pump start stop X X X X X Pipe fill X X Friction loss compensation X Sleep/wake up Sensorless flow estimation X X X Jockey pump X X X X X Priming pump control Flow limitation Lift station X X X X X X Threshold reached X X X X X Mains contactor command X X X X X Reverse disable X X X Jump frequency Automatic restart Catch on fly X Torque limitation EAV64318 11/2016 X X Parameter set switching X X Stop on prolonged speed X X X X X Acceleration deceleration ramps X X X X X Motor control type X X X X X Motor tune X X X X X Output phase rotation X X X X X Energy parameter X X X X X Data logging X X X X X 33 Overview Combinations of Functions and Monitoring Functions Function Pumpcycle monitoring Application Borehole pump Pumping station Boosting station Miscellaneous Lift station X X X X Anti-Jam X X X Dry run monitoring X X X X X Pump low flow monitoring X X X X X Thermal pump monitoring X X X X X X X Inlet pressure monitoring Outlet pressure monitoring X X X X High flow monitoring X X X X X Process underload monitoring X X X X X Process overload monitoring X X X X X X X X X X Surge voltage limitation X X X X X Stall monitoring Thermal sensor monitoring X 4-20 loss X X X X X Safe Torque Off X X X X X Combinations of Functions and Display Functions 34 Function Application Borehole pump Pumping station Boosting station Miscellaneous Lift station Energy parameters X X X X X Data logging X X X X X EAV64318 11/2016 Overview Basic Functions Drive Ventilation If [Fan mode] FFM is set to: [Standard] Std, the fan is activated during the all run time of the motor. According to drive rating, this could be the only available setting. [Always] rUn, the fan is always activated. [Economy] ECo, the fan is activated only if necessary, according to the internal thermal state of the drive. Fan speed and [Fan Operation Time] FPbt are monitored values: An abnormal low speed of the fan triggers a warning [Fan Feedback Warning] FFdA. As soon as [Fan Operation Time] FPbt reach the predefined value of 45,000 hours, a warning [Fan Counter Warning] FCtA is triggered. [Fan Operation Time] FPbt counter can be set to 0 by using the [Time Counter Reset] rPr parameter. EAV64318 11/2016 35 Overview Graphic Display Terminal Description of the Graphic Display Terminal This Graphic Display Terminal is a local control unit which can be either plugged on the drive or mounted on the door of the wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure. It has a cable with connectors, which is connected to the drive front Modbus serial link. The Graphic Display Terminal embeds a real time clock used for the time stamping of logged data and all other functions which require time information. 1 2 3 STOP / RESET: Stop command / apply a Fault Reset. LOCAL / REMOTE: used to switch between local and remote control of the drive. ESC: used to quit a menu/parameter or remove the currently displayed value in order to revert to the previous value retained in the memory 4 F1 to F4: function keys used to access drive id, QR code, quick view, and submenus. Simultaneous press of F1 and F4 keys generates a screenshot file in the Graphic Display Terminal internal memory. 5 Graphic display. 6 Home: used to access directly at the home page. 7 Information: used to have more information about menus, submenus, and parameters. The selected parameter or menu code is displayed on the first line of the information page. 8 RUN: executes the function assuming it has been configured. 9 Touch wheel / OK: used to save the current value or access the selected menu/parameter. The touch wheel is used to scroll fast into the menus. Up/down arrows are used for precise selections, right/left arrows are used to select digits when setting a numerical value of a parameter. 10 RJ45 Modbus serial port: used to connect the Graphic Display Terminal to the drive in remote control. 11 MiniB USB port: used to connect the Graphic Display Terminal to a computer. 12 Battery (10 years service life. Type: CR2032). The battery positive pole points to the front face of the Graphic Display Terminal. NOTE: Keys 1, 8 and 9 can be used to control the drive if control via the Graphic Display Terminal is activated. To activate the keys on the Graphic Display Terminal, you first need to set [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 to [Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC. 36 EAV64318 11/2016 Overview Description of the Graphic Display 1 2 3 4 Display line: its content can be configured Menu line: indicates the name of the current menu or submenu Menus, submenus, parameters, values, bar charts, and so on, are displayed in drop-down window format on a maximum of five lines. The line or value selected by the navigation button is displayed in reverse video Section displaying tabs (1 to 4 by menu), these tabs can be accessed using F1 to F4 keys Display line details: Key EAV64318 11/2016 1 Drive state 2 Customer defined 3 Customer defined 4 Active control channel TERM: terminals HMI: Graphic Display Terminal MDB: integrated Modbus serial CAN: CANopen® NET: fieldbus module ETH: integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP 5 Present time 6 Battery level 37 Overview Description of the Product Front LEDs Following table provides the details of the drive status LEDs: Item LED Color & status Description 1 STATUS OFF Indicates that the drive is powered off 2 3 Warning/Error ASF Green flashing Indicates that the drive is not running, ready to start Green blinking Indicates that the drive is in transitory status (acceleration, deceleration, and so on) Green on Indicates that the drive is running Red flashing Indicates that the drive has detected a warning Red on Indicates that the drive has detected an error Yellow on Indicates that the safety function has been triggered Following table provides the details of the embedded Ethernet LEDs: Item LED Color & status 4 ETH LNK OFF Indicates that the embedded Ethernet link is not established Green on Indicates that the embedded Ethernet link established at 100 Mbit/s Green blinking Indicates embedded Ethernet fieldbus activity at 100 Mbit/s Yellow on Indicates that the embedded Ethernet link established at 10 Mbit/s 5 ETH NS Description Yellow blinking Indicates embedded Ethernet fieldbus activity at 10 Mbit/s OFF Indicates that the embedded Ethernet has no IP address Green/Red flashing Indicates power on testing Green on Indicates that the embedded Modbus TCP connection is established to the command word Green flashing Indicates that the embedded Ethernet has a valid IP, but no Modbus TCP connection to the command word Red on Indicates that the embedded Ethernet has detected a duplicated IP address Red Indicate that the embedded Modbus TCP connection established to control the command word is closed or timed out Following table provides the details of the embedded Modbus serial LEDs: 38 Item LED Color & status Description 6 COM Yellow flashing Indicates embedded Modbus serial activity EAV64318 11/2016 Overview Following table provides the details of the fieldbus module LEDs: Item LED Color & status Description 7 NET 1 Green/Yellow for details, refer to the fieldbus manual 8 NET 2 Green/Red for details, refer to the fieldbus manual 9 NET 3 Green/Red for details, refer to the fieldbus manual 10 NET 4 Green/Yellow for details, refer to the fieldbus manual Description of the Product Front LEDs for ATV9•• Following table provides the details of the drive status LEDs: Item LED Color & status Description 1 STATUS OFF Indicates that the drive is powered off Green flashing Indicates that the drive is not running, ready to start Green blinking Indicates that the drive is in transitory status (acceleration, deceleration, and so on) Green on Indicates that the drive is running Yellow on Device Visual identification function when using SoMove or the device DTM Red flashing Indicates that the drive detected warning Red on Indicates that the drive detected error Yellow on Indicates that the safety function is activated 2 3 Warning/Error ASF Following table provides the details of the embedded Ethernet LEDs: Item LED Color & status Description 4 LNK1 OFF No link. Green/Yellow flashing Power on testing. 5 EAV64318 11/2016 MS Green on Link established at 100 Mbit/s. Green flashing Link established at 10 Mbit/s. Yellow flashing Fieldbus activity at 100 Mbit/s. Yellow on Fieldbus activity at 10 Mbit/s. OFF No power is supplied to the device. Green/Red flashing Power up testing. Green on The device is operating correctly. Green flashing The device has not been configured. Red flashing The device has detected a recoverable minor detected error. Red on The device has detected a non-recoverable major detected error. 39 Overview Item LED Color & status Description 6 NS OFF The device does not have an IP address or powered off. Green/Red flashing Power on testing. Green on A connection is established to control the command word. 7 LNK2 Green flashing Device has a valid IP, but no command word connection. Red flashing Duplicated IP. Red on An established connection to control the command word is closes or timed out. OFF No link. Green/Yellow flashing Power on testing. Green on Link established at 100 Mbit/s. Green flashing Link established at 10 Mbit/s. Yellow flashing Fieldbus activity at 100 Mbit/s. Yellow on Fieldbus activity at 10 Mbit/s. Following table provides the details of the embedded Modbus serial LEDs: Item LED Color & status Description 8 COM Yellow flashing Indicates embedded Modbus serial activity Following table provides the details of the fieldbus module LEDs: Item LED Color & status Description 9 NET 1 Green/Red for details, refer to the fieldbus manual 10 NET 2 Green/Red for details, refer to the fieldbus manual Graphic Display Terminal Connected to a Computer NOTICE RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE COMPUTER Do not connect the Graphic Display Terminal to the drive via a Modbus RJ45 link and to the computer via a USB link at the same time. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. The Graphic Display Terminal is recognized as a USB storage device named SE_VW3A1111 while plugged on a computer. This allows to access the saved drive configurations (DRVCONF menu) and the Graphic Display Terminal screenshots (PRTSCR menu). Screenshots can be stored by a simultaneous press on F1 and F4 function keys The Graphic Display Terminal language files can also be accessed and updated (LANG menu). Language files are available on www.schneider-electric.com. NOTE: make a backup of the original language file before you replace it by another one. 40 EAV64318 11/2016 Overview Structure of the Parameter Table General Legend Pictogram Description These parameters only appear if the corresponding function has been selected in another menu. When the parameters can also be accessed and adjusted from within the configuration menu for the corresponding function, their description is detailed in these menus, on the pages indicated, to aid programming. Setting of this parameter can be done during operation or when stopped. NOTE: It is recommended to stop the motor before modifying any of the settings. To change the assignment of the parameter, reinforced validation is required. Parameter Presentation Below is an example of a parameter presentation: EAV64318 11/2016 41 Overview Finding a Parameter in This Document With the Graphic Display Terminal Select the required parameter and press . The parameter code is displayed at the top of the information window. Example: [Acceleration] code is ACC. With the Manual It is possible to use either the parameter name or the parameter code to search in the manual the page giving details of the selected parameter. Difference Between Menu and Parameter A dash after menu and submenu codes is used to differentiate menu commands from parameter codes. Example: 42 Level Name Code Menu [Ramp] rAMP- Parameter [Acceleration] ACC EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Programming EAV64318 10/2016 Part II Programming Programming What Is in This Part? This part contains the following chapters: Chapter Page [Simply start] SYS- 45 4 [Dashboard] dSH- 53 5 [Diagnostics] dIA- 67 6 [Display] MOn- 7 [Complete settings] CSt- 163 8 [Communication] COM- 585 9 [File management] FMt- 593 [My preferences] MYP- 599 10 EAV64318 11/2016 Chapter Name 3 83 43 Programming 44 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Simply start SYSEAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 3 [Simply start] SYS- [Simply start] SYS- Introduction [Simply start] SYS- menu contains 3 tabs for quick access to mains features: Simply Start tab which gives a quick access to basic parameters to set. My Menu tab which is a user-defined menu for quick access to specific parameters. Modified Parameters tab which gives a quick access to the 10 last modified parameters. What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Simply start] SIM- Menu 46 [My menu] MYMn- Menu 52 [Modified parameters] LMd- Menu 52 45 Simply start SYS- [Simply start] SIM- Menu Access [Simply start] [Simply start] About This Menu WARNING LOSS OF CONTROL Fully read and understand the manual of the connected motor. Verify that all motor parameters are correctly set by referring to the nameplate and the manual of the connected motor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. This menu provides a quick access to the basic parameters to set. [Motor Standard] bFr Motor standard. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. This parameter modifies the presets of the following parameters: [High Speed] HSP [Motor Freq Thd] Ftd [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS [Max Frequency] tFr Setting Code / Value Description [50 Hz IEC] 50 IEC Factory setting [60 Hz NEMA] 60 NEMA [Nominal motor power] nPr Nominal motor power. This parameter can be accessed if: [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU, and [Motor param choice] MPC is set to [Mot Power] nPr. Rated motor power given on the nameplate, in kW if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50, in HP if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60. Setting Description According to drive rating – Factory setting: according to the drive rating [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS Nominal motor voltage. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Rated motor voltage given on the nameplate. 46 Setting Description 100.0...690.0 Vac Setting range Factory setting: according to drive rating and [Motor Standard] bFr EAV64318 11/2016 Simply start SYS- [Nom Motor Current] nCr Rated motor current given on the nameplate. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting 0.25...1.5 In Description (1) Setting range Factory setting: according to drive rating and [Motor Standard] bFr (1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate. [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS Nominal motor frequency. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. The factory setting is 50 Hz, or preset to 60 Hz if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to 60 Hz. Setting Description 40.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 50.0 Hz [Nominal Motor Speed] nSP Nominal motor speed. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. If the nameplate indicates the synchronous speed and the slip in Hz or as a %, use one of the formulas to calculate the rated speed: Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x (60 Hz motors) Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x (50 Hz motors). Setting Description 0...65,535 rpm Setting range Factory setting: according to drive rating [Motor 1 Cosinus Phi] COS Nominal motor cosinus Phi. This parameter can be accessed if: [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU, and [Motor param choice] MPC is set to [Mot Cosinus] COS. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.50...1.00 Setting range Factory setting: according to the drive rating 47 Simply start SYS- [2/3-Wire Control] tCC 2-wire or 3-wire control. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION If this parameter is changed, the parameters [Reverse Assign] rrS and [2-wire type] tCt and the assignments of the digital inputs are reset to the factory setting. Verify that this change is compatible with the type of wiring used. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Setting Code / Value Description [2-Wire Control] 2C 2-wire control (level commands): This is the input state (0 or 1) or edge (0 to 1 or 1 to 0), which controls running or stopping. Example of source wiring: DI1 Forward DIx Reverse Factory setting [3-Wire Control] 3C 3-wire control (pulse commands) [3 wire]: A forward or reverse pulse is sufficient to command starting, a stop pulse is sufficient to command stopping. Example of source wiring: DI1 Stop DI2 Forward DIx Reverse [Max Frequency] tFr Maximum output frequency. The factory setting is 60 Hz, or preset to 72 Hz if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to 60 Hz. 48 Setting Description 10.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 60 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Simply start SYS- [Autotuning] tUn WARNING UNEXPECTED MOVEMENT Autotuning moves the motor in order to tune the control loops. Only start the system if there are no persons or obstructions in the zone of operation. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. During autotuning, the motor makes small movement. Noise development and oscillations of the system are normal. In any case, the motor has to be stopped before performing a tune operation. Verify that the application does not make the motor turn during the tune operation. The tune operation optimizes: The motor performances at low speed. The estimation of the motor torque. The accuracy of the estimation of the process values in sensorless operation and monitoring. Autotuning is only performed if no stop command has been activated. If a “freewheel stop” or “fast stop” function has been assigned to a digital input, this input must be set to 1 (active at 0). Autotuning takes priority over any run or prefluxing commands, which will be taken into account after the autotuning sequence. If autotuning has detected error, the drive always displays [No action] nO and, depending on the configuration of [Tuning Error Resp] tnL, may switch to [Autotuning] tUn detected error mode. Autotuning may last for several seconds. Do not interrupt the process. Wait for the Graphic Display Terminal to change to [No action] nO. NOTE: The motor thermal state has a significant influence on the tuning result. Always perform a motor tuning with the motor stopped and cold. Verify that the application does not have the motor operate during a tuning operation. To redo a motor tuning, wait that it is stopped and cold. Set first [Autotuning] tUn to [Erase Autotuning] CLr, then redo the motor tuning. The use of the motor tuning without doing a [Erase Autotuning] CLr first is used to get the thermal state estimation of the motor. The cable length has an influence on the tune result. If the wiring is modified, it is necessary to redo the tune operation. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No action] nO Autotuning not in progress Factory setting [Apply Autotuning] YES Autotuning is performed immediately if possible, then the parameter automatically changes to [No action] nO. If the drive state does not allow the tune operation immediately, the parameter changes to [No action] nO and the operation must be done again. [Erase Autotuning] CLr The motor parameters measured by the autotuning function are reset. The default motor parameter values are used to control the motor. [Autotuning Status] tUS is set to [Not done] tAB. 49 Simply start SYS- [Autotuning Status] tUS Autotuning status. (for information only, cannot be modified) This parameter is not saved at drive power off. It shows the autotuning status since last power-on. Setting Code / Value Description [Not done] tAb Autotune is not done Factory setting [Pending] PEnd Autotune has been requested but not yet performed [In Progress] PrOG Autotune is in progress [Error] FAIL Autotune has detected error [Autotuning Done] dOnE The motor parameters measured by the autotuning function are used to control the motor [Tune Selection] StUn Tune selection. Setting Code / Value Description [Default] tAb The default motor parameter values are used to control the motor Factory setting [Measure] MEAS The values measured by the autotuning function are used to control the motor [Custom] CuS The values manually set are used to control the motor [Motor Th Current] ItH Motor thermal monitoring current to be set to the rated current indicated on the nameplate. Setting Description 0.2...1.5 In(1) Setting range Factory setting: According to drive rating (1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate. [Acceleration] ACC Time to accelerate from 0 to the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS. To have a repeatability in the ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application. Setting 0.0...6,000.0 s Description (1) Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 s (1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr. [Deceleration] dEC Time to decelerate from the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS to 0. To have a repeatability in the ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application. Setting 0.0...6,000.0 s Description (1) Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 s (1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr. 50 EAV64318 11/2016 Simply start SYS- [Low Speed] LSP Low speed. Motor frequency at minimum reference, can be set between 0 and [High Speed] HSP. Setting Description 0.0... [High Speed] HSP Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [High Speed] HSP High speed. Motor frequency at maximum reference, can be set between [Low Speed] LSP and [Max Frequency] tFr. The factory setting changes to 60 Hz if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...[Max Frequency] TFR Hz Setting range Factory setting: 50.0 Hz 51 Simply start SYS- [My menu] MYMn- Menu Access [Simply start] [My menu] About This Menu This menu contains the parameters selected in the [My menu config.] MyC- Menu. NOTE: This menu is empty by default. [Modified parameters] LMd- Menu Access [Simply start] [Modified parameters] About This Menu This menu gives a quick access to the 10 last modified parameters 52 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Dashboard dSHEAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 4 [Dashboard] dSH- [Dashboard] dSH- Introduction [Dashboard] dSH- menu contains tabs for quick access to system and display features: System tab to configure the main system parameters. Energy tab which provides a complete access for instantaneous power counters and energy reports by means of graphics on the Graphic Display Terminal. What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Pump dashboard] Pmt- Menu 54 [Fan dashboard] Fan- Menu 56 [Dashboard] dSH- Menu 58 [Control] Ctr- Menu 59 [Control] Ftr- Menu 62 [Dashboard] dSH- Menu 63 [kWh Counters]KWC- menu 64 [Dashboard] dSH- Menu 66 53 Dashboard dSH- [Pump dashboard] Pmt- Menu Access [Dashboard] [Pump dashboard] About This Menu This menu provides informations related to the pump. This menu can be accessed if [Application Selection] appt is not set to [Generic Fan Control] fan. [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH Frequency reference before ramp (signed value). Actual frequency reference linked to the motor regardless of which reference channel has been selected. This parameter is in read-only mode. Setting Description -[High Speed] HSP...[High Speed] HSP Hz Setting range Factory setting: – [Drive State] HMIS Drive state. 54 Setting Code / Value Description [Autotuning] tUn Autotuning [In DC inject.] dCb DC Injection [Ready] rdY Drive ready [Freewheel] nSt Freewheel stop control [Running] rUn Motor in steady state or run command present and zero reference [Accelerating] ACC Acceleration [Decelerating] dEC Deceleration [Current limitation] CLI In current limitation [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop [Mot. fluxing] FLU Fluxing function is activated [No Mains Voltage] nLP Control is powered on but the DC bus is not loaded [control.stop] CtL Controlled stop [Dec. adapt.] Obr Adapted deceleration [Output cut] SOC Stand by output cut [Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning [In autotest] St Self test in progress [Autotest error] FA Self test detected error [Autotest OK] YES Self test OK [EEprom test] EP Self test EEPROM detected error [“Operating State "Fault"“] FLt Product has detected an error [DCP Flashing Mode] dCP DCP flashing mode [STO Active] StO Safe Torque Off active [Energy Saving] IdLE Idle stop and go mode EAV64318 11/2016 Dashboard dSH- [MultiPump State] mps Multipump function state. This parameter can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] mpsa is not set to [No] nO. Setting Code / Value Description [None] none None [Ready] readY Ready [Running] run Running [Warning] alarm Warning [Error] fault Error [Not Available] NAVL Not available [Available Pumps] mpan Number of available pumps. This parameter can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] mpsa is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0...[Nb Of Pumps] MPPN Setting range Factory setting: – [Nb of Staged Pumps] mpsn Number of staged pumps. This parameter can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] mpsa is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0...[Nb Of Pumps] MPPn Setting range Factory setting: – [Motor Current] LCr Motor current. Setting Description According to drive rating Setting range Factory setting: – [Motor speed] SPd Motor speed in rpm. Setting Description 0...65,535 rpm Setting range Factory setting: – [Motor Therm state] tHr Motor thermal state. The normal motor thermal state is 100%, the [Motor Overload] OLF threshold is set to 118%. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...200% Setting range Factory setting: – 55 Dashboard dSH- [Fan dashboard] Fan- Menu Access [Dashboard] [Fan dashboard] About This Menu This menu provides informations related to the fan. This menu can be accessed if [Application Selection] appt is set to [Generic Fan Control] fan. [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH Frequency reference before ramp (signed value). Actual frequency reference lied to the motor regardless of which reference channel has been selected. This parameter is in read-only mode. Setting Description -[High Speed] HSP...[High Speed] HSP Hz Setting range Factory setting: – [Drive State] HMIS Drive state. Setting Code / Value Description [Autotuning] tUn Autotuning [In DC inject.] dCb DC Injection [Ready] rdY Drive ready [Freewheel] nSt Freewheel stop control [Running] rUn Motor in steady state or run command present and zero reference [Accelerating] ACC Acceleration [Decelerating] dEC Deceleration [Current limitation] CLI In current limitation [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop [Mot. fluxing] FLU Fluxing function is activated [No Mains Voltage] nLP Control is powered on but the DC bus is not loaded [control.stop] CtL Controlled stop [Dec. adapt.] Obr Adapted deceleration [Output cut] SOC Stand by output cut [Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning [“Operating State "Fault"“] FLt Product has detected an error [DCP Flashing Mode] dCP DCP flashing mode [STO Active] StO Safe Torque Off active [Energy Saving] IdLE Idle stop and go mode [Firmware Update] FWUP Firmeware update [AFE Mains Undervoltage] UrA Displayed if the voltage applied on the Active Front End power brick exceeds the [Mains Voltage] UrES, the drive stops on [Freewheel Stop] nSt. [Motor Current] LCr Motor current. 56 Setting Description According to drive rating Setting range Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Dashboard dSH- [Motor speed] SPd Motor speed in rpm. This parameter displays the estimated rotor speed without motor slip. Setting Description 0...65,535 rpm Setting range Factory setting: – [Motor Therm state] tHr Motor thermal state. The nominal motor thermal state is 100%, the [Motor Overload] OLF threshold is set to 118%. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...200% Setting range Factory setting: – 57 Dashboard dSH- [Dashboard] dSH- Menu Access [Dashboard] About This Menu Using F4 function key on the Graphic Display Terminal, it is possible to select one of the following view for the [Pump dashboard] or [Fan dashboard] tab. Pump curves and actual working point are available if valid pump characteristics have been entered and if [Pump Curve Activate] PCA is set to [Yes] YES. [Operating time report] Hot Displays the operating time histogram. [Nb start report] Hns Displays the number of start histogram. [Power vs Flow] Cpq This shows the mechanical power versus the flow curve of the system. [Head vs Flow] CHq This shows the head of the pump versus the flow curve of the system. [Efficiency vs Flow] Ceq This shows the efficiency (%) versus flow curve of the system. [Efficiency ] eff Displays the instantaneous efficiency curve. 58 EAV64318 11/2016 Dashboard dSH- [Control] Ctr- Menu Access [Dashboard] [Control] About This Menu This menu can be accessed if [Application Selection] appt is not set to [Generic Fan Control] fan. [System App State] APSS System application state This parameter indicates the installation application state This parameter can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] NVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR Setting Code / Value [Running] rUn Description No application function in progress; the drive is running [Stop] StOP No application function in progress; the drive is not running [Manual Mode Active] MAnU Motor running; manual PID mode is active [PID Active] Auto Motor running; auto PID mode is active [Flow Limit In Progress] FLIM The flow limitation is in progress [PipeFill In Progress] FILL The pipe fill is in progress [Jockey Pump Active] JOCKEY The jockey pump is active [Boost In progress] booSt The boost is in progress [Sleep Active] SLEEP The sleep is active [Priming Pump Active] PrIM The priming pump is active [InletPres Comp In Progress] CoMP The inlet pressure compensation is in progress [Application State] APPS Application state. This parameter indicates the drive application state. Setting EAV64318 11/2016 Code / Value Description [Running] rUn No application function in progress; the drive is running [Stop] StOP No application function in progress; the drive is not running [Local Mode Active] LOCAL Forced local mode activated [Channel 2 Active] OvEr Override speed control mode activated [Manual Mode Active] MAnU Motor running; manual PID mode is active [PID Active] Auto Motor running; auto PID mode is active [Antijam In Progress] AJAM The Anti-jam is in progress [Flow Limit In Progress] FLIM The flow limitation is in progress [PipeFill In Progress] FILL The pipe fill is in progress [Jockey Pump Active] JOCKEY The jockey pump is active [Boost In progress] booSt The boost is in progress [Sleep Active] SLEEP The sleep is active [Priming Pump Active] PrIM The priming pump is active [InletPres Comp In Progress] CoMP The inlet pressure compensation is in progress 59 Dashboard dSH- [Booster Status] bCs Booster status. This parameter can be accessed if [Application Selection] appt is set to [Pump Booster Control] boost and [Booster Control] is set to [Yes] Yes. Setting Code / Value Description [None] none Not configured [Inactive] nact Inactive [Running] run Running [Stage Pending] stgp Stage pending [Destage Pending] dstgp Destage pending [Staging] stg Staging [Destaging] dstg Destage in progress [LevelCtrl Status] lCs Level control status. This parameter can be accessed if [Application Selection] appt is set to [Pump Level Control] level and [LevelCtrl Mode] LCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Code / Value Description [None] none Not configured [Inactive] nact Inactive [Filling] fill Filling in progress [Emptying] empty Emptying in progress [Low Level] low Low level [High Level] high High level [Tank Level] lCtL Tank level. This parameter can be accessed if [Application Selection] appt is set to [Pump Level Control] level and [LevelCtrl Mode] LCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: – [PID Reference] rPC PID reference. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] no. Setting Description 0...65,535% Setting range Factory setting: – [PID Feedback] rPF PID feedback. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] no. 60 Setting Description 0...65,535% Setting range Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Dashboard dSH- [Outlet Pressure] PS2U Outlet pressure value. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR Factory setting: – [Inlet Press. Value] PS1U Inlet pressure value. This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Assign] PS1A is not set to [Not Configured] No. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR Factory setting: – [Installation Flow] FS1U Flow rate sensor value. This parameter can be accessed if [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is not set to [Not Configured] No. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR Factory setting: – [Flow Estimated] SLFv Estimated flow value. This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] fem is set to [No] no. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR Factory setting: – 61 Dashboard dSH- [Control] Ftr- Menu Access [Dashboard] [Control] About This Menu This menu can be accessed if [Application Selection] appt is set to [Generic Fan Control] fan. [PID Reference] rPC PID reference. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] no. Setting Description 0...65,535% Setting range Factory setting: – [PID Feedback] rPF PID feedback. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] no. 62 Setting Description 0...65,535% Setting range Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Dashboard dSH- [Dashboard] dSH- Menu Access [Dashboard] About This Menu Using F4 function key on the Graphic Display Terminal, it is possible to select one of the following view for the [Control] tab. [PID Feedback Trend] pft Displays the instantaneous PID controller feedback curve. [Outlet Pressure Trend] opt Displays the instantaneous outlet pressure curve. [Inlet Pressure Trend] ipt Displays the instantaneous inlet pressure curve. [Installation Flow Trend] ift Displays the instantaneous installation flow curve. EAV64318 11/2016 63 Dashboard dSH- [kWh Counters]KWC- menu Access [Dashboard] [kWh Counters] About This Menu This menu presents many energy objects available for instantaneous data and kW consumption reports. It offers the possibility to display logged data with graphics by pressing the F4 function key. [Elc energy cons] OC4 Electrical energy consumed by the motor in TWh. This parameter can be accessed if [Elc energy cons(TWh)] OC4 is not set to 0. Setting Description 0...999 TWh Setting range Factory setting: – [Elc energy cons] OC3 Electrical energy consumed by the motor in GWh. Setting Description 0...999 GWh Setting range Factory setting: – [Elc energy cons] OC2 Electrical energy consumed by the motor in MWh. Setting Description 0...999 MWh Setting range Factory setting: – [Elc energy cons] OC1 Electrical energy consumed by the motor in kWh. Setting Description 0...999 kWh Setting range Factory setting: – [Elc energy cons] OC0 Electrical energy consumed by the motor in Wh. Setting Description 0...999 Wh Setting range Factory setting: – [Acv Elc out pwr estm] EPrW Active electrical output power estimation. 64 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Value in kW or HP according to [Motor Standard] bFr setting Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Dashboard dSH- [Elc Egy Today] OCt Electrical energy consumed today by the motor in kWh. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 kWh Setting range Factory setting: – [Elc Egy Yesterday] OCY Electrical energy consumed yesterday by the motor in kWh. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 kWh Setting range Factory setting: – 65 Dashboard dSH- [Dashboard] dSH- Menu Access [Dashboard] About This Menu Using F4 function key on the Graphic Display Terminal, it is possible to select one of the following view for the [Energy] tab. [Instant kW Trend] CV1 Displays the instantaneous electrical energy curve at the drive output. [Daily kWh Report] HSd Displays the daily energy histogram. [Weekly kWh Report] HSW Displays the weekly energy histogram. [Monthly kWh Report] HSM Displays the monthly energy histogram. [Yearly kWh Report] HSY Displays the yearly energy histogram. 66 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Diagnostics dIAEAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 5 [Diagnostics] dIA- [Diagnostics] dIA- Introduction [Diagnostics] dIA- menu presents drive and application data useful when diagnostics is required. What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following sections: Section EAV64318 11/2016 Topic Page 5.1 [Diag. data] 68 5.2 [Error history] pFH- Menu 77 5.3 [Warnings] ALr- Menu 80 67 Diagnostics dIA- Section 5.1 [Diag. data] [Diag. data] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 68 Page [Diag. data] ddt- Menu 69 [Service message] SEr- Menu 74 [Other State] SSt- Menu 75 [Diagnostics] dAU- Menu 76 [Identification] OId- Menu 76 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics dIA- [Diag. data] ddt- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Diag. data] About This Menu This menu presents the actual warning and detected error in addition to drive data. [Last Warning] LALr Last warning which occurred. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No Warning Stored] nOA No warning stored [Fallback speed] FrF Reaction on event / fallback speed [Speed Maintained] rLS Reaction on event / maintain speed [Type of Stop] Stt Reaction on event / stop on [Type of stop] STT without tripping in error [Ref Frequency Warning] SrA Frequency reference reached [Life Cycle Warn 1] LCA1 Life cycle warning 1 [Life Cycle Warn 2] LCA2 Life cycle warning 2 [Dry Run Warning] drYA Dry run warning [Low Flow Warning] LFA Low flow warning [High Flow Warning] HFPA High flow warning [InPress Warning] IPPA Inlet pressure monitoring warning [Low OutPres Warning] OPLA Outlet pressure low warning [High OutPres Warning] OPHA Outlet pressure high warning [PumpCycle warning] PCPA Pumpcycle monitoring warning [Anti-Jam Warning] JAMA Anti-Jam warning is raised [Pump Low Flow ] PLFA Pump low flow warning [Low Pressure Warning] LPA Low-pressure warning is raised [Flow Limit Activated] FSA Flow limit function activated (FL_Mode_On) [PID Error Warning] PEE Warning on PID error [PID Feedback Warning] PFA Warning on PID feedback [PID High Fdbck Warning] PFAH PID feedback high threshold reached [PID Low Fdbck Warning] PFAL PID feedback low threshold reached [Regulation Warning] PISH PI feedback monitoring warning is raised [AI2 Th Warning] tP2A Temperature monitoring AI2 warning [AI3 Th Warning] tP3A Temperature monitoring AI3 warning [AI4 Th Warning] tP4A Temperature monitoring AI4 warning [AI5 Th Warning] tP5A Temperature monitoring AI5 warning [AI1 4-20 Loss Warning] AP1 AI1 4-20 loss warning on AI1 [AI3 4-20 Loss Warning] AP3 AI3 4-20 loss warning on AI3 [AI4 4-20 Loss Warning] AP4 AI4 4-20 loss warning on AI4 [AI5 4-20 Loss Warning] AP5 AI5 4-20 loss warning on AI5 [IGBT Thermal Warning] tJA Warning on IGBT thermal state [Fan Counter Warning] FCtA Fan counter speed warning [Fan Feedback Warning] FFdA Fan feedback warning is raised [Ext. Error Warning] EFA External error warning [Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning is raised [Preventive UnderV Active] UPA Controlled stop on power loss threshold id reached [Motor Freq High Thd] FtA Motor frequency high threshold 1 reached [Motor Freq Low Thd] FtAL Motor frequency low threshold 1 reached 69 Diagnostics dIA- 70 Setting Code / Value Description [Motor Freq High Thd 2] FqLA Motor frequency high threshold 2 reached [Motor Freq Low Thd 2] F2AL Motor frequency low threshold 2 reached [High Speed Reached] FLA High speed reached function result [Ref Freq High Thd Reached] rtAH Reference frequency high threshold reached [Ref Freq High Thd Reached] rtAL Reference frequency low threshold reached [2nd Freq Thd Reached] F2A Frequency level reached (frequency meter) [Ethernet Internal Warning] inwm Ethernet internal warning [Current Thd Reached] CtA Motor current high threshold reached [Low I Thd Reached] CtAL Motor current low threshold reached [Process Undld Warning] ULA Underload is detected [Process Overload Warning] OLA Overload is detected [Torque Limit Reached] SSA Timeout on current or torque limitation is reached [Drv Therm Thd Reached] tAd Drive thermal threshold reached function result [Motor Therm Thd Reached] tSA Motor 1 thermal threshold reached [Power High Threshold] PtHA Power high threshold reached [Power Low Threshold] PtHL Power low threshold reached [Cust Warning 1] CAS1 Customer warning 1 active [Cust Warning 2] CAS2 Customer warning 2 active [Cust Warning 3] CAS3 Customer warning 3 active [Cust Warning 4] CAS4 Customer warning 4 active [Cust Warning 5] CAS5 Customer warning 5 active [Auto Backup Not Plugged] drAP Automatic backup with Display Terminal not plugged [Auto Backup Warning] drtF Automatic backup transfer warning [AFE Mains Undervoltage] UrA AFE Mains undervoltage [MonitorCircuit A Warn ] IWA Monitoring circuit A warning [MonitorCircuit B Warn ] Iwb Monitoring circuit B warning [MonitorCircuit C Warn] IwC Monitoring circuit C warning [MonitorCircuit D Warn] Iwd Monitoring circuit D warning [CabinetCircuit A Warn] CWA Cabinet circuit A warning [CabinetCircuit B Warn] CWb Cabinet circuit B warning [CabinetCircuit C Warn] CWC Cabinet circuit C warning [MotorWinding A Warn] tWA Motor winding A warning [MotorWinding B Warn] tWb Motor winding B warning [MotorBearing A Warn] tWC Motor bearing A warning [MotorBearing B Warn] tWd Motor bearing B warning [Circuit Breaker Warn] CbW Circuit breaker warning [AFE Motor Limitation] CLIM AFE motor limitation [AFE Regen Limitation] CLIg AFE regen limitation [AFE Thermal State Warn] tHSA AFE thermal state warning [AFE IGBT Thermal Warn] tHJA AFE IGBT thermal warning [Cabinet Fan Fdbck Warn] FFCA Cabinet fan feedback warning [Cabinet Fan Counter Warn] FCCA Cabinet fan counter warning [Cabinet Overheat Warn] CHA Cabinet overheat warning [CMI Jumper Warn] CMIJ CMI jumper warning [AFE Fan Counter Warn] FCbA AFE fan counter warning [AFE Fan Fdbck Warn] FFbA AFE fan feedback warning [Power Cons Warning] POWd Power consumption warning [Switch OutPres Warning] OPSA Outlet pressure high switch warning [Slipping Warn] ana Slipping warning [Load Mvt Warn] bsa Load movement warning EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics dIASetting Code / Value Description [Brake Cont Warn] bca Brake contact warning [Encoder Thermal Warn] tpea Encoder Thermal warning [MultiPump Capacity Warn] mpca Multi-Pump available capacity warning [Lead Pump Warn] mpla Lead Pump not available [High Level Warning] Lcha High level warning [Low Level Warning] Lcla Low level warning [Level Switch Warning] Lcwa Level switch warning [M/P Device Warn] MPdA Multipump device warning [Last Error] LFt Last error which occurred. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No Error] nOF No error detected [EEPROM Control] EEF1 EEPROM control [Incorrect Configuration] CFF Invalid configuration at power-on [Invalid Configuration] CFI Incorrect parameter configuration [Modbus Com Interruption] SLF1 Modbus local serial communication error [Internal Link Error ] ILF Option internal link error [Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF Communication interruption on fieldbus module [External Error] EPF1 External error from LI or local link [Overcurrent] OCF Over current error [Precharge Capacitor] CrF Load relay error [AI2 4-20 mA Loss] lff2 AI2 4-20 mA Loss [Drive Overheating] OHF Drive over heating error [Motor Overload] OLF Motor overload error [DC Bus Overvoltage] ObF DC bus overvoltage [Supply Mains Overvoltage] OSF Over supply error [Single Output Phase Loss] OPF1 Motor 1-phase loss [Input Phase Loss] PHF Main input 1-phase loss [Supply Mains UnderV] USF Under voltage error [Motor Short Circuit] SCF1 Motor short circuit error (hardware detection) [Motor Overspeed] SOF Instability or driving load too high [Autotuning Error] tnF Tune error [Internal Error 1] InF1 Unknown drive rating [Internal Error 2] InF2 Unknown or incompatible power board [Internal Error 3] InF3 Internal communication error [Internal Error 4] InF4 Internal data inconsistent [EEprom Power] EEF2 Internal memory error [Ground Short Circuit] SCF3 Direct ground short-circuit error (hardware detection) [Output Phase Loss] OPF2 Motor 3-phases loss [CANopen Com Interrupt] COF CANopen communication error [Internal Error 7] InF7 CPLD communication error [Fieldbus Error] EPF2 External error from fieldbus module [Internal Error 8] InF8 Power switching supply error [PC Com Interruption] SLF2 PC software communication interruption [HMI Com Interruption] SLF3 Graphic Display Terminal communication error [Internal Error 9] InF9 Current measurement circuit failure [Internal Error 10] InFA Customer supply error [Internal Error 11] InFb Thermal sensor error (OC or SC) 71 Diagnostics dIA- 72 Setting Code / Value Description [IGBT Overheating] tJF IGBT over heating error [IGBT Short Circuit] SCF4 IGBT short-circuit error (hardware detection) [Motor Short Circuit] SCF5 Load short-circuit error during IGON test sequence (hardware detection) [Internal Error 12] infc Internal error 12 (internal current supply) [Input Contactor] LCF Line contactor failure [Internal Error 6] InF6 Unknown or incompatible option module [Internal Error 14] InFE CPU error (ram, flash, task ...) [AI3 4-20 mA Loss] LFF3 AI3 4-20 mA loss [AI4 4-20 mA Loss] LFF4 AI4 4-20 mA loss [Boards Compatibility] HCF Hardware configuration error [Conf Transfer Error] CFI2 Configuration transfer error [AI5 4-20 mA Loss] LFF5 AI5 4-20 mA loss [Channel Switch Error] CSF Channel switching error [Process Underload] ULF Torque underload error [Process Overload] OLC Torque overload error [Angle Error] ASF Angle Setting error [Safety Function Error] SAFF Safety function error [AI1 4-20 mA loss] LFF1 AI1 4-20 mA loss [AI3 Th Detected Error] tH3F AI3 thermal sensor detected error [AI3 Thermal Sensor Error] t3CF Thermal sensor error on AI3 [PumpCycle Start Error] PCPF Pumpcycle detected error [Out Pressure Low] OPLF Outlet pressure low [High Flow Error] HFPF High flow error [Inlet Pressure Error] IPPF Inlet pressure detected error [Pump Low Flow Error] PLFF Pump low flow detected error [AI4 Th Detected Error] tH4F AI4 thermal sensor detected error [AI4 Thermal Sensor Error] t4CF Thermal sensor error on AI4 [AI5 Th Detected Error] tH5F AI5 thermal sensor detected error [AI5 Thermal Sensor Error] t5CF Thermal sensor error on AI5 [Anti Jam Error] JAMF Anti-Jam detected error [Out Pressure High] OPHF Outlet pressure high [Dry Run Error] drYF Dry run detected error [PID FeedBack Error] PFMF PID feedBack detected error [Program Loading Error] PGLF Program loading detected error [Program Running Error] PGrF Program running detected error [Lead Pump Error] mplf The selected lead pump is not available [Low Level Error] lClf The minimum level switch is active during emptying process [High Level Error] lCHf The maximum level switch is active during filling process [Internal Error 16] InFG Internal error 16 [Internal Error 17] InFH Internal error 17 [Internal Error 0] InF0 Internal error 0 (IPC) [Internal Error 13] InFd Internal error 13 (different current) [Motor Stall Error] StF Motor stall detected error [Internal Error 21] InFL Internal error 21 (RTC) [Embd Eth Com Interrupt] EtHF Embedded Ethernet communication interruption [Internal Error 15] InFF Internal error 15 (flash) [Firmware Update Error] fwer Firmware Update Error [Internal Error 22] infm Internal error 22 (embedded Ethernet) EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics dIASetting Code / Value Description [Internal Error 25] InFP Internal error 25 [Internal Error 20] InFK Internal error 20 [Internal Error 19] infj Internal error 19 (encoder module) [Internal Error 27] InFr Internal error 27 [Pre-settings Transfer Error] cfi3 Pre-settings Transfer Error [Multidrive Link Error] MdLF Multidrive link error [FDR 1 Error] Fdr1 Embedded Ethernet FDR error [FDR 2 Error] Fdr2 Ethernet option FDR error [Internal Error 17] InFn Internal Error 17 (Module link) [Internal Error 28] InFS Internal Error 28 (AFE) [Internal Error 29] InFt Internal Error 29 (Inverter) [Internal Error 30] InFU Internal Error 30 (Rectifier) [Internal Error 31] InFU Internal Error 31 (Missing brick) [AFE ShortCircuit error] SCF6 AFE ShortCircuit error [AFE Bus unbalancing] ObF2 AFE Bus unbalancing [MonitorCircuit A Error] IFA Monitoring circuit A error [MonitorCircuit B Error] IFb Monitoring circuit B error [MonitorCircuit C Error] IFC Monitoring circuit C error [MonitorCircuit D Error] Ifd Monitoring circuit D error [CabinetCircuit A Error] CFA Cabinet circuit A error [CabinetCircuit B Error] CFb Cabinet circuit B error [CabinetCircuit C Error] CFC Cabinet circuit C error [MotorWinding A Error] tFA Motor winding A error [MotorWinding B Error] tFb Motor winding B error overheating [AFE Modulation Rate Error] ACF1 AFE modulation rate error [AFE Current Control Error] ACF2 AFE current control error [Mains Freq Out Of Range] MFF Mains frequency out of range [M/P Device Error] MPDF Multipump device error [Nb Of Start] nSM Number of motor starts (resettable). Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Motor Run Time] rtH Motor run time. Run elapsed time display (resettable) in seconds (length of time the motor has been switched on). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range Factory setting: _ 73 Diagnostics dIA- [Service message] SEr- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Diag. data] [Service message] About This Menu This menu presents the service messages. This is a user-defined service message configured in [My preferences] MYP [Service messages] SEr. 74 [Customization] CUS EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics dIA- [Other State] SSt- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Diag. data] [Other State] About This Menu List of secondary states. List [Anti-Jam pending] JAMP [Anti-Jam In Progress] JAMr [PipeFill In Progress] FILL [InPres Comp Active] IPPC [Sleep Active] SLM [Priming pump running] PPOn [Jockey pump running] JPOn [Sleep Boost active] SLPb [Sleep Checking activated] ASLC [Set 1 active] CFP1 [Set 2 active] CFP2 [Set 3 active] CFP3 [PID Active] AUtO [DC Bus Charged] dbL [Fast stop Active] FSt [Fallback Frequency] FrF [Speed Maintained] rLS [Type of stop] Stt [Frequency ref. att.] SrA [Forward] MFrd [Reverse] MrrS [Autotuning] tUn EAV64318 11/2016 75 Diagnostics dIA- [Diagnostics] dAU- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Diag. data] [Diagnostics] About This Menu This menu allows to make simple test sequences for diagnostics. [FAN Diagnostics] FNT Diagnostics of internal fan(s). This will start a test sequence. [HMI LED Diagnostics] HLT Diagnostics of product LED(s). This will start a test sequence. [IGBT Diag w motor]IWT Diagnostics of product IGBT(s). This will start a test sequence with the connected motor (open circuit/short-circuit). [IGBT Diag w/o motor]IWOT Diagnostics of product IGBT(s). This will start a test sequence without the motor (short-circuit). [Identification] OId- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Diag. data] [Identification] About This Menu This is a read-only menu that cannot be configured. It enables the following information to be displayed: Drive reference, power rating, and voltage Drive software version Drive serial number Type of option modules present, with their software version Graphic Display Terminal type and version 76 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics dIA- Section 5.2 [Error history] pFH- Menu [Error history] pFH- Menu [Error history] pFH- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Error history] About This Menu This menu shows the 15 last detected errors (dP1 to dPF). Pressing OK key on the selected error code in the Error history list displays the drive data recorded when the error has been detected. NOTE: Same content for [Last Error 1] dP1 to [Last Error F] dPF. [Last Error 1] dP1 Last error 1. Identical to [Last Error] LFt (see page 71). [Drive State] HS1 HMI status. Identical to [Drive State] HMIS (see page 56). [Last Error 1 Status] Ep1 Status of last error 1. DRIVECOM status register (same as [ETA state word] EtA). [ETI state word] Ip1 ETI state word. ETI status register (see the communication parameter file). [Cmd word] CMP1 Cmd word. Command register (same as [Cmd word] CMd). [Motor current] LCP1 Motor current (same as [Motor Current] LCr). Setting Description 0...2*In Setting range Factory setting: _ [Output frequency] rFp1 Output frequency (same as [Output frequency] rFr). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -3,276.7...3,276.7 Hz Setting range Factory setting: _ 77 Diagnostics dIA- [Elapsed Time] rtp1 Elapsed time. Setting Description 0...65,535 h Setting range Factory setting: _ [DC bus voltage] ULp1 DC bus voltage (same as [DC bus voltage] ULp1). Setting Description 0...921 Vdc Setting range: [No meas.] ---- is displayed if no value is measured. Factory setting: _ [Motor therm state] tHP1 Motor thermal state (same as [Motor Therm state] tHr). Setting Description 0...200% Setting range Factory setting: _ [Command Channel] dCC1 Command channel (same as [Command channel] CMdC). Setting Code / Value Description [Terminals] tErM Terminal block [HMI] HMi Graphic Display Terminal [Modbus] Mdb Modbus serial [CANopen] CAn CANopen [Com. Module] nEt Fieldbus module [Ethernet Module] Eth Embedded Ethernet [PC TOOL] pws DTM based commissioning software [Ref Freq Channel] drC1 Channel for reference frequency (same as [Ref Freq Channel] rFCC). Identical to [Command channel] dCC1 (see page 78). [Motor Torque] OtP1 Estimated motor torque value (same as [Motor Torque] Otr). NOTE: The displayed value is always positive in motor mode and negative in generator mode whatever the direction. Setting Description -300...300% Setting range Factory setting: _ [Drive Thermal State] tdP1 Measured drive thermal state (same as [Drive Therm State] tHd). 78 Setting Description 0...200% Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics dIA- [IGBT Junction Temp] tJP1 Estimated junction temperature value. Setting Description 0...255°C Setting range Factory setting: _ [Switching Frequency] SFP1 Switching frequency applied (related to [Switching Frequency] SFr). Setting Description 0...65,535 Hz Setting range Factory setting: _ [Last Error 2] dP2 to [Last Error F] dPF Last error 2... Last error F Identical to [Last Error1] dP1 (see page 77). [Power Brick Error ID] bPI1 Power Brick error ID The value displayed is the bit number of the brick with actual error, starting with number 1 on the right side. Setting Description 0...255 Setting range Factory setting: _ [AFE Power brick error ID] bFI1 Active Front End brick error ID The value displayed is the bit number of the brick with actual error, starting with number 1 on the right side. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...65535 Setting range Factory setting: _ 79 Diagnostics dIA- Section 5.3 [Warnings] ALr- Menu [Warnings] ALr- Menu What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 80 Page [Actual warnings] ALrd- Menu 81 [Warning group 1 definition] A1C- Menu 81 [Warning group 2 definition] A2C- Menu 81 [Warning group 3 definition] A3C- Menu 82 [Warning group 4 definition] A4C- Menu 82 [Warning group 5 definition] A5C- Menu 82 [Warnings] ALr- Menu 82 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics dIA- [Actual warnings] ALrd- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Actual warnings] About This Menu List of current warnings. If a warning is active, and appears on the Graphic Display Terminal. List of Available Warnings Identical to [Last warning] LAlR (see page 69). [Warning group 1 definition] A1C- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Warning group 1 definition] About This Menu The following submenus group the warnings into 1 to 5 groups, each of which can be assigned to a relay or a digital output for remote signaling. When one or a number of warnings selected in a group occurs, this warning group is activated. List of Warnings Identical to [Last warning] LALR (see page 69). [Warning group 2 definition] A2C- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Warning group 2 definition] About This Menu Identical to [Warning group 1 definition] A1C (see page 81) EAV64318 11/2016 81 Diagnostics dIA- [Warning group 3 definition] A3C- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Warning group 3 definition] About This Menu Identical to [Warning group 1 definition] A1C (see page 81) [Warning group 4 definition] A4C- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Warning group 4 definition] About This Menu Identical to [Warning group 1 definition] A1C (see page 81) [Warning group 5 definition] A5C- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Warning group 5 definition] About This Menu Identical to [Warning group 1 definition] A1C (see page 81) [Warnings] ALr- Menu Access [Diagnostics] [Warnings] About This Menu This menu presents the warning history (30 past warnings). [Warning History] ALH Identical to [Last warning] LALr (see page 69). 82 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Display MOnEAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 6 [Display] MOn- [Display] MOn- Introduction [Display] MOn- menu shows monitoring data related to the drive and the application. It offers an application-oriented display in terms of energy, cost, cycle, efficiency, ... This is available with customized units and graphics view. What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following sections: Section 6.1 EAV64318 11/2016 Topic [Energy parameters] Page 84 6.2 [Application parameters] 91 6.3 [Pump parameters] 95 6.4 [Motor parameters] 105 6.5 [Drive parameters] 107 6.6 [Thermal monitoring] 110 6.7 [PID display] 111 6.8 [Counter management] 112 6.9 [Other state] 115 6.10 [I/O map] 116 6.11 [Communication map] 135 6.12 [Data logging] 159 83 Display MOn- Section 6.1 [Energy parameters] [Energy parameters] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 84 Page [Elec Ener Input Counter] ELI- Menu 85 [Elec Ener Output Counter] ELO- Menu 87 [Mechanical energy] MEC- Menu 89 [Energy saving] ESA- Menu 90 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Elec Ener Input Counter] ELI- Menu Access [Display] [Energy parameters] [Elec Ener Input Counter] About This Menu This menu presents the input electrical energy data. NOTE: On Altivar Process range, except for ATV680 products, the power and energy parameters are estimated based on the output current of the drive. For ATV680 products, the power and energy parameters are measured. [Active Input Power] IPrW Active electrical input power. Setting Description According to the drive rating Setting range in kW if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50 or in HP if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60 Factory setting: _ [Input Reactive Power] IqrW Reactive electrical input power. This parameter can be accessed on ATV680 Setting Description According to the drive rating Setting range in kW if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50 or in HP if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60 Factory setting: _ [Input Power Factor] pWF Mains input power factor. This parameter can be accessed on ATV680 Setting Description According to the drive rating Setting range displayed as a percentage Factory setting: _ [Real Input Energy(TWh)] IE4 Input electrical power consumed (TWh). This parameter can be accessed if [Real Input Energy(TWh)] IE4 is not set to 0. Setting Description -999...999 TWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Real Input Energy(GWh)] IE3 Input electrical power consumed (GWh). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -999...999 GWh Setting range Factory setting: _ 85 Display MOn- [Real Input Energy(MWh)] IE2 Input electrical power consumed (MWh). Setting Description -999...999 MWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Real Input Energy(kWh)] IE1 Input electrical power consumed (kWh). Setting Description -999...999 kWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Real Input Energy(Wh)] IE0 Input electrical power consumed (Wh). 86 Setting Description -999...999 Wh Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Elec Ener Output Counter] ELO- Menu Access [Display] [Energy parameters] [Elec Ener Output Counter] About This Menu This menu presents the output electrical energy data. [Acv Elc out pwr estm] EPrW Active electrical output power estimation. Setting Description According to the drive rating Setting range in kW if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50 or in HP if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60 Factory setting: _ [Real Consumption(TWh)] OE4 Electrical energy consumed (TWh). This parameter can be accessed if [Real Consumption(TWh)] oE4 is not set to 0. Setting Description -999...999 TWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Real Consumption(GWh)] OE3 Electrical energy consumed (GWh). Setting Description -999...999 GWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Real Consumption(MWh)] OE2 Electrical energy consumed (MWh). Setting Description -999...999 MWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Real Consumption(kWh)] OE1 Electrical energy consumed (kWh). Setting Description -999...999 kWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Real Consumption(Wh)] OE0 Electrical energy consumed (Wh). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -999...999 Wh Setting range Factory setting: _ 87 Display MOn- [Elc Egy Today] OCt Electrical energy consumed today by the motor (kWh). Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 kWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Elc Egy Yesterday] OCY Electrical energy consumed yesterday by the motor (kWh). Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 kWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Over-Consumption Thd] PCAH Power level for over-consumption. Setting Description [Under-Consumption Thd] PCAL...200.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Under-Consumption Thd] PCAL Power level for under-consumption. Maximum value = PCAH if PCAH ≤ 100%. Setting Description 0.0...100.0% or [Over-Consumption Thd] PCAH if PCAH ≤ 100% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Over/Under-Cons Delay] PCAt Over/under-consumption detection time. Setting Description 0...60 min Setting range Factory setting: 1 min [Peak Output Power] MOEP Peak output power. 88 Setting Description According to the drive rating Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Mechanical energy] MEC- Menu Access [Display] [Energy parameters] [Mechanical energy] About This Menu This menu presents the output mechanical energy data. [Power Estim Value] OPrW Motor shaft power estimation. Setting Description According to the drive rating Setting range in kW if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50 or in HP if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60 Factory setting: _ [Motor Consumption(TWh)] ME4 Energy consumption (TWh). This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Consumption(TWh)] mE4 is not set to 0. Setting Description 0...999 TWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Motor Consumption(GWh)] ME3 Energy consumption (GWh). Setting Description 0...999 GWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Motor Consumption(MWh)] ME2 Energy consumption (MWh). Setting Description 0...999 MWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Motor Consumption(kWh)] ME1 Energy consumption (kWh). Setting Description 0...999 kWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Motor Consumption (Wh)] ME0 Energy consumption (Wh). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...999 Wh Setting range Factory setting: _ 89 Display MOn- [Energy saving] ESA- Menu Access [Display] [Energy parameters] [Energy saving] About This Menu This menu presents the comparison in term of cost, energy, CO² between solutions with and without drive. [Reference Power] PrEF Reference Power without drive Setting Description 0.00...655.35 kW Setting range in kW if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50 or in HP if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60. Factory setting: 0.00 kW [kWh Cost] ECSt Cost of the kWh. Setting Description 0.00...655.35 $ Setting range in € if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50 Hz IEC] (50) or in $ if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60. Factory setting: _ [CO2 Ratio] ECO2 Quantity of CO2 by kWh. Setting Description 0.000...65.535 kg/kWh Setting range Factory setting: 0.000 kg/kWh [Energy Saved] ESAv Energy saved with the drive solution. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 kWh Setting range Factory setting: _ [Money Saved] CASH Cost saved with the drive solution. Setting Description 0.00...42,949,672 $ Setting range in € if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50 Hz IEC] 50 or in $ if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60 Hz NEMA] 60. Factory setting: _ [Co2 Saved] CO2S CO2 saved with the drive solution. 90 Setting Description 0.0...429,496,729.5 t Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- Section 6.2 [Application parameters] [Application parameters] [Application parameters] apr- Menu Access [Display] [Application parameters] About This Menu This menu displays information related to the application. [System App State] APSS System application state This parameter indicates the installation application state This parameter can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] NVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR Setting Code / Value Description [Running] rUn No application function in progress; the drive is running [Stop] StOP No application function in progress; the drive is not running [Manual Mode Active] MAnU Motor running; manual PID mode is active [PID Active] Auto Motor running; auto PID mode is active [Flow Limit In Progress] FLIM The flow limitation is in progress [PipeFill In Progress] FILL The pipe fill is in progress [Jockey Pump Active] JOCKEY The jockey pump is active [Boost In progress] booSt The boost is in progress [Sleep Active] SLEEP The sleep is active [Priming Pump Active] PrIM The priming pump is active [InletPres Comp In Progress] CoMP The inlet pressure compensation is in progress [Application State] APPS Application state. This parameter indicates the drive application state. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Running] rUn No application function in progress; the drive is running [Stop] StOP No application function in progress; the drive is not running [Local Mode Active] LOCAL Forced local mode activated [Channel 2 Active] OvEr Override speed control mode activated [Manual Mode Active] MAnU Motor running; manual PID mode is active [PID Active] Auto Motor running; auto PID mode is active [Antijam In Progress] AJAM The Anti-jam is in progress [Flow Limit In Progress] FLIM The flow limitation is in progress [PipeFill In Progress] FILL The pipe fill is in progress [Jockey Pump Active] JOCKEY The jockey pump is active [Boost In progress] booSt The boost is in progress [Sleep Active] SLEEP The sleep is active [Priming Pump Active] PrIM The priming pump is active [InletPres Comp In Progress] CoMP The inlet pressure compensation is in progress 91 Display MOn- [Booster Status] bCs Booster status. This parameter can be accessed if [Application Selection] appt is set to [Pump Booster Control] boost. Setting Code / Value Description [None] none Not configured [Inactive] nact Inactive [Running] run Running [Stage Pending] stgp Stage pending [Destage Pending] dstgp Destage pending [Staging] stg Staging [Destaging] dstg Destage in progress [LevelCtrl Status] lCs Level control status. This parameter can be accessed if [Application Selection] appt is set to [Pump Level Control] level. Setting Code / Value [None] none Description Not configured [Inactive] nact Inactive [Filling] fill Filling in progress [Emptying] empty Emptying in progress [Low Level] low_level Low level [High Level] high_level High level [Tank Level] lCtL Tank level. This parameter can be accessed if [Application Selection] appt is set to [Pump Level Control] level. Setting Description 0.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: – [Level Sensor Value] lCsv Level sensor value. This parameter can be accessed if [Level Sensor Assign] lcsa is not set to [Not configured] no. Setting Description -327.67...327.67 Setting range Factory setting: – [PID Reference] rPC PID reference. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] no. 92 Setting Description 0...65,535% Setting range Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [PID feedback] rPF PID feedback. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] no. Setting Description 0...65,535% Setting range Factory setting: – [Installation Flow] FS1V Flow rate sensor value. This parameter can be accessed if [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is not set to [Not Configured] No. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR Factory setting: – [Inlet Press. Value] PS1V Inlet pressure value. This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Assign] PS1A is not set to [Not Configured] No. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR Factory setting: – [Outlet Pressure] PS2V Outlet pressure value. This parameter can be accessed if [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is not set to [Not Configured] No. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR Factory setting: – [Total Quantity] FS1C Total quantity. This parameter can be accessed if [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is not set to [Not Configured] No. Setting Description -2,147,483,647...2,147,483,647 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR Factory setting: – [Highest Flow] FS1K Highest flow. This parameter can be accessed if [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is not set to [Not Configured] No. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR Factory setting: – 93 Display MOn- [Lowest Flow] FS1J Lowest flow. This parameter can be accessed if [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is not set to [Not Configured] No. 94 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- Section 6.3 [Pump parameters] [Pump parameters] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 96 [Multipump system]mpS- Menu 99 [Installation] MPVS- Menu EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Variable speed pump] mpp- Menu 104 95 Display MOn- [Variable speed pump] mpp- Menu Access [Display] [Pump parameters] [Variable speed pump] About This Menu This menu shows the pump-related parameters. [Motor Run Time] rtH Motor run time. Run elapsed time display (resettable) in seconds (length of time the motor has been switched on). Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range Factory setting: _ [Motor Mechanical speed] SpdM Motor mechanical speed. Setting Description 0...65,535 rpm Setting range Factory setting: _ [Nb Of Start] nSM Number of motor starts (resettable). Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Acv Elc out pwr estm] EPrW Active electrical output power estimation. Setting Description -327.67...327.67 kW Setting range in kW if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50 Hz IEC] 50 or in HP if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60 Hz NEMA] 60 Factory setting: _ [Pump Flow] FS2V Pump flow value. This parameter can be accessed if [Pump Flow Assign.] fs2a is not set to [Not Configured] no. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR. Factory setting: – [Flow Estimated] SLFv Estimated flow value. This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] fem is set to [No] no. 96 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Inlet Press. Value] PS1V Inlet pressure value. This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Assign] PS1A is not set to [Not Configured] no. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR Factory setting: – [Est. Pump Head] SLHV Estimated Pump head value This parameter can be accessed if [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is not set to [Not Configured] no. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR Factory setting: – [Est. Pump dP] SLDP Estimated Pump delta pressure value This parameter can be accessed if [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is not set to [Not Configured] no. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR Factory setting: – [Outlet Pressure] PS2V Outlet pressure. This parameter can be accessed if [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is not set to [Not Configured] no. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR Factory setting: – [Efficiency] EFY The efficiency is based on mechanical power. Setting Description 0.0...100.0 % Setting range Factory setting: _ [Energy Cons. Ind.] ECI Energy consumption indication is based on the consumption of the electrical power Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: – [Energy Perf. Ind] EPI Energy performance indicator is based on the electrical power EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: – 97 Display MOn- [Highest Eff.] EFYK Highest efficiency. Setting Description 0.0...100.0 % Setting range Factory setting: _ [Lowest Eff.] EFYJ Lowest efficiency. 98 Setting Description 0.0...100.0 % Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Multipump system]mpS- Menu Access [Display] [Pump parameters] [Multipump system] About This Menu This menu can be accessed if [Pump System Archit] mpsa is not set to [No] nO. [MultiPump State] mps Multipump function state. Setting Code / Value Description [None] none None [Ready] readY Ready [Running] run Running [Warning] alarm Warning [Error] fault Error [Not Available] NAVL Not available [Active Master ID] MMID Active master ID. This parameter can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Masters] NVSDR. Setting Code / Value Description [None] none No pump active. [Pump 1] P01 Pump 1. [Pump 2] P02 Pump 2. [Pump 3] P03 Pump 3. [Pump 4] P04 Pump 4. [Pump 5] P05 Pump 5. [Pump 6] P06 Pump 6. [Available Pumps] mpan Number of available pumps. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: – [Nb of Staged Pumps] mpsn Number of staged pumps. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: – 99 Display MOn- [Lead Pump] plid Lead pump. Setting Code / Value Description [None] none None [Pump 1] p01 Pump number 1 [Pump 2] p02 Pump number 2 [Pump 3] p03 Pump number 3 [Pump 4] p04 Pump number 4 [Pump 5] p05 Pump number 5 [Pump 6] p06 Pump number 6 [Next Staged Pump] pnts Next pump to stage. Identical to [Lead Pump] plid (see page 100). [Next Destaged Pump] pntd Next pump to destage. Identical to [Lead Pump] plid (see page 100). [Pump 1 State] p1s Pump 1 state. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 1 or higher. Setting Code / Value Description [None] none Not configured [Not Available] naul Unavailable [Ready] rdy Ready [Running] run Running [Pump 1 Type] p1t Pump 1 type. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 1 or higher. Setting Code / Value Description [None] none Undefined [Lead] lead Lead pump [Lead or Auxiliary] laf Lead or auxiliary fixed speed pump [Lead or Auxiliary Variable] lav Lead or auxiliary variable speed pump [Auxiliary] auxf Auxiliary fixed speed pump [Auxiliary Variable] auxv Auxiliary variable speed pump [Error] Error err [Pump 1 Runtime] p1ot Pump 1 running time. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 1 or higher. 100 Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Pump 1 Nb Starts] p1ns Pump 1 number of starts. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 1 or higher. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range Factory setting: – [Pump 2 State] p2s Pump 2 state. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 2 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 State] p1s (see page 100). [Pump 2 Type] p2t Pump 2 type. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 2 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Type] p1t (see page 100). [Pump 2 Runtime] p2ot Pump 2 running time. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 2 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Runtime] p1ot (see page 100). [Pump 2 Nb Starts] p2ns Pump 2 number of starts. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 2 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Nb Starts] p1ns (see page 101). [Pump 3 State] p3s Pump 3 state. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 3 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 State] p1s (see page 100). [Pump 3 Type] p3t Pump 3 type. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 3 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Type] p1t (see page 100). [Pump 3 Runtime] p3ot Pump 3 running time. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 3 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Runtime] p1ot (see page 100). [Pump 3 Nb Starts] p3ns Pump 3 number of starts. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 3 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Nb Starts] p1ns (see page 101). EAV64318 11/2016 101 Display MOn- [Pump 4 State] p4s Pump 4 state. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 4 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 State] p1s (see page 100). [Pump 4 Type] p4t Pump 4 type. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 4 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Type] p1t (see page 100). [Pump 4 Runtime] p4ot Pump 4 running time. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 4 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Runtime] p1ot (see page 100). [Pump 4 Nb Starts] p4ns Pump 4 number of starts. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 4 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Nb Starts] p1ns (see page 101). [Pump 5 State] p5s Pump 5 state. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 5 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 State] p1s (see page 100). [Pump 5 Type] p5t Pump 5 type. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 5 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Type] p1t (see page 100). [Pump 5 Runtime] p5ot Pump 5 running time. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 5 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Runtime] p1ot (see page 100). [Pump 5 Nb Starts] p5ns Pump 5 number of starts. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 5 or higher. Identical to [Pump 1 Nb Starts] p1ns (see page 101). [Pump 6 State] p6s Pump 6 state. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 6. Identical to [Pump 1 State] p1s (see page 100). 102 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Pump 6 Type] p6t Pump 6 type. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 6. Identical to [Pump 1 Type] p1t (see page 100). [Pump 6 Runtime] p6ot Pump 6 running time. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 6. Identical to [Pump 1 Runtime] p1ot (see page 100). [Pump 6 Nb Starts] p6ns Pump 6 number of starts. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn or [Nb of Devices] MPGN is set to 6. Identical to [Pump 1 Nb Starts] p1ns (see page 101). EAV64318 11/2016 103 Display MOn- [Installation] MPVS- Menu Access [Display] [Pump parameters] [Installation] About This Menu This menu can be accessed if [Pump System Archit] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] NVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR. [Sys Electrical Power] EPrS Pump system electrical power Setting Description -327.67...327.67 kW Setting range in kW if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50 Hz IEC] 50 or in HP if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60 Hz NEMA] 60. Factory setting: _ [Sys Flow] SLFS Pump system flow Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR. Factory setting: – [Sys Delta Pressure] SLDS Pump system delta pressure Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR. Factory setting: – [Sys Efficiency Ind] EFYS Pump system efficiency indicator Setting Description 0.0...100.0 % Setting range Factory setting: – [Sys Energy Cons Ind] ECIS Pump system energy consumption indicator Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: – [Sys Performance Ind] EPIS Pump system performance indicator 104 Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- Section 6.4 [Motor parameters] [Motor parameters] [Motor parameters] MMO- Menu Access [Display] [Motor parameters] About This Menu This menu shows the motor-related parameters. [Motor Speed] Spd Motor speed. This parameter displays the estimated rotor speed without motor slip. Setting Description 0...65,535 rpm Setting range Factory setting:– [Signed Mech Speed] Spd1 Signed motor mechanical speed. Setting Description [Undefined] und...32,767 rpm Setting range Factory setting:– [Motor Voltage] UOP Motor voltage. Setting Description 0...65,535 V Setting range Factory setting:– [Motor Power] OPr Motor power. Output power in % (100% = nominal motor power). Setting Description -300...300% Setting range Factory setting: – [Nom Motor Torque] tqn Computed nominal motor torque in Nm (+/- 2% tolerance). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.01...65,535 Nm Setting range according to drive rating. Factory setting: – 105 Display MOn- [Motor Torque] Otr Motor torque. Output torque value (100% = [Nom Motor Torque] TQN). NOTE: The displayed value is always positive in motor mode and negative in generator mode whatever the direction. Setting Description -300.0... 300.0% Setting range Factory setting: – [Motor Torque (Nm)] Otqn Motor torque (Nm). Output torque value. NOTE: The displayed value is always positive in motor mode and negative in generator mode whatever the direction. Setting Description -32,767 Nm...32,767 Nm Setting range: according to drive ratings Factory setting: – [Motor Current] LCr Motor current. Setting Description 0.00...65,535 A Setting range according to drive ratings Factory setting: – [Motor Therm state] tHr Motor thermal state. The normal motor thermal state is 100%, the [Motor Overload] OLF is set to 118%. 106 Setting Description 0...200% Setting range Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- Section 6.5 [Drive parameters] [Drive parameters] [Drive parameters] MPI- Menu Access [Display] [Drive parameters] About This Menu This menu shows the drive-related parameters. [AIV1 Image input] AIv1 AIV1 Image input. This parameter is read-only. It enables to display the speed reference applied to the motor, or the sensor value, via the fieldbus channel. Setting Description -8,192...8,192 Setting range Factory setting: – [AIV2 Image input] AIv2 AIV2 Image input. This parameter is read-only. It enables to display the speed reference applied to the motor, or the sensor value, via the fieldbus channel. Setting Description -8,192...8,192 Setting range Factory setting: – [AIV3 Image input] AIv3 AIV3 Image input. This parameter is read-only. It enables to display the speed reference applied to the motor, or the sensor value, via the fieldbus channel. Setting Description -8,192...8,192 Setting range Factory setting: – [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH Frequency reference before ramp. This parameter is read-only. It enables to display the speed reference applied to the motor, regardless of which reference channel has been selected. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -500.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0 Hz 107 Display MOn- [Ref Frequency] LFr Reference frequency. This parameter only appears if the function has been enabled. It is used to change the speed reference from the remote control. OK does not have to be pressed to enable a change of reference. Setting Description -500.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: – [Motor Frequency] rFr Motor frequency. This parameter displays the estimated rotor frequency without motor slip. Setting Description -3,276.7...3,276.7 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Multiplying coeff.] MFr Multiplying coefficient This parameter can be accessed if [Ref Freq 2 Multiply] MA2 or [Ref Freq 3 Multiply] MA3 are not set to [Not Configured] NO. Setting Description 0...100 % Setting range Factory setting: – [Mains Voltage] uLn Mains voltage based on AC bus measurement, motor running or stopped. Setting Description 1.0...860.0 Vac Setting range: [no meas.] ---- is displayed if no value is measured. Factory setting: – [Mains Voltage phase 1-2] uL1 Mains voltage phase 1-2 measurement. Setting Description -3,276.7...3,276.7 Vac Setting range Factory setting: – [Mains Voltage phase 2-3] uL2 Mains voltage phase 2-3 measurement. Setting Description -3,276.7...3,276.7 Vac Setting range Factory setting: – [Mains Voltage phase 3-1] uL3 Mains voltage phase 3-1 measurement 108 Setting Description -3,276.7...3,276.7 Vac Setting range Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Mains Current] ILn Actual mains current (effective value of the fundamental mode). Accuracy: 2% (related to drive nominal current). This parameter can be accessed on ATV680. Setting Description According to drive rating Setting range Factory setting: – [Mains Frequency] FAC Actual mains frequency. This parameter can be accessed on ATV680. Setting Description 0.0...999.9 Hz Setting range Factory setting: – [DC Bus Voltage] vbuS DC bus voltage. Setting Description 0...65,535 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: – [Drive Therm State] tHd Drive thermal state. The normal drive thermal state is 100%, the [Motor Overload] OLF is set to 118%. Setting Description 0...200% Setting range Factory setting: – [Used Param. Set] CFpS Used parameter set. Configuration parameter status (can be accessed if parameter switching function has been enabled). Setting Code / Value Description [None] nO Not assigned [Set N°1] CFP1 Parameter set 1 active [Set N°2] CFP2 Parameter set 2 active [Set N°3] CFP3 Parameter set 3 active [Config. active] Cnfs Active configuration. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [In progress] nO Transitory state [Config. No.0] CnF0 Configuration 0 active 109 Display MOn- Section 6.6 [Thermal monitoring] [Thermal monitoring] [Thermal Monitoring] tPM- Menu Access [Display] [Thermal Monitoring] About This Menu The content of this menu can be accessed if the thermal monitoring function has been activated. Wiring Refer to the wiring (see page 188) of the [Thermal monitoring] tPP- menu. [AI2 Th Value] tH2v AI2 thermal value. Setting Description -15...200°C Setting range Factory setting: – [AI3 Th Value] tH3v AI3 thermal value. Identical to [AI2 Th Value] tH2v. [AI4 Th Value] tH4v AI4 thermal value. Identical to [AI2 Th Value] tH2v. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [AI5 Th Value] tH5v AI5 thermal value. Identical to [AI2 Th Value] tH2v. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. 110 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- Section 6.7 [PID display] [PID display] [PID display] PIC- Menu Access [Display] [PID display] About This Menu NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Following parameters can be accessed if [PID feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] no. [Internal PID ref] rPI Internal PID reference. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 150 [PID Reference] rPC PID setpoint value. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [PID feedback] rPF PID feedback value. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [PID Error] rPE PID error value. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: – [PID Output] rPO PID output value. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description [PID Min Output] pol...[PID Max Output] poh Setting range Factory setting: _ 111 Display MOn- Section 6.8 [Counter management] [Counter management] [Counter Management] ELt- Menu Access [Display] [Counter Management] About This Menu This menu shows the drive and motor-related counters. [Motor Run Time] rtH Motor run time. Run elapsed time display (resettable) in seconds (length of time the motor has been switched on). Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range Factory setting: _ [Power-on Time] PtH Power-on time (resettable) or counter can be set to 0 by using the [Time Counter Reset] rPr parameter. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range Factory setting: _ [Fan Operation Time] FPbt Fan operation time. As soon as [Fan Operation Time] FPbt reach the predefined value of 45,000 hours, a warning [Fan Counter Warning] FCtA is triggered. [Fan Operation Time] FPbt counter can be set to 0 by using the [Time Counter Reset] rPr parameter. Setting Description 0...500,000 h Setting range Factory setting: _ [Nb Of Start] nSM Number of motor starts (resettable) or counter can be set to 0 by using the [Time Counter Reset] rPr parameter. 112 Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Cabinet Fan Opt Time] FCT Cabinet Fan operation time If [Cabinet Fan Oper Time] FCT has reached the predefined value of 30,000 hours, a warning [Cabinet Fan Counter Warn] FCCA is triggered. This parameter can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680. Setting Description 0...500,000 h Setting range Factory setting: _ [AFE Run Time] brtH AFE Run Time This parameter can be accessed on ATV680. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range Factory setting: _ [AFE Power-On Time] bPtH AFE brick power on elapsed time This parameter can be accessed on ATV680. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range Factory setting: _ [AFE Fan Operation Time] FbAt AFE Fan Operation Time If [AFE Fan Operation Time] FBAT has reached the predefined value of 45,000 hours, a warning [AFE Fan Counter Warn] FCbA is triggered. This parameter can be accessed on ATV680. Setting Description 0...50,000 h Setting range Factory setting: _ [AFE Nb of starts] bnSA AFE number of starts This parameter can be accessed on ATV680. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: _ 113 Display MOn- [Time Counter Reset] rPr Time counter reset. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [Run Time Reset] rtH Run time reset [Power ON Time Reset] PtH Power ON time reset [Reset Fan Counter] FtH Reset fan counter [Clear NSM] nsm Clear number of motor starts [Efficiency MAX] EFYK Efficiency max [Efficiency MIN] EFYJ Efficiency min [Flow Rate MAX] FS1K Flow rate max [Flow Rate MIN] FS1J Flow rate min [Reset Total Quantity] FS1C Reset total quantity [AFE Fan Operation Time] fbat AFE Fan operation time (1) [Clear Cabinet Fan] fCt Clear cabinet fan operation time NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680. [Clear AFE Power ON Time] bpth Clear AFE power ON time (1) [Clear BRTH] brth Clear AFE run time (1) [Clear AFE Nb. start] bnsa Clear AFE brick number of start (1) 1 114 This selection can be accessed on ATV680. EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- Section 6.9 [Other state] [Other state] [Other state] SSt- Menu Access [Display] [Other state] About This Menu List of secondary states. List [Anti-Jam pending] JAMP [Anti-Jam In Progress] JAMr [PipeFill In Progress] FILL [InPres Comp Active] IPPC [Sleep Active] SLM [Priming pump running] PPOn [Jockey pump running] JPOn [Sleep Boost active] SLPb [Sleep Checking activated] ASLC [Set 1 active] CFP1 [Set 2 active] CFP2 [Set 3 active] CFP3 [Automatic restart] AUtO [DC Bus Charged] dbL [Fast stop Active] FSt [Fallback Frequency] FrF [Speed Maintained] rLS [Type of stop] Stt [Ref Freq Warning] SrA [Forward] MFrd [Reverse] MrrS [Autotuning] tUn EAV64318 11/2016 115 Display MOn- Section 6.10 [I/O map] [I/O map] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 116 Page [Digital Input Map] LIA- Menu 117 [AI1] AI1C- Menu 118 [AI2] AI2C- Menu 120 [AI3] AI3C- Menu 121 [AI4] AI4C- Menu 122 [AI5] AI5C- Menu 123 [Digital output map] LOA- Menu 124 [AQ1] AO1C- Menu 125 [AQ2] AO2C- Menu 129 [DI5 frequency measured] PFC5- Menu 131 [DI6 frequency measured] PFC6- Menu 133 [Cabinet Digital Input Map] LICA- Menu 134 [Cabinet Digital Output Map] LOCA- Menu 134 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Digital Input Map] LIA- Menu Access [Display] [I/O map] [Digital Input Map] About This Menu This menu presents the state and assignment of digital inputs. Read-only parameters, cannot be configured. It is used to visualize the state of the digital inputs and Safe Torque Off inputs. It displays all the functions that are assigned to the digital input in order to verify for multiple assignments. If no functions have been assigned, [Not assigned] nO is displayed. Use the touch wheel to scroll through the functions. EAV64318 11/2016 117 Display MOn- [AI1] AI1C- Menu Access [Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI1] [AI1] AI1C Physical value AI1. AI1 customer image: value of analog input 1. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: – NOTE: The parameters [AI1 Assignment] AI1A, [AI1 min value] UIL1, [AI1 max value] UIH1 and [AI1 filter] AI1F can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the [AI1] AI1C parameter. [AI1 Assignment] AI1A Analog input AI1 functions assignment. Read-only parameter, cannot be configured. It displays all the functions associated with input AI1 in order to verify, for example, for compatibility problems. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed. 118 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned [AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1 [AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2 [Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1 Factory Setting [Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2 [Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing [PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2 [Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man) [PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency [Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing [Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B [Subtract Ref Freq 3] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3 [Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1 [Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier [Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier [Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function [InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor [Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor [Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor [LevelCtrl Sensor] LCSA Level control analog sensor EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [AI1 min value] UIL1 AI1 minimum value. AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] ai1t is set to [Voltage] 10u. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc [AI1 max value] UIH1 AI1 maximum value. AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] ai1t is set to [Voltage] 10u. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc [AI1 min. value] CrL1 AI1 minimum value. AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] ai1t is set to [Current] 0A. Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 mA [AI1 max. value] CrH1 AI1 maximum value. AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] ai1t is set to [Current] 0A. Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 20.0 mA [AI1 filter] AI1F AI1 filter. Interference filtering. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.00...10.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.00 s 119 Display MOn- [AI2] AI2C- Menu Access [Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI2] [AI2] AI2C Physical value AI2. AI2 customer image: value of analog input 2. Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 118). [AI2 Assignment] AI2A Configuration of AI2. Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 118). [AI2 min value] UIL2 AI2 minimum value. AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2T is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 119). [AI2 max value] UIH2 AI2 maximum value. AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2T is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 119). [AI2 min. value] CrL2 AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] ai2t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 Min. Value] CRL1 (see page 120) [AI2 max. value] CrH2 AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] ai2t is set to [Current] 0A. Identifcal to [AI2 Max. Value] CRH1 (see page 120) [AI2 filter] AI2F AI2 filter. Interference filtering. Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 119). 120 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [AI3] AI3C- Menu Access [Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI3] [AI3] AI3C Physical value AI3. AI3 customer image: value of analog input 3. Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 118). [AI3 Assignment] AI3A Configuration of AI3. Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 118). [AI3 min value] UIL3 AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3T is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 119). [AI3 max value] UIH3 AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3T is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 119). [AI3 min. value] CrL3 AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3T is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 119). [AI3 max. value] CrH3 AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3T is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 119). [AI3 Filter] AI3F AI3 filter. Interference filtering. Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 119). EAV64318 11/2016 121 Display MOn- [AI4] AI4C- Menu Access [Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI4] [AI4] AI4C Physical value AI4. AI4 customer image: value of analog input 4. Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 118). [AI4 Assignment] AI4A AI4 functions assignment. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed. Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 118). [AI4 min value] UIL4 AI4 minimum value. AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 119). [AI4 max value] UIH4 AI4 maximum value. AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 119). [AI4 min. value] CrL4 AI4 minimum value. AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 119). [AI4 max. value] CrH4 AI4 maximum value. AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 119). [AI4 filter] AI4F AI4 filter. Interference filtering. Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 119). 122 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [AI5] AI5C- Menu Access [Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI5] [AI5] AI5C AI5 customer image: value of analog input 5. Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 118). [AI5 Assignment] AI5A AI5 functions assignment. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed. Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 118). [AI5 min value] UIL5 AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 119). [AI5 max value] UIH5 AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 119). [AI5 min. value] CrL5 AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 119). [AI5 max. value] CrH5 AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 119). [AI5 filter] AI5F AI5 filter. Interference filtering. Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 119). EAV64318 11/2016 123 Display MOn- [Digital output map] LOA- Menu Access [Display] [I/O map] [Digital output map] About This Menu DQ assignment. R1, R2, R3 assignment. R4, R5, R6 assignment if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted. DQ11, DQ12 assignment if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. On the Graphic Display Terminal, click the digital output to see the assignment. Read-only parameters, cannot be configured. It displays the function which is assigned to a digital output. If no function has been assigned, [Not assigned] nO is displayed. It allows to verify the delay, active state, and holding time set for the digital output. Possible values are identical as those in the configuration menu. 124 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [AQ1] AO1C- Menu Access [Display] [I/O map] [Analog outputs image] [AQ1] Minimum and Maximum Output Values The minimum output value, in volts, corresponds to the lower limit of the assigned parameter and the maximum value corresponds to its upper limit. The minimum value may be greater than the maximum value. PA Parameter assigned C / VO Current or voltage output UL Upper limit LL Low limit 1 [Min Output] AOLx or UOLx 2 [Max Output] AOHx or UOHx EAV64318 11/2016 125 Display MOn- Scaling of the Assigned Parameter The scale of the assigned parameter can be adapted in accordance with requirements by modifying the values of the lower and upper limits with two parameters for each analogic output. These parameters are given in %. 100% corresponds to the total variation range of the configured parameter, so: 100% = upper limit - lower limit. For example, [Sign. torque] Stq which varies between –3 and +3 times the rated torque, 100% corresponds to 6 times the rated torque. The [Scaling AQx min] ASLx parameter modifies the lower limit: new value = lower limit + (range x ASLx). The value 0% (factory setting) does not modify the lower limit. The [Scaling AQx max] ASHx parameter modifies the upper limit: new value = lower limit + (range x ASLx). The value 100% (factory setting) does not modify the upper limit. [Scaling AQx min] ASLx must always be lower than [Scaling AQx max] ASHx. UL Upper limit of the assigned parameter LL Lower limit of the assigned parameter NS New scale ASHx Scaling max ASLx Scaling min Application Example The value of the motor current at the AQ1 output is to be transferred with 0...20 mA, range 2 in motor, in motor being the equivalent of a 0.8 In drive. The [Motor Current] OCr parameter varies from 0 to 2 times the rated drive current. [Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1 must not modify the lower limit, which therefore remains at its factory setting of 0%. [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 must modify the upper limit by 0.5x the rated motor torque, or 100 - 100/5 = 80% (new value = lower limit + (range x ASH1). [AQ1] AO1C AQ1 customer image: value of analogic output 1. 126 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [AQ1 assignment] AO1 AQ1 assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned [Motor Current] OCr Current in the motor, from 0 to 2 In (In = rated drive current indicated in the Installation manual and on the drive nameplate) [Motor Frequency] OFr Output frequency, from 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr Factory Setting [Ramp out.] OrP From 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr [Motor torq.] trq Motor torque, from 0 to 3 times the rated motor torque [Sign. torque] Stq Signed motor torque, between –3 and +3 times the rated motor torque. The + sign corresponds to the motor mode and the – sign to the generator mode (braking). [sign ramp] OrS Signed ramp output, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max Frequency] tFr [PID ref.] OPS PID controller reference between [Min PID reference] PIP1 and [Max PID reference] PIP2 [PID feedbk] OPF PID controller feedback between [Min PID feedback] PIF1 and [Max PID feedback] PIF2 [PID error] OPE PID controller detected error between –5% and +5% of [Max PID feedback] PIF2 – [Min PID feedback] PIF1 [PID output] OPI PID controller output between [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP [Drive power] OPr Motor power, between 0 and 2.5 times [Nominal Motor Power] nPr [Mot thermal] tHr Motor thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state [Drv thermal] tHd Drive thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state [Sig. o/p frq.] OFS Signed output frequency, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max Frequency] tFr [Motor volt.] UOP Voltage applied to the motor, between 0 and [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS [Inlet Pressure Value] PS1u Inlet pressure value [Outlet Pressure Value] PS2u Outlet pressure value [Installation Flow] FS1u Installation flow value [Pump Flow] FS2u Pump flow value [AQ1 Min Output] UOL1 AQ1 minimum output. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc [AQ1 max Output] UOH1 AQ1 maximum output. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Voltage] 10U. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc 127 Display MOn- [AQ1 min output] AOL1 AQ1 minimum output. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Current] 0A. Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 mA [AQ1 max output] AOH1 AQ1 maximum output. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Current] 0A. Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 20.0 mA [Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1 Scaling of the lower limit of the assigned parameter, as a percentage of the maximum possible variation. Setting Description 0.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 Scaling of the upper limit of the assigned parameter, as a percentage of the maximum possible variation. Setting Description 0.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 100.0% [AQ1 Filter] AO1F Interference filtering. 128 Setting Description 0.00...10.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.00 s EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [AQ2] AO2C- Menu Access [Display] [I/O Map] [Analog outputs image] [AQ2] [AQ2] AO2C AQ2 customer image: value of analog output 2. Identical to [AQ1] AO1C (see page 126). [AQ2 Assignment] AO2 AQ2 assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned [Motor Current] OCr Current in the motor, from 0 to 2 In (In = rated drive current indicated in the Installation manual and on the drive nameplate) Factory Setting [Motor Frequency] OFr Output frequency, from 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr [Ramp out.] OrP From 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr [Motor torq.] trq Motor torque, from 0 to 3 times the rated motor torque [Sign. torque] Stq Signed motor torque, between –3 and +3 times the rated motor torque. The + sign corresponds to the motor mode and the – sign to the generator mode (braking). [sign ramp] OrS Signed ramp output, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max Frequency] tFr [PID ref.] OPS PID controller reference between [Min PID reference] PIP1 and [Max PID reference] PIP2 [PID feedbk] OPF PID controller feedback between [Min PID feedback] PIF1 and [Max PID feedback] PIF2 [PID error] OPE PID controller detected error between –5% and +5% of [Max PID feedback] PIF2 – [Min PID feedback] PIF1 [PID output] OPI PID controller output between [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP [Drive power] OPr Motor power, between 0 and 2.5 times [Nominal Motor Power] nPr [Mot thermal] tHr Motor thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state [Drv thermal] tHd Drive thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state [Sig. o/p frq.] OFS Signed output frequency, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max Frequency] tFr [Motor volt.] UOP Voltage applied to the motor, between 0 and [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS [Inlet Pressure Value] PS1u Inlet pressure value [Outlet Pressure Value] PS2u Outlet pressure value [Installation Flow] FS1u Installation flow value [AI Virtual 1 ] AIV1 Virtual analog input 1 [AQ2 Min Output] UOL2 AQ2 minimum output. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AQ1 min Output] UOL1 (see page 127). [AQ2 Max Output] UOH2 AQ2 maximum output. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AQ1 max Output] UOH1 (see page 127). EAV64318 11/2016 129 Display MOn- [AQ2 Min Output] AOL2 AQ2 minimum output. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AQ1 min Output] UOL1 (see page 128). [AQ2 Max Output] AOH2 AQ2 maximum output. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AQ1 max Output] UOH1 (see page 128). [Scaling AQ2 min] ASL2 Scaling of the lower limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation. Identical to [Scaling AQ2 min] ASL1 (see page 128). [Scaling AQ2 max] ASH2 Scaling of the upper limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation. Identical to [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 (see page 128). [AQ2 Filter] AO2F Interference filtering. Identical to [AQ1 Filter] AO1F (see page 128). 130 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [DI5 frequency measured] PFC5- Menu Access [Display] [I/O map] [Freq. signal image] [DI5 frequency measured] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the [DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5 parameter. [DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5 Filtered customer pulse input frequency reference. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: _ [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A Di5 pulse input assignment. It displays all the functions associated with the pulse input in order to verify, for example, for compatibility problems. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory Setting [AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1 [AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2 [Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1 [Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2 [Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing [PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2 [Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man) [PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency [Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing [Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3 [Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1 [Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier [Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier [Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function [InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor [Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor [Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor [LevelCtrl Sensor] LCSA Level control analog sensor 131 Display MOn- [DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5 Di5 pulse input low frequency. Pulse input scaling parameter of 0% in Hz x 10 unit. Setting Description 0.00...30000.00 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0 Hz [DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5 Di5 pulse input high frequency. Pulse input scaling parameter of 100% in Hz x 10 unit. Setting Description 0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range Factory setting: 30.00 kHz [DI5 Frequency Filter] PFI5 Interference filtering pulse input cut-off time of the low-filter. 132 Setting Description 0...1,000 ms Setting range Factory setting: 0 ms EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [DI6 frequency measured] PFC6- Menu Access [Display] [I/O map] [Freq. signal image] [DI6 frequency measured] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the [DI6 Frequency Measured] PFC6 parameter. [DI6 Frequency Measured] PFC6 Filtered customer pulse input frequency reference. Identical to [DI5 frequency measured] PFC5 (see page 131). [DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A Di6 pulse input assignment. Identical to [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A (see page 131). [DI6 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL6 Di6 pulse input low frequency. Identical to [DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5 (see page 132). [DI6 PulseInput High Freq] PIH6 Di6 pulse input high frequency. Identical to [DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5 (see page 132). [DI6 Frequency Filter] PFI6 Interference filtering pulse input cut-off time of the low-filter. Identical to [DI5 Frequency Filter] PFI5 (see page 132). EAV64318 11/2016 133 Display MOn- [Cabinet Digital Input Map] LICA- Menu Access [Display] [I/O Map] [Cabinet Digital Input Map] These parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. About This Menu This menu presents the state and assignment of cabinet digital inputs. Read-only parameters cannot be configured. It is used to visualize the state of the cabinet digital inputs It displays all the functions that are assigned to a cabinet digital input, in order to verify for multiple assignments. If no functions have been assigned, [Not assigned] nO is displayed. Use the touch wheel to scroll through the functions. [Cabinet Digital Output Map] LOCA- Menu Access [Display] [I/O Map] [Cabinet Digital Output Map] These parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. About This Menu This menu presents the state and assignment of cabinet digital outputs. Read-only parameters cannot be configured. It displays the function which is assigned to a cabinet digital output. If no function has been assigned, [Not assigned] nO is displayed. It allows verifying the delay, active state, and holding time set for the cabinet digital outputs. Possible values are identical as those in the configuration menu. 134 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- Section 6.11 [Communication map] [Communication map] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Communication map] CMM- Menu 136 [Modbus network diag] Mnd-Menu 140 [Com. scanner input map] ISA- Menu 141 [Com scan output map] OSA- Menu 142 [Modbus HMI Diag] MdH- Menu 143 [Ethernet Emb Diag] MPE- Menu 144 [Ethernet Module Diag] MtE- Menu 145 [DeviceNet Diag] dvn- Menu 146 [Profibus Diag] Prb- Menu 147 [PROFINET Diag] Prn- Menu 149 [Command word image] CWI- Menu 151 [Freq. ref. word map] rWI- Menu 152 [CANopen map] CnM- Menu 153 [PDO1 image] PO1- Menu 154 [PDO2 image] PO2- Menu 156 [PDO3 image] PO3- Menu 157 [CANopen map] CnM- Menu 158 135 Display MOn- [Communication map] CMM- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [Command Channel] CMdC Command channel. Setting Code / Value Description [Terminals] tEr Terminal block source Factory Setting [HMI] LCC Reference frequency via remote terminal [Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus [CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been inserted [Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been inserted [Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet [PC tool] Pws DTM based software [Cmd Register] CMd Command register. [Control Mode] CHCF is not set to [I/O profile] IO Possible values in CiA402 profile, separate, or not separate mode: 136 Bit Description, Value 0 Set to 1: "Switch on"/Contactor command 1 Set to 0: "Disable voltage"/Authorization to supply AC power 2 Set to 0: "Quick stop" 3 Set to 1: "Enable operation"/Run command 4 to 6 Reserved (= 0) 7 "Fault reset" acknowledgment active on 0 to 1 rising edge 8 Set to 1: Halt stop according to the [Type Of Stop] Stt parameter without leaving the operation enabled state 9 and 10 Reserved (= 0) 11 to 15 Can be assigned to commands EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- Possible values in the I/O profile. On state command [2-Wire Control] 2C: Bit Description, Value 0 Forward (on state) command: 0: No forward command 1: Forward command NOTE: The assignment of bit 0 cannot be modified. It corresponds to the assignment of the terminals. It can be switched. Bit 0 Cd00 is only active if the channel of this control word is active. 1 to 15 Can be assigned to commands Possible values in the I/O profile. On edge command [3-Wire Control] 3C: Bit Description, Value 0 Stop (run authorization): 0: Stop 1: Run is authorized on a forward or reverse command 1 Forward (on 0 to 1 rising edge) command 2 to 15 Can be assigned to commands NOTE: The assignment of bits 0 and 1 cannot be modified. It corresponds to the assignment of the terminals. It can be switched. Bits 0 Cd00 and 1 Cd01 are only active if the channel of this control word is active. [Ref Freq Channel] rFCC Channel of reference frequency. Identical to [Command Channel] CMdC (see page 136) [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH Frequency reference before ramp. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -500.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: _ 137 Display MOn- [CIA402 State Reg] EtA CIA402 State Register. Possible values in CiA402 profile, separate, or not separate mode: Bit Description, Value 0 "Ready to switch on", awaiting power section line supply 1 "Switched on", ready 2 "Operation enabled", running 3 Operating detected error state: 0: Inactive 1: Active 4 "Voltage enabled", power section line supply present: 0: Power section line supply absent 1: Power section line supply present NOTE: When the drive is powered by the power section only, this bit is always at 1. 5 Quick stop 6 "Switched on disabled", power section line supply locked 7 Warning: 0: No warning 1: Warning 8 Reserved (= 0) 9 Remote: command or reference via the network 0: Command or reference via the Graphic Display Terminal 1: Command or reference via the network 10 Targets reference reached: 0: The reference is not reached 1: The reference has been reached 11 "Internal limit active", reference outside limits: 0: The reference is within the limits 1: The reference is not within the limits NOTE: When the drive is in speed mode, this is the speed reference. NOTE: When the drive is in speed mode, the limits are defined by the [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP parameters. 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 14 "Stop key", STOP via stop key: 0: STOP key not pressed 1: Stop triggered by the STOP key on the Graphic Display Terminal 15 "Direction", direction of rotation: 0: Forward rotation at output 1: Reverse rotation at output NOTE: The combination of bits 0, 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 defines the state in the DSP 402 state chart (see the communication manuals). 138 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- Possible values in the I/O profile: Bit Description, Value 0 Reserved (= 0 or 1) 1 Ready: 0: Not ready 1: Ready 2 Running: 0: The drive does not start if a reference other than zero is applied 1: Running, if a reference other than zero is applied, the drive can start 3 Operating detected error state: 0: Inactive 1: Active 4 Power section line supply present: 0: Power section line supply absent 1: Power section line supply present 5 Reserved (= 1) 6 Reserved (= 0 or 1) 7 Warning 0: No warning 1: Warning 8 Reserved (= 0) 9 Command via a network: 0: Command via the terminals or the Graphic Display Terminal 1: Command via a network 10 Reference reached: 0: The reference is not reached 1: The reference has been reached 11 Reference outside limits: 0: The reference is within the limits 1: The reference is not within the limits 12 Reserved (= 0) 13 Reserved (= 0) 14 Stop via STOP key: 0: STOP key not pressed 1: Stop triggered by the STOP key on the Graphic Display Terminal 15 Direction of rotation: 0: Forward rotation at output 1: Reverse rotation at output NOTE: When the drive is in speed mode, the limits are defined by LSP and HSP parameters. NOTE: The value is identical in the CiA402 profile and the I/O profile. In the I/O profile, the description of the values is simplified and does not refer to the CiA402 (Drivecom) state chart. EAV64318 11/2016 139 Display MOn- [Modbus network diag] Mnd-Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [Modbus network diag] About This Menu Used for the Modbus serial communication port at the bottom of the control block. Refer to the Modbus serial embedded communication manual for a complete description. [COM LED] MdB1 View of the Modbus communication LED. [Mdb Frame Nb] M1Ct Modbus network frames counter: number of processed frames. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Mb NET CRC errors] M1EC Modbus network CRC error countered: number of CRC errors 140 Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Com. scanner input map] ISA- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [Modbus network diag] [Com. scanner input map] About This Menu Used for CANopen® and Modbus network. [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 Com scanner input 1 value. Value of the first input word. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Com Scan In2 val.] nM2 Com scanner input 2 value. Value of the second input word. Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 141). [Com Scan In3 val.] nM3 Com scanner input 3 value. Value of the third input word. Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 141). [Com Scan In4 val.] nM4 Com scanner input 4 value. Value of the fourth input word. Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 141). [Com Scan In5 val.] nM5 Com scanner input 5 value. Value of the fifth input word. Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 141). [Com Scan In6 val.] nM6 Com scanner input 6 value. Value of the sixth input word. Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 141). [Com Scan In7 val.] nM7 Com scanner input 7 value. Value of the seventh input word. Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 141). [Com Scan In8 val.] nM8 Com scanner input 8 value. Value of the eighth input word. Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 141). EAV64318 11/2016 141 Display MOn- [Com scan output map] OSA- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [Com scan output map] About This Menu Used for CANopen® and Modbus networks. [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 Com scanner output 1 value. Value of the first output word. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Com Scan Out2 val.] nC2 Com scanner output 2 value. Value of the second output word. Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 142). [Com Scan Out3 val.] nC3 Com scanner output 3 value. Value of the third output word. Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 142). [Com Scan Out4 val.] nC4 Com scanner output 4 value. Value of the fourth output word. Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 142). [Com Scan Out5 val.] nC5 Com scanner output 5 value. Value of the fifth output word. Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 142). [Com Scan Out6 val.] nC6 Com scanner output 6 value. Value of the sixth output word. Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 142). [Com Scan Out7 val.] nC7 Com scanner output 7 value. Value of the seventh output word. Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 142). [Com Scan Out8 val.] nC8 Com scanner output 8 value. Value of the eighth output word. Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 142). 142 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Modbus HMI Diag] MdH- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [Modbus HMI Diag] About This Menu Used for the Modbus serial communication port at the front of the control block (used by the Graphic Display Terminal) [COM LED] Mdb2 View of the Modbus HMI communication LED. [Mdb NET frames] M2Ct Terminal Modbus 2: number of processed frames. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range [Mdb NET CRC errors] M2EC Terminal Modbus 2: number of CRC errors. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range 143 Display MOn- [Ethernet Emb Diag] MPE- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [Ethernet Emb Diag] About This Menu Refer to the Modbus TCP Ethernet-IP communication manual. [MAC @] MACE MAC address of the embedded Ethernet adapter. Read-only parameter. The address format is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX. [ETH emb Rx frames] ErXE Ethernet embedded Rx frames counter. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: _ [ETH emb Tx frames] EtXE Ethernet embedded Tx frames counter. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: _ [ETH emb error frames] EErE Ethernet embedded error frames counter. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Ethernet Rate Data] ArdE Actual data rate. 144 Setting Code / Value Description [Auto] AUtO Automatic [10M. full] 10F 10 F [10M. half] 10H 10 H [100M. full] 100F 100 F [100M. half] 100H 100 H EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Ethernet Module Diag] MtE- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [Ethernet Module Diag] About This Menu Following parameters are accessible if Ethernet-IP - Modbus TCP Module (VW3A3720, 721) has been inserted. [MAC @] MACo MAC address of the embedded Ethernet Modbus TCP board. Read-only parameter. The address format is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX. [ETH opt Rx frames] ErXO Ethernet embedded Rx frames counter. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: _ [ETH opt Tx frames] EtXO Ethernet embedded Tx frames counter. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: _ [ETH opt error frames] EErO Ethernet embedded error frames counter. Setting Description 0...4,294,967,295 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Actual rate] Ard Actual data rate. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Auto] AUtO Automatic [10M. full] 10F 10 F [10M. half] 10H 10 H [100M. full] 100F 100 F [100M. half] 100H 100 H 145 Display MOn- [DeviceNet Diag] dvn- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [DeviceNet Diag] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed if DeviceNet module (VW3A3609) has been inserted. [Data rate used] bdrU Data rate used by the fieldbus module. Setting Code / Value Description [Automatic] AUtO Automatic detection Factory setting [125 Kbps] 125k 125,000 Bauds [250 Kbps] 250k 250,000 Bauds [500 Kbps] 500k 500,000 Bauds [Fieldbus Error] EPF2 External detected error from fieldbus module. [Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF Fieldbus module communication interruption. Refer to the related fieldbus manual. 146 Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Profibus Diag] Prb- Menu Access [Display] [Communication] [Profibus Diag] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessible if Profibus DP module VW3A3607 has been inserted. [Data rate used] bdrU Data rate used by the fieldbus module. Setting Code / Value Description [Automatic] AUtO Automatic detection Factory setting [9.6 Kbps] 9k6 9,600 Bauds [19.2 Kbps] 19k2 19,200 Bauds [93.75 Kbps] 93k7 93,750 Bauds [187.5 Kbps] 187k 187,500 Bauds [500 Kbps] 500k 500,000 Bauds [1.5 Mbps] 1M5 1.5 MBauds [3 Mbps] 3M 3 MBauds [6 Mbps] 6M 6 MBauds [12 Mbps] 12M 12 MBauds Setting Code / Value Description [Not configured] UnGG Not configured [1] 1 PROFIdrive [100] 100 Device specific [101] 101 Device specific [102] 102 Device specific [106] 106 Device specific [107] 107 Device specific [PPO profile used] PrFL PPO profile in use. [DP Master Active] dPMA Active master: 1 or 2. Setting Code / Value Description [MCL1] 1 Master 1 Factory setting [MCL2] 2 Master 2 [Fieldbus Error] EPF2 External detected error from fieldbus module. EAV64318 11/2016 147 Display MOn- [Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF Fieldbus module communication interruption. Refer to the related fieldbus manual. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [InternCom Error1] ILF1 Option module communication interruption. Refer to the related fieldbus manual. 148 Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [PROFINET Diag] Prn- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [PROFINET Diag] About This Menu Following parameters are accessible if PROFINET® module (VW3A3627) has been inserted. [MAC @] MAC MAC address of the PROFINET module. read-only parameter. The address format is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX. [PPO profile used] PrFL PPO profile in use. Setting Code / Value Description [Not configured] UnGG Not configured [1] 1 PROFIdrive [100] 100 Device specific [101] 101 Device specific [102] 102 Device specific [106] 106 Device specific [107] 107 Device specific [Ethernet Error Code] Err Ethernet specific error code. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [iPar Status] IPAE PROFINET: IPAR service status. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Idle State] IdLE Idle state [Init] Init Initialization [Configuration] COnF Configuration [Ready] rdY Ready [Operational] OPE Operational [Not Configured] UCFG Not configured [Unrecoverable Error] UrEC Unrecoverable detected error 149 Display MOn- [iPar Error Code] IPAd IPar detected error code. Setting Description 0...5 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [DP Master Active] dPMA Active master: 1 or 2. Setting Code / Value Description [MCL1] 1 Master 1 Factory setting [MCL2] 2 Master 2 [Fieldbus Error] EPF2 External detected error from fieldbus module. [Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF Fieldbus module communication interruption. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [InternCom Error1] ILF1 Option module communication interruption. 150 Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Command word image] CWI- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [Command word image] About This Menu Command word image. [Modbus Cmd] CMd1 Command word image built with Modbus port source. Identical to [CMD Value] CMd (see page 136). [CANopen Cmd] CMd2 Command word image built with CANopen® port source. Identical to [CMD Value] CMd (see page 136). [COM. Module Cmd.] CMd3 Command word image built with fieldbus module source. Identical to [CMD Value] CMd (see page 136). [Ethernet Embd cmd.] CMd5 Command word image built with Ethernet embedded source). Identical to [CMD Value] CMd (see page 136). EAV64318 11/2016 151 Display MOn- [Freq. ref. word map] rWI- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [Freq. ref. word map] About This Menu Frequency reference image. [Modbus Ref Freq] LFr1 Frequency reference image built with Modbus port source (LFR_MDB). Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [CAN Ref Freq] LFr2 Frequency reference image built with CANopen® port source (LFR_CAN). Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Com Module Ref Freq] LFr3 Frequency reference image built with fieldbus module source (LFR_COM). Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Ethernet Embd Ref Freq] LFr5 Embedded Ethernet reference frequency. 152 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [CANopen map] CnM- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [CANopen map] About This Menu This menu is visible if a CANopen fieldbus module is present. Refer to the CANopen communication module manual. [RUN LED] COn Bitfield: view of the CANopen® Run LED status. [ERR LED] CAnE Bitfield: view of the CANopen® error LED status. EAV64318 11/2016 153 Display MOn- [PDO1 image] PO1- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [CANopen map] [PDO1 image] About This Menu View of the Receive PDO1 and Transmit PDO1. [Receive PDO1-1] rp11 First frame of the receive PDO1. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Receive PDO1-2] rp12 Second frame of the receive PDO1. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Receive PDO1-3] rp13 Third frame of the receive PDO1. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Receive PDO1-4] rp14 Fourth frame of the receive PDO1. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Transmit PDO1-1] tp11 First frame of the transmit PDO1. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Transmit PDO1-2] tp12 Second frame of the transmit PDO1. 154 Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Transmit PDO1-3] tp13 Third frame of the transmit PDO1. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Transmit PDO1-4] tp14 Fourth frame of the transmit PDO1. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ 155 Display MOn- [PDO2 image] PO2- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [CANopen map] [PDO2 image] About This Menu View of the RPDO2 and TPDO2: same structure as [PDO1 image] PO1- (see page 154). [Receive PDO2-1] rp21 First frame of the receive PDO2. [Receive PDO2-2] rp22 Second frame of the receive PDO2. [Receive PDO2-3] rp23 Third frame of the receive PDO2. [Receive PDO2-4] rp24 Fourth frame of the receive PDO2. [Transmit PDO2-1] tp21 First frame of the transmit PDO2. [Transmit PDO2-2] tp22 Second frame of the transmit PDO2. [Transmit PDO2-3] tp23 Third frame of the transmit PDO2. [Transmit PDO2-4] tp24 Fourth frame of the transmit PDO2. 156 EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [PDO3 image] PO3- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [CANopen map] [PDO3 image] About This Menu View of the RPDO3 and TPDO3. [Receive PDO3-1] rp31 First frame of the receive PDO3. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Receive PDO3-2] rp32 Second frame of the receive PDO3. Identical settings as in [Receive PDO3-1] rp31. [Receive PDO3-3] rp33 Third frame of the receive PDO3. Identical settings as in [Receive PDO3-1] rp31. [Receive PDO3-4] rp34 Fourth frame of the receive PDO3. Identical settings as in [Receive PDO3-1] rp31. [Transmit PDO3-1] tp31 First frame of the transmit PDO3. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Transmit PDO3-2] tp32 Second frame of the transmit PDO3. Identical settings as in [Transmit PDO3-1] tp31. [Transmit PDO3-3] tp33 Third frame of the transmit PDO3. Identical settings as in [Transmit PDO3-1] tp31. [Transmit PDO3-4] tp34 Fourth frame of the transmit PDO3. Identical settings as in [Transmit PDO3-1] tp31. EAV64318 11/2016 157 Display MOn- [CANopen map] CnM- Menu Access [Display] [Communication map] [CANopen map] About This Menu CANopen® image. [Canopen NMT state] nMtS Drive NMT state of the CANopen® slave. Settings Code / Value Description [Boot] bOOt Bootup [Stopped] StOP Stopped [Operation] OPE Operational [Pre-op] POPE Pre-Operational [Number of TX PDO] nbtp Number of transmit PDO. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Number of RX PDO] nbrp Number of receive PDO. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [CANopen Error] ErCO Error registry CANopen®. Setting Description 0...5 Setting range Factory setting: _ [RX Error Counter] rECI Number of receive error counter (not saved at power off). Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [TX Error Counter] tECI Number of transmit errors countered (not saved at power off). 158 Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- Section 6.12 [Data logging] [Data logging] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Distributed logging] dLO- Menu 160 [Log dstrb prm select] LdP- Menu 161 [Distributed logging] dLO- Menu 162 159 Display MOn- [Distributed logging] dLO- Menu Access [Display] [Data logging] [Distributed logging] About This Menu This menu is used to store data following specific parameters. The distributed logging function allows to log up to four parameter distributions at the same time. Each parameter storage is synchronized with the same sample time. The result of this function gives the possibility to extract a bar graph with 10 bars (every 10% of the defined maximum value) to visualize the distribution for each of the four selected parameters. NOTE: Any modification of the data logging function configuration will clear the data previously stored. This function aims at extracting samples of data to store them. When available, these samples can be uploaded by other tools (SoMove and/or Webserver). Data logging meets the need to record and store data over time. The drive can store the following data: Type of [Data logging] Description [Data logging] storage: Automatic/Manual Access Drive identification Drive identification data Automatic, in [Dashboard] dSH- menu SoMove Webserver Even warning logging Warning logging Automatic, in [Dashboard] dSH- menu SoMove Webserver Even error logging Error logging Automatic, in [Dashboard] dSH- menu SoMove Webserver Distribution logging 4 Distribution data Manual Webserver Energy logging 1 Energy logging data Automatic, in [Dashboard] dSH- menu SoMove Webserver Activation To activate [Distributed logging] dLO-: Select 1 to 4 data to store with [Log dstrb prm select] LdP Set [Log Distrib State] LdEn to [Start] StArt The logging starts as soon as the motor is running. To stop logging, set [Log Distrib State] LdEn to [Stop] StOP. [Log Distrib State] LdEn Logging distribution state. 160 Setting Code / Value Description [Stop] StOP Distribution logging disabled Factory setting [Start] StArt Distribution logs only when the motor is started [Always] Always Distribution logs all the time [Reset] Reset Distribution logging reset (configuration, data) [Clear] Clear Clear distribution data [Error] Error An error has been detected during distribution logging EAV64318 11/2016 Display MOn- [Log dstrb prm select] LdP- Menu Access [Display] [Data logging] [Distributed logging] [Log dstrb prm select] About This Menu This menu allows you to select up to 4 parameters for data logging. The peak value for each parameter is also stored. [Log Distrib. Data 1] Ldd1 Logging distribution data 1. Setting Code / Value Description [Distrib. Log. Disable] nO Distribution logging disable Factory setting [Motor Frequency] rFr Motor frequency [Motor Current] LCr Motor current [Motor Speed] SPd Motor speed [Motor Voltage] UOP Motor voltage [Motor Mech. Power] OPrW Motor mechanical power [Input Elec. Power] IPrW Input electrical power [Output Elec. Power] EPrW Output electrical power [Motor Torque] Otr Motor torque [Mains Voltage] ULn Mains voltage [DC BUS Voltage] VbUS DC BUS voltage [PID Feedback] rPF PID feedback [AI1 Th Value] tH1v Thermal sensor AI1 [AI3 Th Value] tH3v Thermal sensor AI3 [AI4 Th Value] tH4v Thermal sensor AI4 [AI5 Th Value] tH5v Thermal sensor AI5 [Drive Thermal State] tHd Drive thermal state [Motor Therm State] tHr Motor thermal state [Installation Flow] FS1U Installation flow [Pump Flow] FS2U Pump flow [Inlet Pressure Value] PS1U Inlet pressure sensor [Outlet Pressure Value] PS2U Outlet pressure sensor [Energy Consum. Ind.] ECI Energy consumption indicator [Pump Efficiency] EFY Pump efficiency [Energy Perf. Ind.] EPI Energy performance indicator [Log Distrib. Data 2] Ldd2 Logging distribution data 2. Identical to [Log Distrib. Data 1] Ldd1 (see page 161). [Log Distrib. Data 3] Ldd3 Logging distribution data 3. Identical to [Log Distrib. Data 1] Ldd1 (see page 161). [Log Distrib. Data 4] Ldd4 Logging distribution data 4. Identical to [Log Distrib. Data 1] Ldd1 (see page 161). EAV64318 11/2016 161 Display MOn- [Distributed logging] dLO- Menu Access [Display] [Data logging] [Distributed logging] About This Menu NOTE: If a log data exceeds the user defined maximum values for log distribution data, this value will not be stored in the log distribution. [Log Distrib Slp Time] LdSt Logging distribution sample time. Setting Code / Value Description [200 ms] 200MS 200 ms [1 second] 1S 1s Factory setting [2 second] 2S 2s [5 second] 5S 5s [Dist Max Val 1] LdM1 Maximum value of the log distribution data 1. Setting Description 10...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Dist Max Val 2] LdM2 Maximum value of the log distribution data 2. Setting Description 10...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Dist Max Val 3] LdM3 Maximum value of the log distribution data 3. Setting Description 10...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Dist Max Val 4] LdM4 Maximum value of the log distribution data 4. 162 Setting Description 10...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Complete settings CStEAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 7 [Complete settings] CSt- [Complete settings] CSt- Introduction [Complete settings] CSt- menu presents all the settings related to drive functions for: Motor and drive configuration Application functions Monitoring functions What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following sections: Section 7.1 EAV64318 11/2016 Topic Overview Page 165 7.2 [Macro configuration] 168 7.3 [Motor parameters] MPA- Menu 170 7.4 [Define system units] 202 7.5 [Sensors assignment] 206 7.6 [Command and Reference] CrP- Menu 230 7.7 [Pump functions] - [Booster control] 244 7.8 [Pump functions] - [Level control] 277 7.9 [Pump functions] - [PID controller] 298 7.10 [Pump functions] - [Sleep/wakeup] 317 7.11 [Pump functions] - [Feedback monitoring] 330 7.12 [Pump functions] - [Pump characteristics] 332 7.13 [Pump functions] - [Sensorless flow estimation] 339 7.14 [Pump functions] - [dP/Head Correction] 342 7.15 [Pump functions] - [Pump start stop] 344 7.16 [Pump functions] - [Pipe fill] 348 7.17 [Pump functions] - [Friction loss compensation] 353 7.18 [Pump functions] - [Jockey pump] 356 7.19 [Pump functions] - [Priming pump ctrl] 359 7.20 [Pump functions] - [Flow limitation] 364 7.21 [Pump monitoring] - [Pumpcycle monitoring] 368 7.22 [Pump monitoring] - [Anti jam] 370 7.23 [Pump monitoring] - [Dry run Monit] 377 7.24 [Pump monitoring] - [Pump low flow Monit] 380 7.25 [Pump monitoring] - [Thermal monitoring] 386 7.26 [Pump monitoring] - [Inlet pressure monitoring] 387 7.27 [Pump monitoring] - [Outlet pressure monitoring] 391 7.28 [Pump monitoring] - [High flow monitoring] 395 7.29 [Fan] - [PID controller] 399 7.30 [Fan] - [Feedback monitoring] 400 7.31 [Fan] - [Jump frequency] 401 7.32 [Fan] 402 7.33 [Generic functions] - [Speed limits] 404 7.34 [Generic functions] - [Ramp] 407 7.35 [Generic functions] - [Ramp switching] 410 7.36 [Generic functions] - [Stop configuration] 412 163 Complete settings CStSection 164 Topic Page 7.37 [Generic functions] - [Auto DC injection] 418 7.38 [Generic functions] - [Ref. operations] 421 7.39 [Generic functions] - [Preset speeds] 423 7.40 [Generic functions] - [+/- speed] 427 7.41 [Generic functions] - [Jump frequency] 430 7.42 [Generic functions] - [PID controller] 431 7.43 [Generic functions] - [Feedback mon.] 432 7.44 [Generic functions] - [Threshold reached] 433 7.45 [Generic functions] - [Mains contactor command] 435 7.46 [Generic functions] - [Reverse disable] 438 7.47 [Generic functions] - [Torque limitation] 439 7.48 [Generic functions] - [Parameters switching] 441 7.49 [Generic functions] - [Stop after speed timeout] 449 7.50 [Generic functions] - [Active Front End] 451 7.51 [Generic monitoring] 452 7.52 [Input/Output] - [I/O assignment] 459 7.53 [Input/Output] - [DI/DQ] 479 7.54 [Input/Output] - [Analog I/O] 502 7.55 [Input/Output] - [Relay] 520 7.56 [Error/Warning handling] 535 7.57 [Maintenance] 561 7.58 [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Monitoring circuit] 570 7.59 [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Cabinet circuit] 575 7.60 [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Motor winding] 578 7.61 [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Motor bearing] 581 7.62 [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Circuit breaker] 583 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.1 Overview Overview Application Control Mode Introduction There are five application control modes for the pump controller. The application control mode is determined according to the selected channel and [PID regul.] PID mode. This table presents the priority order of the control modes: Priority Channel Function Control mode 1 Local FLO or TK Local 2 Channel 2 FR2 Override 3 Channel 1 PIM PID manu 4 Channel 1 PISP PID auto 5 Channel 1 FR1 or FR1b Speed control Application Control Functions Application control functions are not all available in all modes.This table presents the availability of each function according to the selected mode: Function Channel 2 Local Application status FR1 or FR1b FR2 BMP or FLOC – Yes Yes Yes Yes – Yes Yes Yes Yes – PID Manu PID Auto No PID Reference Frequency Source PIM PISP Centrifugal Pump Start & Stop Yes Thermal Pump Monitoring Yes Anti-Jam Yes Yes Yes No No AJAM Priming Pump Control Yes Yes Yes No No PRIM Pipe Fill Yes Yes Yes No No FILL Dry Run Pump Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No – Pump Low Flow Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No – Pumpcycle Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No – High Flow Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No – Flow Limitation Yes Yes Yes No No FLIM Outlet Pressure Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No – Inlet Pressure Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No COMP Process Control (PID) Yes (Manu) Yes (Auto) Not configured No No AUTO MANU PID Controller Yes Yes No No No BOOST SLEEP Sleep Wake-Up (Pressure No Control) Yes No No No – Advanced sleep Checking No (Pressure Control) Yes No No No – Friction Loss Compensation Yes No No No – 1 EAV64318 11/2016 Channel 1 No Multi-pump Management is active for Booster or Level Control. When Booster and Level Control are both inactive, all auxiliary pumps are stopped. 165 Complete settings CStFunction Channel 1 Channel 2 Local Application status No No No – Yes No No No – No Yes Yes Yes SLEEP – – – PID Manu PID Auto No PID Jockey Pump Control No Yes PID Feedback Monitoring No Stop After Speed Timeout Yes Multi-pump Management Yes Booster Control Yes Yes Yes No No – Level Control N/A N/A Yes No No – 1 (1) Yes (1) Yes (1) Multi-pump Management is active for Booster or Level Control. When Booster and Level Control are both inactive, all auxiliary pumps are stopped. Reference Channel Overview with PID Configured 1 2 3 4 5 Commutation between channel 1 and channel 1b done with [Acceleration 2] RCB parameter Choice of the process setpoint done with [Intern PID Ref ] PII parameter Manual function of the [PID regul.] PID, commutation done with [Auto/Manual assign.] PAU parameter Choice between channel 1 and channel 2 done with [Freq Switch Assign] RFC parameter Forced local mode activated by the function [Forced Local Assign] FLO or [T/K] fntK Reference Channel Overview with PID Not Configured 1 2 3 166 Commutation between channel 1 and channel 1b done with [Acceleration 2] RCB parameter Choice between channel 1 and channel 2 done with [Freq Switch Assign] RFC parameter Forced local mode activated by the function [Forced Local Assign] FLO or [T/K] fntK EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Monitoring Functions This table presents the function availability depending on the application status: Application status System monitoring functions Outlet low pressure Outlet high pressure High flow Inlet low pressure Pump low flow Dry run Pumpcycle AJAM No No No No No No Only 1 per cycle PRIM No Yes Yes N/A or no N/A N/A N/A FILL No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Each start RUN, MANU, AUTO, FLIM, COMP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Each start BOOST Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes N/A SLEEP Yes Yes Yes N/A or no N/A N/A N/A JOCKEY Yes Yes Yes Yes (1) Yes (1) Yes (1) Each start (1) 1 EAV64318 11/2016 Pump monitoring functions (pump running) If the VSD pump is used as a jockey pump 167 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.2 [Macro configuration] [Macro configuration] [Macro configuration] MCr- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Macro configuration] About This Menu This menu allows to select an application type in order to display only the parameters and menus useful for the selected application. The application type selection should be done prior to the application settings. Application compatibility The following table shows the functions that can be configured depending of [Application Selection] APPt value. Function [Application Selection] APPt [Generic Pump Control] GPMP [Pump Level Control] LEVEL [Pump Booster Control] booSt [Pump characteristics] PCr- Yes Yes Yes [Sensorless flow estimation] SFE- Yes Only for Lead Pump in architectures with 1 variable speed pump. Available for all pumps in multiple variable speed pump architectures. [Pump start stop] PST- Yes Yes Yes [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Yes Yes Yes [Anti-jam monit] JAM- Yes Only for Lead Pump in architectures with 1 variable speed pump. Available for all pumps in multiple variable speed pump architectures. [Priming pump ctrl] PPC- Yes Only for Lead Pump in architectures with 1 variable speed pump. Available for all pumps in multiple variable speed pump architectures. [Pipe fill] PFI- Yes Not available [Dry run Monit] dYr- Yes Only for Lead Pump in architectures with 1 variable speed pump. Available for all pumps in multiple variable speed pump architectures. [Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Yes Only for Lead Pump in architectures with 1 variable speed pump. Available for all pumps in multiple variable speed pump architectures. [Pumpcycle monitoring] CSP- Yes Only for Lead Pump in architectures with 1 variable speed pump if no Lead Pump Alternation configured. Available for all pumps in multiple variable speed pump architectures. [High flow monitoring] HFP- Yes Based on Installation Flow Sensor [Flow limitation] FLM- Yes Not available Yes Yes Yes [Outlet pressure monitoring] Yes OPP- 168 Yes EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStFunction [Application Selection] APPt [Generic Pump Control] GPMP [Pump Level Control] LEVEL [Pump Booster Control] booSt [Inlet pressure monitoring]] IPP- Yes Only Warning can be configured Yes [PID controller] PId- Yes Not available Required [Sleep/Wakeup] SPW- Yes Not available Yes [Friction loss comp] FLC- Yes Not available Yes [Jockey pump] JKP- Yes Not available Yes [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Yes Not available Yes [Booster control] bsT- Not available Not available Yes [Level Control] LVL- Not available Yes Not available [Application Selection] appt Application selection. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION If this parameter is changed, the functions that are active with the current configuration are disabled and the assignments of the inputs used in these functions are reset to the factory setting. Verify that this change is compatible with the type of wiring used. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Generic Pump Control] gpmp Generic pump control application Factory setting [Pump Level Control] level Pump level control application [Pump Booster Control] boost Pump booster control application [Generic Fan Control] fan Generic fan control application 169 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.3 [Motor parameters] MPA- Menu [Motor parameters] MPA- Menu What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 170 Page [Motor parameters] MPA- Menu 171 [Data] Mtd- Menu 173 [Motor tune] MtU- Menu 180 [Motor monitoring] MOP- Menu 186 [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Menu 187 [Motor monitoring] MOP- Menu 193 [Motor control] drC- Menu 195 [Switching frequency] SWF- Menu 200 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Motor parameters] MPA- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Motor parameters] About This Menu For an application where less than 110% of overload is required Power rating of the drive could be equal to power rating of the motor Normal rating should be used For an application where more that 110% of overload is required (up to 150%) Power rating of the drive should be greater than power rating of the motor High rating could be used to pre-adjust motor nameplate parameter If high rating is selected, drive current limitation is extended to 1.5. In and maximum values of motor parameters linked to current and/or power are reduced. When switching from one to another selection, all the related parameters are set to their factory setting values. In any case, the maximum current of the drive does not change. Setting the drive to high rating mode decreases the nominal values for the motor parameters. It means that for the same motor, an oversized drive is required in high rating mode. [Dual Rating] drt Dual rating state. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Normal rating] nOrMAL Normal rating, drive current limitation is 1.1 In Factory setting [High rating] HIGH High rating, drive current limitation is 1.5 In 171 Complete settings CSt- [Motor Control Type] Ctt Motor control type. NOTE: Select the motor control type before entering parameter values. Setting Code / Value Description [U/F VC Standard] Std Standard motor control type. For applications that require torque at low speed. This motor control type can be used for motors connected in parallel. [U/F VC 5pts] UFS 5–segment V/F profile: As [U/F VC Standard] Std profile but also supports the avoidance of resonance (saturation). The profile is defined by the values of parameters UnS, FrS, U1 to U5 and F1 to F5. FrS > F5 > F4 > F3 > F2 > F1 NOTE: U0 is the result of an internal calculation based on motor parameters and multiplied by UFr (%). U0 can be adjusted by modifying UFr value. 172 [U/F VC Quad.] UFq Motor control type dedicated to variable torque applications, typically used for pumps and fans. Factory setting [SYN_U VC] SYnU Open-loop synchronous motor: Motor control type specific for permanent magnet synchronous motors. This motor control type is used for variable torque applications. [U/F VC Energy Sav.] ECO Specific motor control type optimized for energy saving. This motor control type automatically reduces the drive output current according to the motor load. This automatic current level adaptation allows energy saving for periods when load is kept to a minimum and preserves the drive performance up to full load. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Data] Mtd- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor data] [Data] About This Menu For synchronous motor parameters. Dedicated parameters can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. WARNING LOSS OF CONTROL Fully read and understand the manual of the connected motor. Verify that all motor parameters are correctly set by referring to the nameplate and the manual of the connected motor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. This table presents the steps to follow to set and optimize the motor data: Step Action 1 Enter the motor nameplate 2 Perform the [Autotuning] tUn operation 3 Adjust [Syn. EMF constant] PHS to optimize the behavior: Start the motor at minimal stable frequency available on the machine (at minimum load). Check and note the [% error EMF sync] rdAE value: If the [% error EMF sync] rdAE value is lower than 0%, then [Syn. EMF constant] PHS may be increased. If the [% error EMF sync] rdAE value is upper than 0%, then [Syn. EMF constant] PHS may be reduced. [% error EMF sync] rdAE value should be closed to 0%. Stop the motor for modify [Syn. EMF constant] PHS in accordance with the value of the [% error EMF sync] rdAE (previously noted). [Motor Standard] bFr Motor standard. This parameter modifies the presets of the following parameters: [High Speed] HSP [Motor Freq Thd] Ftd [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS [Max Frequency] tFr This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [50 Hz IEC] 50 IEC Factory setting [60 Hz NEMA] 60 NEMA 173 Complete settings CSt- [Nominal Motor Power] nPr Nominal motor power. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Rated motor power given on the nameplate, in kW if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50, in HP if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60. Setting Description According to drive rating – Factory setting: according to the drive rating [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS Nominal motor voltage. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Rated motor voltage given on the nameplate. Setting Description 100...690 Vac Setting range Factory setting: according to drive rating and [Motor Standard] bFr [Nom Motor Current] nCr Rated motor current given on the nameplate. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting 0.25...1.5 In Description (1) Setting range Factory setting: according to drive rating and [Motor Standard] bFr (1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate. [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS Nominal motor frequency. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. The factory setting is 50 Hz, or preset to 60 Hz if [Motor Standard] bFr is set to 60 Hz. 174 Setting Description 40.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 50 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Nominal Motor Speed] nSP Nominal motor speed. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. If the nameplate indicates the synchronous speed and the slip in Hz or as a %, use any 1 of the formulas to calculate the rated speed: Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x (60 Hz motors) Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x (50 Hz motors). Setting Description 0...65,535 rpm Setting range Factory setting: according to drive rating [Motor Param Choice] MPC Motor parameter choice. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting Code / Value Description [Mot Power] nPr Motor power Factory setting [Mot Cosinus] COS Motor cosinus [Motor 1 Cosinus Phi] COS Nominal motor cosinus Phi. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU and if [Motor param choice] MPC is set to [Mot Cosinus] COS. Setting Description 0.50...1.00 Setting range Factory setting: according to the drive rating [AsyncMotor R Stator] rSA Asynchronous motor stator resistance. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. The factory setting is replaced by the result of the autotuning operation if it has been performed. Setting Description 0...65,535 mOhm Setting range Factory setting: 0 mOhm [Magnetizing Current] IdA Magnetizing current. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...6,553.5 A Setting range Factory setting: 0 A 175 Complete settings CSt- [AsyncMotor L Induct] LFA Asynchronous motor leakage inductance. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. The factory setting is replaced by the result of the autotuning operation if it has been performed. Setting Description 0...655.35 mH Setting range Factory setting: 0 mH [Rotor Time Const] trA Rotor time constant. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting Description 0...65,535 ms Setting range Factory setting: 0 ms [Sync Nominal I] nCrS Sync motor nominal current. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting 0.25...1.2 In Description (1) Setting range Factory setting: according to the drive rating. (1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate. [Nom SyncMotor Speed] nSPS Nominal synchronous motor speed. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting Description 0...48,000 rpm Setting range Factory setting: according to the drive rating. [Nom Motor torque] tqS Nominal motor torque This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting Description 0.1...6,553.5 Nm Setting range Factory setting: according to the drive rating. [Pole pairs] PPnS Pole pairs. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. 176 Setting Description 1...50 Setting range Factory setting: according to the drive rating. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Angle setting type] ASt Automatic angle setting type. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. This function is used to align the rotor or to compute the angle of the rotor flux linked to permanent magnets in order to reduce torque jolt at start-up. Setting Code / Value Description [PSI align] PSI Pulse signal injection. Standard alignment mode, without rotor motion The angle measurement is realized by monitoring the stator current response to a pulse signal injection over a wide range of frequencies [PSIO align] PSIO Pulse signal injection - optimized. Optimized alignment mode, without rotor motion Same operation as [PSI align] PSI is performed over an optimized range of frequencies The measurement time is reduced after the first run order or tune operation, even if the drive has been turned off Factory setting [Rotational Current rCi Injection] Rotational current injection. Alignment mode with rotor motion. This alignment mode realizes the mechanical alignment of the rotor and the stator; it requires up to 4 s. The motor needs to be stopped and without resistive torque. NOTE: This setting is recommended when a sinus filter is used on the application. NOTE: For synchronous reluctant motor, it is recommended to use this setting. [No align] nO No alignment [Syn. EMF constant] PHS Synchronous motor EMF constant This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. PHS adjustment allows you to reduce the current in operation without load. Setting Description 0...6,553.5 mV/rpm Setting range Factory setting: 0 mV/rpm [SyncMotor Stator R] rSAS Calculated synchronous motor stator R. Cold state stator resistance (per winding). The factory setting is replaced by the result of the tuning operation if it has been performed. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. You can enter the value if you know it. Setting 0...65,535 mOhm Description Setting range Factory setting: 0 mOhm [Autotune L d-axis] LdS Autotune L d-axis. Axis "d" stator inductance in mH (per phase). This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. On motors with smooth poles [Autotune L d-axis] LdS = [Autotune L q-axis] LqS = Stator inductance L. EAV64318 11/2016 177 Complete settings CSt- The factory setting is replaced by the result of the autotuning operation if it has been performed. Setting Description 0...655.35 mH Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Autotune L q-axis] LqS Autotune L q-axis. Axis "q" stator inductance in mH (per phase). This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. On motors with smooth poles [Autotune L d-axis] LdS = [Autotune L q-axis] LqS = Stator inductance L. The factory setting is replaced by the result of the autotuning operation if it has been performed. Setting Description 0...655.35 mH Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Sync Nominal Freq] FrSS Synchronous motor nominal frequency. Nominal motor frequency for synchronous motor in Hz unit. Automatically updated according to [Nom SyncMotor Speed] nSPS and [Pole pairs] PPnS data. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting 10.0...500.0 Hz Description Setting range Factory setting: nSPS x PPnS / 60 [PSI Align Curr Max] MCr Maximum current of PSI alignment. Current level in % of [Sync Nominal I] nCrS for [PSI align] PSI and [PSI Oalign] PSIO angle shift measurement modes. This parameter has an impact on the inductor measurement. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. This current must be equal to or higher than the maximum current level of the application; otherwise an instability may occur. If [PSI Align Curr Max] MCr is set to [AUTO] AUtO, [PSI Align Curr Max] MCr is adapted by the drive according to the motor data settings. Setting Description [AUTO] AUtO...300% Setting range Factory setting: [AUTO] AUtO NOTE: In case of instability, [PSI Align Curr Max] MCR should be increased by steps up to obtain the requested performances. 178 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Current Filter Time] CrtF Filter time of the current. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. Setting Description [AUTO] AUtO...100.0 ms Setting range Factory setting: [AUTO] AUtO [Currents Filter] CrFA Internal currents filter time. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. Setting 0.0...100.0 ms Description Setting range Factory setting: nSPS * PPnS / 60 [% error EMF sync] rdAE Ratio D-axis current. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Use [% error EMF sync] rdAE to adjust [Syn. EMF constant] PHS, [% error EMF sync] rdAE should be closed to 0%. If the [% error EMF sync] rdAE value is: Lower than 0%:[Syn. EMF constant] PHS may be increased. Upper than 0%: [Syn. EMF constant] PHS may be reduced. For the all steps to follow to optimize the synchronous motor settings (see page 173). Setting 0.0...6,553.5% EAV64318 11/2016 Description Setting range Factory setting: _ 179 Complete settings CSt- [Motor tune] MtU- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor data] [Motor tune] [Autotuning] tUn WARNING UNEXPECTED MOVEMENT Autotuning moves the motor in order to tune the control loops. Only start the system if there are no persons or obstructions in the zone of operation. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. During autotuning, the motor makes small movement. Noise development and oscillations of the system are normal. In any case, the motor has to be stopped before performing a tune operation. Verify that the application does not make the motor turn during the tune operation. The tune operation optimizes: The motor performances at low speed. The estimation of the motor torque. The accuracy of the estimation of the process values in sensorless operation and monitoring. Autotuning is only performed if no stop command has been activated. If a “freewheel stop” or “fast stop” function has been assigned to a digital input, this input must be set to 1 (active at 0). Autotuning takes priority over any run or prefluxing commands, which will be taken into account after the autotuning sequence. If autotuning has detected an error, the drive always displays [No action] nO and, depending on the configuration of [Tuning Error Resp] tnL, may switch to [Autotuning] tUn detected error mode. Autotuning may last for several seconds. Do not interrupt the process. Wait for the Graphic Display Terminal to change to [No action] nO. NOTE: The motor thermal state has a significant influence on the tuning result. Always perform a motor tuning with the motor stopped and cold. Verify that the application does not have the motor operate during a tuning operation. To redo a motor tuning, wait that it is stopped and cold. Set first [Autotuning] tUn to [Erase Autotuning] CLr, then redo the motor tuning. The use of the motor autotuning without doing a [Erase Autotuning] CLr first is used to get the thermal state estimation of the motor. The cable length has an influence on the tune result. If the wiring is modified, it is necessary to redo the tune operation. 180 Setting Code / Value Description [No action] nO Autotuning not in progress Factory setting [Apply Autotuning] YES Autotuning is performed immediately if possible, then the parameter automatically changes to [No action] nO. If the drive state does not allow the tune operation immediately, the parameter changes to [No] nO and the operation must be done again. [Erase Autotuning] CLr The motor parameters measured by the autotuning function are reset. The default motor parameter values are used to control the motor. [Autotuning Status] tUS is set to [Not done] tAB. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Autotuning Status] tUS Autotuning status. This parameter is not saved at drive power-off. It shows the autotuning status since the last power-on (for information only, cannot be modified). Setting Code / Value Description [Not done] tAb The autotuning is not done Factory setting [Pending] PEnd The autotuning has been requested but not yet performed [In Progress] PrOG The autotuning is in progress [Error] FAIL The autotuning has detected an error [Done] dOnE The motor parameters measured by the autotuning function are used to control the motor [Auto tuning usage] tunu Auto tune usage. This parameter shows the way used to modify the motor parameters according to its estimated thermal state. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. Setting Code / Value Description [No] no No thermal state estimation Factory setting [Therm Mot] tm Statoric thermal state estimation based on nominal current and current consumed by the motor. [Tuning Error Resp] tnL Response to autotune error. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting 181 Complete settings CSt- [Autotuning Assign] tUL Autotuning input assignment. The autotuning is performed when the assigned input or bit changes to 1. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: The autotuning causes the motor to start up. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [Automatic autotune] AUt Automatic autotune. WARNING UNEXPECTED MOVEMENT If this function is activated, autotuning is performed each time the drive is switched on. Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. The motor must be stopped when switching on the drive. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. 182 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function deactivated Factory setting [Yes] YES A tuning is automatically done at each power-up EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Tune Selection] StUn Tune selection. Setting Code / Value Description [Default] tAb The default motor parameter values are used to control the motor Factory setting [Measure] MEAS The values measured by the autotuning function are used to control the motor [Custom] CUS The values manually set are used to control the motor [Saliency mot. state] SMOt Information on synchronous motor saliency. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and, [Tune Selection] Stun is set to [Measure] MEAS. This parameter helps to optimization of motor control performances for synchronous motors. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Tune not done [Low salient] LLS [Low saliency level. Recommended configuration: [Angle setting type] ASt = [PSI align] PSI or [PSIO align] PSIO and [HF inj. activation] HFI = [No] nO [Med salient] MLS Medium saliency level. [Angle setting type] ASt = [SPM align] SPMA and [HF inj. activation] HFI = [Yes] YES can be used to improve performances [Hgh salient] HLS High saliency level. [Angle setting type] ASt = [IPM align] IPMA and [HF inj. activation] HFI = [Yes] YES can be used to improve performances. [Autotuning Lvl Of Current] tCr Tune current ratio. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. This parameter shows the level of current applied to the motor during auto tuning, in percent of the drive nominal current. This parameter has an impact on the inductor measurement. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description [Auto]auto...300% Factory setting: [Auto]auto 183 Complete settings CSt- [Angle setting type] ASt Automatic angle setting type. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. This function is used to align the rotor or to compute the angle of the rotor flux linked to permanent magnets in order to reduce torque jolt at start-up. Setting Code / Value Description [PSI align] PSI Pulse signal injection. Standard alignment mode, without rotor motion The angle measurement is realized by monitoring the stator current response to a pulse signal injection over a wide range of frequencies [PSIO align] PSIO Pulse signal injection - optimized. Optimized alignment mode, without rotor motion Same operation as [PSI align] PSI is performed over an optimized range of frequencies The measurement time is reduced after the first run order or tune operation, even if the drive has been turned off Factory setting [Rotational Current rCi Injection] Rotational current injection. Alignment mode with rotor motion. This alignment mode realizes the mechanical alignment of the rotor and the stator; it requires up to 4 s. The motor needs to be stopped and without resistive torque. NOTE: This setting is recommended when a sinus filter is used on the application. NOTE: For synchronous reluctant motor, it is recommended to use this setting. [No align] nO No alignment [PSI Align Curr Max] MCr Maximum current of PSI alignment. Current level in % of [Sync Nominal I] nCrS for [PSI align] PSI and [PSI Oalign] PSIO angle shift measurement modes. This parameter has an impact on the inductor measurement. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. This current must be equal to or higher than the maximum current level of the application; otherwise an instability may occur. If [PSI Align Curr Max] MCr is set to [AUTO] AUtO, [PSI Align Curr Max] MCr is adapted by the drive according to the motor data settings. Setting Description [AUTO] AUtO...300% Setting range Factory setting: [AUTO] AUtO [Rotational Current Level] rCL Rotational current level. This parameter can be accessed if [Angle setting type] ast is set to [Rotational Current Injection] rCi. The current level should be set according to the torque required during the alignment operation. 184 Setting Description 10...300% Setting range, as a percentage of the nominal motor current Factory setting: 75% EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Rotational Torque Current] rtC Rotational torque current. This parameter can be accessed if [Angle setting type] ast is set to [Rotational Current Injection] rCi and, [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. Setting Description 0...300% Setting range Factory setting: 0% [RCI Max Freq] rCSP RCI maximum output frequency. This parameter can be accessed if [Angle setting type] ast is set to [Rotational Current Injection] rCi and, [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. Setting Description [AUTO] AUtO...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: [AUTO] AUtO [RCI Round Nb] rCrP RCI round number. This parameter can be accessed if [Angle setting type] ast is set to [Rotational Current Injection] rCi and, [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. Setting Description [AUTO] AUtO...32767 Setting range Factory setting: [AUTO] AUtO [RCI With Transformer] rCIr RCI alignment with transformer. This parameter can be accessed if [Angle setting type] ast is set to [Rotational Current Injection] rCi and, [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function inactive Factory setting [Yes] YES Function active 185 Complete settings CSt- [Motor monitoring] MOP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor monitoring] [Motor Th Current] ItH Motor thermal monitoring current to be set to the rated current indicated on the nameplate. Setting Description 0.2...1.5 In(1) Setting range Factory setting: According to drive rating (1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate. [Motor Thermal Mode] tHt Motor thermal monitoring mode. NOTE: An error is detected when the thermal state reaches 118% of the rated state and reactivation occurs when the state falls back below 100%. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No thermal monitoring [Self cooled] ACL Self ventilated motor Factory setting [Force-cool] FCL Fan-cooled motor [MotorTemp ErrorResp] OLL Overload error response. 186 Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Free wheel Factory setting EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor monitoring] [Thermal monitoring] About This Menu The thermal monitoring function helps to prevent against high temperature by monitoring the real temperature by the drive. PTC, PT100, PT1000, and KTY84 thermal probes are supported by this function. The function gives the possibility to manage 2 levels of monitoring: A Warning level: the drive triggers an event without stopping the application. An Error level: the drive triggers an event and stops the application. The thermal probe is monitored for the following detected error: Overheating Probe break (loss of signal) Probe short-circuit Activation [AIx Th Monitoring] tHxS allows you to activate the thermal monitoring on the related analog input: [No] nO: the function is disabled [Yes] yES: the thermal monitoring is enabled on the related AIx. Type of Thermal Probe Selection [AIx Type] AIxt allows you to select the type of thermal sensor(s) connected on the related analog input: [No] nO: no sensor [PTC Management] ptc: one to six PTC (in serial) is used [KTY] KtY: 1 KTY84 is used [PT100] 1Pt2: 1 PT100 connected with two wires is used [PT1000] 1Pt3: 1 PT1000 connected with two wires is used [PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23: 1 PT100 connected with three wires is used (AI4 & AI5 only) [PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33: 1 PT1000 connected with three wires is used (AI4 & AI5 only) [3PT100] 3Pt2: 3 PT100 connected with two wires is used [3PT1000] 3Pt3: 3 PT1000 connected with two wires is used [3PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23: 3 PT100 connected with three wires is used (AI4 & AI5 only) [3PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33: 3 PT1000 connected with three wires is used (AI4 & AI5 only) 2-wire thermal probes are supported on analog input 2 to analog input 5. 3-wire thermal probes are supported on analog input 4 and analog input 5. These inputs are available with the I/O extension option module. If the probe is far from the drive, the 3-wire connection is recommended as compared to a 2-wire connection. NOTE: In case of 3 serial probes, the drive monitors the average probe values. EAV64318 11/2016 187 Complete settings CSt- Wiring for PT100 and PT1000 Probes For 2-wire probes, the following wirings are possible: For 3-wire probes, the following wirings are possible: [AI2 Th Monitoring] tH2S Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI2. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [YES] YES Yes [AI2 Type] AI2t AI2 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Th Monitoring] tH2S is not set to [No] no. 188 Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc Factory setting [Current] 0A 0-20 mA [PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial) [KTY] KtY 1 KTY84 [PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires [PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires [Water Prob] leuel Water level [3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires [3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI2 Th Error Resp] tH2b Thermal monitoring response to a detected error for AI2. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting [AI2 Th Error Level] tH2F Error detection level for AI2. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to: [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A, or [PTC Management] PtC. Setting Description -15.0...200.0°C Setting range Factory setting: 110.0°C [AI2 Th Warn Level] tH2A Warning level for AI2. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to: [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A, or [PTC Management] PtC. Setting Description -15.0...200.0°C Setting range Factory setting: 90.0°C [AI2 Th Value] tH2v AI2 thermal value. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to: [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A, or [PTC Management] PtC. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -15.0...200.0°C Setting range Factory setting: _ 189 Complete settings CSt- [AI3 Th Error Level] tH3F Error detection level for AI3. This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is not set to: [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A, or [PTC Management] PtC. Setting Description -15.0...200.0°C Setting range Factory setting: 110.0°C [AI4 Th Monitoring] tH4S Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI4. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [YES] YES Yes [AI4 Type] AI4t AI4 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Th Monitoring] tH4S is not set to [No] nO. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc [Current] 0A 0-20 mA [Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc Factory setting [AI4 Th Error Resp] tH4b Thermal monitoring response to a detected error for AI4. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A. 190 Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI4 Th Error Level] tH4F Error detection level for AI4. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to: [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A, or [PTC Management] PtC. Setting Description -15.0...200.0°C Setting range Factory setting: 110.0°C [AI4 Th Warn Level] tH4A Warning level for AI4. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to: [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A, or [PTC Management] PtC. Setting Description -15.0...200.0°C Setting range Factory setting: 90.0°C [AI4 Th Value] tH4v AI4 thermal value. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to: [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A, or [PTC Management] PtC. Setting Description -15.0...200.0°C Setting range Factory setting: _ [AI5 Th Monitoring] tH5S Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI5. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [YES] YES Yes [AI5 Type] AI5t AI5 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Th Monitoring] tH5S is not set to [No] nO. Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 190). EAV64318 11/2016 191 Complete settings CSt- [AI5 Th Error Resp] tH5b Thermal monitoring response to a detected error for AI5. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting [AI5 Th Error Level] tH5F Error detection level for AI5. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to: [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A, or [PTC Management] PtC. Setting Description -15.0...200.0°C Setting range Factory setting: 110.0°C [AI5 Th Warn Level] tH5A Warning level for AI5. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to: [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A, or [PTC Management] PtC. Setting Description -15.0...200.0°C Setting range Factory setting: 90.0°C [AI5 Th Value] tH5v AI5 thermal value. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to: [Voltage] 10U, or [Current] 0A, or [PTC Management] PtC. Setting Description -15.0...200.0°C Setting range Factory setting: _ [Fallback Speed] LFF Fallback speed. 192 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Motor monitoring] MOP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor monitoring] About This Menu The thermal monitoring function helps to prevent the motor from overheating by an estimation of the thermal state of the motor. [Current Limitation] CLI Internal current limit. NOTICE OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR Verify that the motor is properly rated for the maximum current to be applied to the motor. Consider the duty cycle of the motor and all factors of your application including derating requirements in determining the current limit. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. NOTE: If the setting is less than 0.25. In, the drive may lock in [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL if this has been enabled. If it is less than the no-load motor current, the motor cannot run. Setting 0...1.1 In Description Setting range Factory setting: 1.1 In(1) (1) (1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate. [Attenuation Time] SOP Attenuation time. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor surge limit.] SVL is not set to [No] No. The value of the [Volt surge limit. opt ] SOP parameter corresponds to the attenuation time of the cable used. It is defined to help to prevent the superimposition of voltage wave reflections resulting from long cable lengths. It limits over-voltages to twice the DC bus rated voltage. As surge voltage depends on many parameters such as types of cable, different motor powers in parallel, different cable lengths in parallel, and so on, it is recommend the use of an oscilloscope to check the overvoltage values obtained at the motor terminals. For long cable lengths, an output of the filter or a dV/dt filter must be used. To retain the overall drive performance, do not increase the SOP value unnecessarily. NOTE: The factory setting of this parameter is 10 μs for ATV630C22N4 to ATV630C31N4. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [6 µs] 6 6 µs [8 µs] 8 8 µs Factory setting [10 µs] 10 10 µs 193 Complete settings CSt- [Sinus Filter Activation] OFI Sinus filter activation. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. NOTICE RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE SINUS FILTER On systems using a sinus filter, the maximum output frequency [Max frequency ] tFr must not exceed 100 Hz. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No sinus filter Factory setting [Yes] YES Use of a sinus filter to limit over-voltages on the motor and reduce the ground detected error leakage current or in case of applications with StepUp transformer. [Output Short Circuit Test] Strt Output short circuit test configuration. The drive outputs are tested on power-up and every time a run command is applied. These tests cause a slight delay (a few ms). In the event of an error, the drive locks. The drive output short-circuit (terminals U-V-W): SCF error can be detected. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No test [Yes] YES Output short circuit test enabled Factory setting [Motor Therm Thd] ttd Motor thermal threshold. 194 Setting Description 0...118% Setting range Factory setting: 100% EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Motor control] drC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor control] About This Menu This menu shows the motor control related parameters. [IR compensation] UFr This parameter is used to optimize torque at low speed, or to adapt to special cases (for example: for motors connected in parallel, decrease [IR compensation] UFr). If there is insufficient torque at low speed, increase [IR compensation] UFr. A too high value can avoid the motor to start (locking) or change the current limiting mode. Setting Description 0...200% Setting range Factory setting: 100% [Slip compensation] SLP Slip compensation. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. This parameter is set to 0% when [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [U/F VC Quad.] UFq. The speeds given on motor nameplates are not necessarily exact. If the slip setting is lower than the actual slip, the motor is not rotating at the correct speed in steady state, but at a lower speed than the reference. If the slip setting is higher than the actual slip, the motor is overcompensated and the speed is unstable. Setting Description 0...300% Setting range Factory setting: 100% [U/F Profile] PFL U/F profile. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [U/F VC Quad.] UFq. This parameter is used to adjust the fluxing current level at zero speed, in % of nominal motor current at nominal speed. Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 30% [U1] U1 Voltage point 1 on 5 points V/F. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...800 Vac Setting range according to rating Factory setting: 0 Vac 195 Complete settings CSt- [U2] U2 Voltage point 2 on 5 points V/F. V/F profile setting. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5. Setting Description 0...800 Vac Setting range according to rating Factory setting: 0 Vac [U3] U3 Voltage point 3 on 5 points V/F. V/F profile setting. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5. Setting Description 0...800 Vac Setting range according to rating Factory setting: 0 Vac [U4] U4 Voltage point on 4 points V/F. V/F profile setting. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5. Setting Description 0...800 Vac Setting range according to rating Factory setting: 0 Vac [U5] U5 Voltage point 5 on 5 points V/F. V/F profile setting. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5. Setting Description 0...800 Vac Setting range according to rating Factory setting: 0 Vac [F1] F1 Frequency point 1 on 5 points V/F. V/F profile setting. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5. 196 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [F2] F2 Frequency point 2 on 5 points V/F. V/F profile setting. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [F3] F3 Frequency point 3 on 5 points V/F. V/F profile setting. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [F4] F4 Frequency point 4 on 5 points V/F. V/F profile setting. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [F5] F5 Frequency point 5 on 5 points V/F. V/F profile setting. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Output Ph Rotation] PHr Output phase rotation. Modifying this parameter operates as an inversion of 2 of the three motor phases. This results in changing the direction of rotation of the motor. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [ABC] AbC Standard rotation Factory setting [ACB] ACb Opposite rotation 197 Complete settings CSt- [Inertia Factor] SPGU Inertia factor This parameter can be accessed if: [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr, and [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to: [U/F VC 5pts] UFS, or [U/F VC Quad.] UFq, or [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting Description 0...1,000% Setting range Factory setting: 40% [Boost Activation] bOA Boost activation. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. Setting Code / Value Description [Inactive] nO No boost Factory setting [Dynamic] dYnA Dynamic boost, the magnetizing current value is modified according to the motor load. NOTE: Drive manages itself the value [Magnetizing Current] iDA to optimize the performances. [Static] StAt Static boost, the magnetizing current value follows the profile whatever the motor load NOTE: With this selection the [Boost] boo and [Freq Boost] FAb are taken into account. NOTE: This selection can be used for conical motor with [Boost] boo sets to a negative value. [Constant] CStE Constant boost, the magnetizing current is maintained in case of change of direction of the motor. An additional parameter is available to handle the deceleration and stop phase. Cste can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] Synu NOTE: With this selection only [Boost] boo is taken into account. 198 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Boost] bOO Value at 0 Hz: % of nominal magnetizing current (taken into account if different from 0). A too high value of [Boost] bOO can result in a magnetic saturation of the motor, which leads to a torque reduction. This parameter can be accessed if: [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr, and [Boost Activation] BOA is not set to [Inactive]No. NOTE: For synchronous motors, it is recommended to set this value to optimize control at low speed. Setting Description -100...100% Setting range If [Boost Activation] BOA is set to [Dynamic] DYNA, [Boost] BOo is set to 25%. Factory setting: 0% [Freq Boost] FAb Value at 0 Hz: speed threshold to reach nominal magnetizing current. This parameter can be accessed if: [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr, and [Boost Activation] BOA is not set to [NO]No, and [Boost Activation] BOA is not set to [Constant]CSte. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range If [Boost Activation] BOA is set to [Dynamic] DYNA, [Freq Boost] FAB is set to 30.0 Hz. Factory setting: 0.0 Hz NOTE: For synchronous motors, it is recommended to set this value to optimize control at low speed. [Overmodul. Activation] OVMA This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPR. The purpose of the Overmodulation is to compensate the loss of output voltage due to the load. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Default] DEFAULT Overmodulation is not configured Factory setting [Full] FULL Over modulation is active 199 Complete settings CSt- [Switching frequency] SWF- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Switching frequency] [Switching frequency] SFr Drive switching frequency. Adjustment range: The maximum value is limited to 4 kHz if [Motor surge limit.] SVL parameter is configured. If [Sinus Filter Activation] OFI is set to [Yes] YES, the minimum value is 2 kHz and the maximum value is limited to 6 kHz or 8 kHz according to drive rating. NOTE: In the event of excessive temperature rise, the drive automatically reduces the switching frequency and reset it once the temperature returns to normal. In case of high-speed motor, it is advised to increase the PWM frequency [Switching frequency] SFr at 8, 12 kHz or 16 kHz Setting Description 2...8 or 16 kHz according to drive rating Setting range Factory setting: 4.0 kHz or 2.5 kHz according to the drive rating [Noise Reduction] nrd Motor noise reduction. Random frequency modulation helps to prevent any resonance, which may occur at a fixed frequency. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Fixed frequency Factory setting [Yes] YES Frequency with random modulation [Switch Freq Type] SFt Switching frequency type. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr. The motor switching frequency is modified (reduced) when the internal temperature of the drive is too high. 200 Setting Code / Value Description [SFR type 1] HF1 Heating loss optimization Allows the system to adapt the switching frequency according to the motor frequency. This setting optimizes the heating loss of the drive in order to improve the drive efficiency. Factory setting [SFR type 2] HF2 Allows the system to keep a constant chosen switching frequency [Switching frequency] SFr whatever the motor frequency [Output frequency] rFr. With this setting, the motor noise is kept as low as possible by a high switching frequency. In the event of overheating, the drive automatically decreases the switching frequency. It is restored to its original value when the temperature returns to normal. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Motor Surge Limit.] SVL Surge voltage limitation. This function limits motor over-voltages and is useful in the following applications: NEMA motors Old or poor quality motors Spindle motors Rewound motors This parameter can remain set to [No] nO for 230/400 Vac motors used at 230 Vac, or if the length of cable between the drive and the motor does not exceed: 4 m with unshielded cables 10 m with shielded cables NOTE: When [Motor Surge Limit.] SVL is set to [Yes] yes, the maximum switching frequency [Switching freq.] SFr is modified. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function inactive Factory setting [Yes] YES Function active [Attenuation Time] SOP Attenuation time. This parameter can be accessed if [Motor surge limit.] SVL is not set to [No] No. The value of the [Attenuation Time] SOP parameter corresponds to the attenuation time of the cable used. It is defined to help to prevent the superimposition of voltage wave reflections resulting from long cable lengths. It limits over-voltages to twice the DC bus rated voltage. As surge voltage depends on many parameters such as types of cable, different motor powers in parallel, different cable lengths in parallel, and so on, It is recommended to use an oscilloscope to check the over-voltage values obtained at the motor terminals. If the higher value of [Attenuation Time] SOP is not enough according to the cable lengths, an output filter or a dV/dt filter must be used. To retain the overall drive performance, do not increase the SOP value unnecessarily. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [6 µs] 6 6 µs [8 µs] 8 8 µs Factory setting [10 µs] 10 10 µs 201 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.4 [Define system units] [Define system units] [Define system units] SUC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Define system units] About This Menu In order to be easy to configure, commission, operate, and maintain, the drive uses the application units. The physicals that are concerned by application units are: Pressure values Flow rate values Temperature values Currency values NOTE: Some other default system units are automatically deduced from configurable system units or from other parameters. System unit applies by default to all communication parameters and HMI (Graphic Display Terminal, Web server, DTM-based software). When a system unit is changed, there is no rescaling of values. Numerical values are kept, but the meaning of these values is not the same: After a change, the behavior of the product will not change (the system stays numerically the same). If new values are written through communication or through HMI in new unit, then the behavior is impacted. In that case, all parameters should be reconfigured according to the new selected unit. In order to avoid issues due to a modification of system unit parameters, system units should be modified only during the installation of the product and before the commissioning of the functions. The precision of the physical values is selected at the same time as the unit. By default, values are signed. Default range of values are: 202 16 bits values 32 bits values -32,768...32,767 -2,147,483,648...2,147,483,648 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [P sensor unit] SUPr Default system application unit used for pressure. Available pressure units: EAV64318 11/2016 Unit Symbol Conversion Kilo Pascal kPa 100 kPa = 1 bar Millibar mbar Bar bar Pound / square inch (lb/in²) psi psig 14.5 psi = 1 bar Inch H2O Inch water gauge Inch water column inH2O inWG inWC 1 inH2O 4°C = 0.0024908891 bar (0.036127292 psi) Feet water gauge Feet water column Feet ftWG ftWC ft 1 inH2O 4°C = 0.0298906692 bar (0.433527504 psi) Meter water gauge Meter water column Meter mWG mWC (mCE) m 1 mH2O(4°C) = 0.0980665 bar (1.42233433 psi) Inch of mercury inHg 1 inHg = 0.0338638864 bar (0.491154147 psi) Percentage % – w/o unit – – Setting Code / Value Description [1Kpa] PA 1 kpa [1mbar] 1MbAr 1 mbar [1Bar] bAr 1 bar [0.1Bar] 0.1bAr 0.1 bar Factory setting [0.01Bar] 0.01bAr 0.01 bar [1 PSI] PSI 1 Psi [0.1 PSI] 0.1PSI 0.1 psi [1 PSIG] PSIG 1 Psig [0.1 PSIG] 0.1PSIG 0.1 Psig [1inH20] 1InH20 1 inH20 [1inWg] 1InWG 1 inWg [1inWC] 1InWC 1 inWc [1 FtWg] 1FtWG 1 FtWg [1 FtWC] 1FtWC 1 FtWC [1 Ft] 1Ft 1 Ft [1 MWG] 1MWG 1 mWg [0.1 MWG] 0.1MWG 0.1 mWg [1 MWC] 1MWC 1 mWC [0.1 MWC] 0.1MWC 0.1 mWC [1m] 1M 1m [0.1 m] 0.1M 0.1 m [1 inHG] 1InHG 1 inHg [0.1%] 0.1 0.1% [0.1] 0.1WO 0.1 w/o 203 Complete settings CSt- [Flow rate unit] SUFr Default system application unit used for flow rate. Available flow units: 204 Unit Symbol Conversion Liter / second l/s – Liter / minute l/min – Liter / hour l/h – Cubic decimeter / minute dm3/min – Cubic meter / second m3/s – Cubic meter / minute m3/min – Cubic meter / hour m3/h – Gallon per second gal/s 1 usgal = 3,785411784 l Gallon per minute gal/min; GPM – Gallon per hour gal/h – Cubic feet / second ft3/s 1 ft3 = 28.317 l Cubic feet / minute ft3/min; CFM, SCFM – Cubic feet / hour ft3/h – Percentage % – w/o unit – – Setting Code / Value Description [1 L/s] 1LS L/s [l/s] 01LS 0.1 L/s [1 L/m] 1LM L/m [1 L/h] 1Lh L/h [1 dm3/mn] 1DM3M d3/m [1 m3/s] 1M3S M3/s [0.1 m3/s] 01M3S 0.1 M3/s [1m3/m] 1M3Mn M3/min [0.1 m3/m] 01M3Mn 0.1 M3/min [1 m3/h] 1M3h 1 M3/h [0.1m3/h] 01M3h 0.1 M3/h Factory setting [1 gal/s] 1GPS 1 Gal/s [1 GPM] 1GPM 1 GPM [1 gal/h] 1GPH 1 Gal/h [1 ft3/s] 1CFS 1 ft3/s [1CFM] 1CFM 1 CFM [1SCFM] 1SCFM 1 SCFM [1 Ft3/h] 1CFH 1 ft3/h [1 Kg/s] 1GS 1 kg/s [1 Kg/m] 1GM 1 kg/m [1 Kg/h] 1GH 1 kg/h [1 Lb/s] 1LbS 1 lb/s [1 Lb/m] 1LbM 1 lb/m [1 Lb/h] 1LbH 1 lb/h [0.1%] 01PC 0.1% [0.1] 01WO 0.1 w/o EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Temperature unit] SUtp Default system application unit used for temperature. Available temperature units: Unit Symbol Conversion Celsius Degree °C – Fahrenheit Degree °F TF = 9/5*Tc+32 Percentage % – w/o unit – – Setting Code / Value Description [0.1°C] 0.1C 0.1 °C Factory setting [0.1°F] 0.1F 0.1 °F [0.1%] 0.1PC 0.1% [0.1] 0.1WO 0.1 w/o [Currency unit list] SUCU Default system application unit used for currency. Setting Code / Value Description [EURO] EUrO Euro Factory setting [$] dollar Dollar [£] pound Pound [Krone] Kr Krone [Renminbi] rMb Renminbi [Other] OtHEr Other [Liquid Density] rHO Density of the fluid to be pumped. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is not set to [Expert] EPr. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 100...10,000 kg/m3 Setting range Factory setting: 1000 kg/m3 205 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.5 [Sensors assignment] [Sensors assignment] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 206 Page [Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu 207 [AI1 sensor config.] Menu 209 [AI2 sensor config.] Menu 212 [AI3 sensor config.] Menu 214 [AI4 sensor config.] Menu 216 [AI5 sensor config.] Menu 218 [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] Menu 220 [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] Menu 222 [AIV1 configuration] Menu 224 [AIV2 configuration] Menu 226 [AIV3 configuration] Menu 228 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] About This Menu This menu is used to set the sensors. In case of mixing absolute and relative sensors, verify the consistency between all sensor data and adjust if necessary by using the process value scaling and the analog inputs operation functions. [InletPres Assign] PS1A Inlet pressure sensor assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Outlet pressure sensor assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). EAV64318 11/2016 207 Complete settings CSt- [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A Installation flow sensor assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [Di5 PulseInput Assignment]...[Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Est. Pump Flow] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow [Est. System Flow] SLSF Estimated system flow This selection is only possible if [Pump System Archit] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR NOTE: To use this selection, all the pump characteristics of the system must be configured. NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A Pump flow sensor assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [Di5 PulseInput Assignment]...[Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Est. Pump Flow] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). [Level Sensor Assign] LCsa Level sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Applcation Selection] appt is set to [Level] level. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). 208 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI1 sensor config.] Menu About This Menu Access of [AI1 Sensor Config.] menu depends of the sensor assigned to this input. The following table shows the [AI1 Sensor Config.] menus displayed in relation with the sensor and the applicative function used. If... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI1] Ai1 - [AI1 Sensor Config.] iCA1- [Priming Pump Assign] PPoA is not [AI1 Sensor Config.] PPA1set to [No] no (see page 359) [InletPres Monitoring] iPPM is not set to [No] no [AI1 Sensor Config.] iPA1- - [AI1 Sensor Config.] oCA1- (see page 387) [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI1] Ai1 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AI1 Sensor Config.] SoA1[Pressure] HP or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP. [AI1 Sensor Config.] WoA1- [Activation Mode] PFM is set to [Outlet Pressure] PS2. [AI1 Sensor Config.] PFA1- (see page 317) (see page 348) [OutPres Monitoring] oPPM is set to [AI1 Sensor Config] ooA1[Sensor] SnSr or [Both] both. (see page 391) [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI1] Ai1 - [AI1 Sensor Config.] iF1- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. [AI1 Sensor Config.] LIF1- (see page 277) [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AI1 Sensor Config.] SiF1[Flow] LF or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [AI1 Sensor Config.] FiF1[Inactive] no. (see page 353) [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set [AI1 Sensor Config.] LF1to [No] no. (see page 364) [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] no. [AI1 Sensor Config.] HiF1- [Booster Control] bCM is set to [AI1 Sensor Config.] bIF1- (see page 395) [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL. (see page 244) NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AI1 Sensor Config.] menu. EAV64318 11/2016 209 Complete settings CStIf... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI1 Sensor Config.] PF1[AI1] Ai1 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [AI1 Sensor Config.] nPF1[Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn. (see page 380) [Level Sensor Assign] LCSA is set to [AI1] Ai1 (see page 277) [AI1 Sensor Config.] LCA1- NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AI1 Sensor Config.] menu. [AI1 Type] AI1t Configuration of analog input AI1. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc Factory setting [Current] 0A 0-20 mA [AI1 min value] UIL1 AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc [AI1 max value] UIH1 AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc [AI1 min. value] CrL1 AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A. Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 mA [AI1 max. value] CrH1 AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A. 210 Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 20.0 mA EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J AI1 lowest process. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range. Value in application customer unit. Factory setting: 0 [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K AI1 highest process. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range. Value in application customer unit Factory setting: 0 211 Complete settings CSt- [AI2 sensor config.] Menu About This Menu Access of [AI2 Sensor Config.] menu depends of the sensor assigned to this input. The following table shows the [AI2 Sensor Config.] menus displayed in relation with the sensor and the applicative function used. If... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI2] Ai2 - [AI2 Sensor Config.] iCA2- [Priming Pump Assign] PPoA is not [AI2 Sensor Config.] PPA2set to [No] no (see page 359) [InletPres Monitoring] iPPM is not set to [No] no [AI2 Sensor Config.] iPA2- - [AI2 Sensor Config.] oCA2- (see page 387) [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI2] Ai2 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AI2 Sensor Config.] SoA2[Pressure] HP or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP. [AI2 Sensor Config.] WoA2- [Activation Mode] PFM is set to [Outlet Pressure] PS2. [AI2 Sensor Config.] PFA2- (see page 317) (see page 348) [OutPres Monitoring] oPPM is set to [AI2 Sensor Config] ooA2[Sensor] SnSr or [Both] both. (see page 391) [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI2] Ai2 - [AI2 Sensor Config.] iF2- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. [AI2 Sensor Config.] LIF2- (see page 277) [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AI2 Sensor Config.] SiF2[Flow] LF or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [AI2 Sensor Config.] FiF2[Inactive] no. (see page 353) [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set [AI2 Sensor Config.] LF2to [No] no. (see page 364) [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] no. [AI2 Sensor Config.] HiF2- [Booster Control] bCM is set to [AI2 Sensor Config.] bIF2- (see page 395) [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL. (see page 244) [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI2 Sensor Config.] PF2[AI2] Ai2 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [AI2 Sensor Config.] nPF2[Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn. (see page 380) NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AI2 Sensor Config.] menu. 212 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStIf... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [Level Sensor Assign] LCSA is set to [AI2] Ai2 (see page 277) [AI2 Sensor Config.] LCA2- NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AI2 Sensor Config.] menu. [AI2 Type] AI2t Configuration of analog input AI2. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc Factory setting [Current] 0A 0-20 mA [AI2 min value] UIL2 AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 210). [AI2 max value] UIH2 AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 210). [AI2 min. value] CrL2 AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oa. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 210). [AI2 max. value] CrH2 AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oa. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 210). [AI2 Lowest Process] AI2J AI2 lowest process. Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 211). [AI2 Highest Process] AI2K AI2 highest process. Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 211). EAV64318 11/2016 213 Complete settings CSt- [AI3 sensor config.] Menu About This Menu Access of [AI3 Sensor Config.] menu depends of the sensor assigned to this input. The following table shows the [AI3 Sensor Config.] menus displayed in relation with the sensor and the applicative function used. If... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI3] Ai3 - [AI3 Sensor Config.] iCA3- [Priming Pump Assign] PPoA is not [AI3 Sensor Config.] PPA3set to [No] no (see page 359) [InletPres Monitoring] iPPM is not set to [No] no [AI3 Sensor Config.] iPA3- - [AI3 Sensor Config.] oCA3- (see page 387) [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI3] Ai3 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AI3 Sensor Config.] SoA3[Pressure] HP or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP. [AI3 Sensor Config.] WoA3- [Activation Mode] PFM is set to [Outlet Pressure] PS2. [AI3 Sensor Config.] PFA3- (see page 317) (see page 348) [OutPres Monitoring] oPPM is set to [AI3 Sensor Config] ooA3[Sensor] SnSr or [Both] both. (see page 391) [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI3] Ai3 - [AI3 Sensor Config.] iF3- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. [AI3 Sensor Config.] LIF3- (see page 277) [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AI3 Sensor Config.] SiF3[Flow] LF or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [AI3 Sensor Config.] FiF3[Inactive] no. (see page 353) [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set [AI3 Sensor Config.] LF3to [No] no. (see page 364) [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] no. [AI3 Sensor Config.] HiF3- [Booster Control] bCM is set to [AI3 Sensor Config.] bIF3- (see page 395) [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL. (see page 244) NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AI3 Sensor Config.] menu. 214 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStIf... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI3 Sensor Config.] PF3[AI3] Ai3 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [AI3 Sensor Config.] nPF3[Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn. (see page 380) [Level Sensor Assign] LCSA is set to [AI3] Ai3 (see page 277) [AI3 Sensor Config.] LCA3- NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AI3 Sensor Config.] menu. [AI3 Type] AI3t Configuration of analog input AI3. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc [Current] 0A 0-20 mA Factory setting [AI3 min value] UIL3 AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 210). [AI3 max value] UIH3 AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 210). [AI3 min. value] CrL3 AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oa. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 210). [AI3 max. value] CrH3 AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oa. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 210). [AI3 Lowest Process] AI3J AI3 lowest process. Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 211). [AI3 Highest Process] AI3K AI3 highest process. Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 211). EAV64318 11/2016 215 Complete settings CSt- [AI4 sensor config.] Menu About This Menu Access of [AI4 Sensor Config.] menu depends of the sensor assigned to this input. The following table shows the [AI4 Sensor Config.] menus displayed in relation with the sensor and the applicative function used. If... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI4] Ai4 - [AI4 Sensor Config.] iCA4- [Priming Pump Assign] PPoA is not [AI4 Sensor Config.] PPA4set to [No] no (see page 359) [InletPres Monitoring] iPPM is not set to [No] no [AI4 Sensor Config.] iPA4- - [AI4 Sensor Config.] oCA4- (see page 387) [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI4] Ai4 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AI4 Sensor Config.] SoA4[Pressure] HP or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP. [AI4 Sensor Config.] WoA4- [Activation Mode] PFM is set to [Outlet Pressure] PS2. [AI4 Sensor Config.] PFA4- (see page 317) (see page 348) [OutPres Monitoring] oPPM is set to [AI4 Sensor Config] ooA4[Sensor] SnSr or [Both] both. (see page 391) [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI4] Ai4 - [AI4 Sensor Config.] iF4- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. [AI4 Sensor Config.] LIF4- (see page 277) [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AI4 Sensor Config.] SiF4[Flow] LF or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [AI4 Sensor Config.] FiF4[Inactive] no. (see page 353) [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set [AI4 Sensor Config.] LF4to [No] no. (see page 364) [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] no. [AI4 Sensor Config.] HiF4- [Booster Control] bCM is set to [AI4 Sensor Config.] bIF4- (see page 395) [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL. (see page 244) NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AI4 Sensor Config.] menu. 216 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStIf... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI4 Sensor Config.] PF4[AI4] Ai4 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [AI4 Sensor Config.] nPF4[Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn. (see page 380) [Level Sensor Assign] LCSA is set to [AI4] Ai4 (see page 277) [AI4 Sensor Config.] LCA4- NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AI4 Sensor Config.] menu. [AI4 Type] AI4t Configuration of analog input AI4. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc [Current] 0A 0-20 mA Factory setting [AI4 min value] UIL4 AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 210). [AI4 max value] UIH4 AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 210). [AI4 min. value] CrL4 AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Current] oa. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 210). [AI4 max. value] CrH4 AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Current] oa. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 210). [AI4 Lowest Process] AI4J AI4 lowest process. Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 211). [AI4 Highest Process] AI4K AI4 highest process. Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 211). EAV64318 11/2016 217 Complete settings CSt- [AI5 sensor config.] Menu About This Menu Access of [AI5 Sensor Config.] menu depends of the sensor assigned to this input. The following table shows the [AI5 Sensor Config.] menus displayed in relation with the sensor and the applicative function used. If... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI5] Ai5 - [AI5 Sensor Config.] iCA5- [Priming Pump Assign] PPoA is not [AI5 Sensor Config.] PPA5set to [No] no (see page 359) [InletPres Monitoring] iPPM is not set to [No] no [AI5 Sensor Config.] iPA5- - [AI5 Sensor Config.] oCA5- (see page 387) [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI5] Ai5 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AI5 Sensor Config.] SoA5[Pressure] HP or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP. [AI5 Sensor Config.] WoA5- [Activation Mode] PFM is set to [Outlet Pressure] PS2. [AI5 Sensor Config.] PFA5- (see page 317) (see page 348) [OutPres Monitoring] oPPM is set to [AI5 Sensor Config.] ooA5[Sensor] SnSr or [Both] both. (see page 391) [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI5] Ai5 - [AI5 Sensor Config.] iF5- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. [AI5 Sensor Config.] LIF5- (see page 277) [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AI5 Sensor Config.] SiF5[Flow] LF or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [AI5 Sensor Config.] FiF5[Inactive] no. (see page 353) [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set [AI5 Sensor Config.] LF5to [No] no. (see page 364) [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] no. [AI5 Sensor Config.] HiF5- [Booster Control] bCM is set to [AI5 Sensor Config.] bIF5- (see page 395) [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL. (see page 244) NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AI5 Sensor Config.] menu. 218 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStIf... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI5 Sensor Config.] PF5[AI5] Ai5 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [AI5 Sensor Config.] nPF5[Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn. (see page 380) [Level Sensor Assign] LCSA is set to [AI5] Ai5 (see page 277) [AI5 Sensor Config.] LCA5- NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AI5 Sensor Config.] menu. [AI5 Type] AI5t Configuration of analog input AI5. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc [Current] 0A 0-20 mA Factory setting [AI5 min value] UIL5 AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 210). [AI5 max value] UIH5 AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 210). [AI5 min. value] CrL5 AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Current] oa. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 210). [AI5 max. value] CrH5 AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Current] oa. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 210). [AI5 Lowest Process] AI5J AI5 lowest process. Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 211). [AI5 Highest Process] AI5K AI5 highest process. Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 211). EAV64318 11/2016 219 Complete settings CSt- [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] Menu About This Menu Access of [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] menu depends of the sensor assigned to this input. The following table shows the [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] menus displayed in relation with the sensor and the applicative function used. If... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [Di5 PulseInput Assignment] PI5 - [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] iF8- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] LIP5- (see page 277) [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] SiF8[Flow] LF or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] FiF8[Inactive] no. (see page 353) [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] Lf8to [No] no. (see page 364) [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] no. [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] HiF8- [Booster Control] bCM is set to [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] bIP5- (see page 395) [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL. (see page 244) [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] PF8[Di5 PulseInput Assignment] PI5 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] nPF8[Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn. (see page 380) NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] menu. [DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5 Pulse input DI5 low frequency. Setting Description 0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.00 Hz [DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5 Pulse input DI5 high frequency. 220 Setting Description 0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range Factory setting: 30.00 kHz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI5 Min Process] PI5J Minimum process value for selected input. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [DI5 Max Process] PI5K Maximum process value for selected input. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 0 221 Complete settings CSt- [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] Menu About This Menu Access of [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] menu depends of the sensor assigned to this input. The following table shows the [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] menus displayed in relation with the sensor and the applicative function used. If... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI6 - [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] iF9- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] LIP6- (see page 277) [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] SiF9[Flow] LF or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] FiF9[Inactive] no. (see page 353) [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] Lf9to [No] no. (see page 364) [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] no. [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] HiF9- [Booster Control] bCM is set to [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] bIP6- (see page 395) [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL. (see page 244) [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] PF9[Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI6 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] nPF9[Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn. (see page 380) NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] menu. [DI6 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL6 Pulse input DI6 low frequency. Setting Description 0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.00 Hz [DI6 PulseInput High Freq] PIH6 Pulse input DI6 high frequency. 222 Setting Description 0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range Factory setting: 30.00 kHz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI6 Min Process] PI6J Minimum process value for selected input. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [DI6 Max Process] PI6K Maximum process value for selected input. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 0 223 Complete settings CSt- [AIV1 configuration] Menu About This Menu Access of [AIV1 Sensor Config.] menu depends of the sensor assigned to this input. The following table shows the [AIV1 Sensor Config.] menus displayed in relation with the sensor and the applicative function used. If... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI [AIV1 Sensor Config.] iCv1Virtual 1] Aiv1 [Priming Pump Assign] PPoA is not [AIV1 Sensor Config.] PPv1set to [No] no (see page 359) [InletPres Monitoring] iPPM is not set to [No] no [AIV1 Sensor Config.] iPv1- - [AIV1 Sensor Config.] oCv1- (see page 387) [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI Virtual 1] Aiv1 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AIV1 Sensor Config.] Sov1[Pressure] HP or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP. [AIV1 Sensor Config.] Wov1- [Activation Mode] PFM is set to [Outlet Pressure] PS2. [AIV1 Sensor Config.] PFv1- (see page 317) (see page 348) [OutPres Monitoring] oPPM is set to [AIV1 Sensor Config] oov1[Sensor] SnSr or [Both] both. (see page 391) [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI Virtual 1] Aiv1 - [AIV1 Sensor Config.] iFv1- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. [AIV1 Sensor Config.] LIV1- (see page 277) [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AIV1 Sensor Config.] Siv1[Flow] LF or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [AIV1 Sensor Config.] Fiv1[Inactive] no. (see page 353) [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set [AIV1 Sensor Config.] LFv1to [No] no. (see page 364) [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] no. [AIV1 Sensor Config.] Hiv1- [Booster Control] bCM is set to [AIV1 Sensor Config.] bIV1- (see page 395) [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL. (see page 244) NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AIV1 Sensor Config.] menu. 224 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStIf... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AIV1 Sensor Config.] PFv1[AI Virtual 1] Aiv1 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [AIV1 Sensor Config.] nPv1[Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn. (see page 380) [Level Sensor Assign] LCSA is set to [AI Virtual 1] Aiv1 (see page 277) [AIV1 Sensor Config.] LCv1- NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AIV1 Sensor Config.] menu. [AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1 Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus [Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been inserted [Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been inserted [Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet [AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J AI virtual 1: minimum process value. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range. Value in application customer unitt Factory setting: 0 [AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K AI virtual 1: maximum process value. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range. Value in application customer unitt Factory setting: 0 225 Complete settings CSt- [AIV2 configuration] Menu About This Menu Access of [AIV2 Sensor Config.] menu depends of the sensor assigned to this input. The following table shows the [AIV2 Sensor Config.] menus displayed in relation with the sensor and the applicative function used. If... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI [AIV2 Sensor Config.] iCv2Virtual 2] Aiv2 [Priming Pump Assign] PPoA is not [AIV2 Sensor Config.] PPv2set to [No] no (see page 359) [InletPres Monitoring] iPPM is not set to [No] no [AIV2 Sensor Config.] iPv2- - [AIV2 Sensor Config.] oCv2- (see page 387) [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI Virtual 2] Aiv2 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AIV2 Sensor Config.] Sov2[Pressure] HP or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP. [AIV2 Sensor Config.] Wov2- [Activation Mode] PFM is set to [Outlet Pressure] PS2. [AIV2 Sensor Config.] PFv2- (see page 317) (see page 348) [OutPres Monitoring] oPPM is set to [AIV2 Sensor Config] oov2[Sensor] SnSr or [Both] both. (see page 391) [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI Virtual 2] Aiv2 - [AIV2 Sensor Config.] iFv2- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. [AIV2 Sensor Config.] LIV2- (see page 277) [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AIV2 Sensor Config.] Siv2[Flow] LF or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [AIV2 Sensor Config.] Fiv2[Inactive] no. (see page 353) [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set [AIV2 Sensor Config.] LFv2to [No] no. (see page 364) [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] no. [AIV2 Sensor Config.] Hiv2- [Booster Control] bCM is set to [AIV2 Sensor Config.] bIV2- (see page 395) [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL. (see page 244) NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AIV2 Sensor Config.] menu. 226 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStIf... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AIV2 Sensor Config.] PFv2[AI Virtual 2] Aiv2 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [AIV2 Sensor Config.] nPv2[Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn. (see page 380) [Level Sensor Assign] LCSA is set to [AI Virtual 2] Aiv2 (see page 277) [AIV2 Sensor Config.] LCv2- NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AIV2 Sensor Config.] menu. [AIV2 Channel Assignment] AIC2 Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV2. Identical to [AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1 (see page 225). [AIV2 Lowest Process] AU2J AI virtual 2: minimum process value. Identical to [AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J (see page 225). [AIV2 Highest Process] AU2K AI virtual 2: maximum process value. Identical to [AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K (see page 225). EAV64318 11/2016 227 Complete settings CSt- [AIV3 configuration] Menu About This Menu Access of [AIV3 Sensor Config.] menu depends of the sensor assigned to this input. The following table shows the [AIV3 Sensor Config.] menus displayed in relation with the sensor and the applicative function used. If... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI [AIV3 Sensor Config.] iCv3Virtual 3] Aiv3 [Priming Pump Assign] PPoA is not [AIV3 Sensor Config.] PPv3set to [No] no (see page 359) [InletPres Monitoring] iPPM is not set to [No] no [AIV3 Sensor Config.] iPv3- - [AIV3 Sensor Config.] oCv3- (see page 387) [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI Virtual 3] Aiv3 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AIV3 Sensor Config.] Sov3[Pressure] HP or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP. [AIV3 Sensor Config.] Wov3- [Activation Mode] PFM is set to [Outlet Pressure] PS2. [AIV3 Sensor Config.] PFv3- (see page 317) (see page 348) [OutPres Monitoring] oPPM is set to [AIV3 Sensor Config] oov3[Sensor] SnSr or [Both] both. (see page 391) [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI Virtual 3] Aiv3 - [AIV3 Sensor Config.] iFv3- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. [AIV3 Sensor Config.] LIV3- (see page 277) [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [AIV3 Sensor Config.] Siv3[Flow] LF or [Multiple] or. (see page 317) [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [AIV3 Sensor Config.] Fiv3[Inactive] no. (see page 353) [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set [AIV3 Sensor Config.] LFv3to [No] no. (see page 364) [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] no. [AIV3 Sensor Config.] Hiv3- [Booster Control] bCM is set to [AIV3 Sensor Config.] bIV3- (see page 395) [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL. (see page 244) NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AIV3 Sensor Config.] menu. 228 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStIf... And... Then following menu will be displayed: [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AIV3 Sensor Config.] PFv3[AI Virtual 3] Aiv3 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [AIV3 Sensor Config.] nPv3[Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn. (see page 380) [Level Sensor Assign] LCSA is set to [AI Virtual 3] Aiv3 (see page 277) [AIV3 Sensor Config.] LCv3- NOTE: The list of parameters is the same for each [AIV3 Sensor Config.] menu. [AIV3 Channel Assignment] AIC3 Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV3. Identical to [AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1 (see page 225). [AIV3 Lowest Process] AU3J AI virtual 3: minimum process value. Identical to [AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J (see page 225). [AIV3 Highest Process] AU3K AI virtual 3: maximum process value. Identical to [AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K (see page 225). EAV64318 11/2016 229 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.6 [Command and Reference] CrP- Menu [Command and Reference] CrP- Menu [Command and Reference] CrP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Command and Reference] Command and Reference Channels Parameter Can Be Accessed Run commands (forward, reverse, stop, and so on) and references can be sent using the following channels: Command Reference Terminals: Digital inputs DI Terminals: Analog inputs AI, pulse input Graphic Display Terminal Graphic Display Terminal Integrated Modbus Integrated Modbus CANopen® CANopen Fieldbus module Fieldbus module – +/– speed via the Graphic Display Terminal Integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP Integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP NOTE: The stop keys on the Graphic Display Terminal can be programmed as non-priority keys. A stop key can only have priority if the [Stop Key Enable] PSt parameter menu is set to [Yes] YES. The behavior of the drive can be adapted according to requirements: [Not separ.] SIM: Command and reference are sent via the same channel. [Separate] SEP: Command and reference may be sent via different channels.In these configurations, control via the communication bus is performed in accordance with the DRIVECOM standard with only 5 freely assignable bits (see communication parameter manual). The application functions cannot be accessed via the communication interface. [I/O profile] IO: The command and the reference can come from different channels. This configuration both simplify and extends use via the communication interface. Commands may be sent via the digital inputs on the terminals or via the communication bus. When commands are sent via a bus, they are available on a word, which acts as virtual terminals containing only digital inputs. Application functions can be assigned to the bits in this word. More than one function can be assigned to the same bit. NOTE: Stop commands from the Graphic Display Terminal remain active even if the terminals are not the active command channel. 230 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Reference Channel for [Not separ.] SIM, [Separate] SEP and [I/O profile] IO Configurations, PID Not Configured (1) Note: Forced local is not active in [I/O]. The black square represents the factory setting assignment. Fr1: terminals (including I/O extension module), Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus, CANopen®, communication card, embedded Ethernet, and fieldbus module. Fr1b, for SEP and IO: terminals (including I/O extension module), Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus, CANopen®, embedded Ethernet, and fieldbus module. Fr1b, for SIM: Graphic Display Terminal, only accessible if Fr1 = terminals. SA2, SA3, dA2, dA3, MA2, MA3: terminals (including I/O extension module), Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus, CANopen®, communication card, embedded Ethernet, and fieldbus module. Fr2: terminals (including I/O extension module), Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus, CANopen®, embedded Ethernet communication card, +/– speed, and fieldbus module. EAV64318 11/2016 231 Complete settings CSt- Reference Channel for [Not separ.] SIM, [Separate] SEP and [I/O profile] IO Configurations, PID Configured with PID References at the Terminals (1) Note: Forced local is not active in [I/O profile]. (2) Ramps not active if the PID function is active in automatic mode. The black square represents the factory setting assignment. Fr1: terminals (including I/O extension module), Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus, CANopen®, communication card, embedded Ethernet, and fieldbus module. Fr1b, for SEP and IO: terminals (including I/O extension module), Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus, CANopen®, embedded Ethernet, and fieldbus module. Fr1b, for SIM: Graphic Display Terminal, only accessible if Fr1 = terminals. SA2, SA3, dA2, dA3: terminals (including I/O extension module), Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus, CANopen®, communication card, embedded Ethernet, and fieldbus module. Fr2: terminals (including I/O extension module), Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus, CANopen®, embedded Ethernet communication card, +/– speed, and fieldbus module. 232 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 Configuration reference frequency 1. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned [AI1] AI1 Analog input AI1 Factory Setting [AI2]...[AI3] AI2...AI3 Analog input AI2...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt Up/Down function is assigned by DIx [HMI] LCC Reference Frequency via remote terminal [Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus [CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been inserted [Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been inserted [Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet [DI5 PulseInput Assignment]...[DI6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b Configuration reference frequency 1B. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [PulseInput Assignment On DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input 233 Complete settings CSt- [Ref 1B switching] rCb WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION This parameter can cause unintended movements, for example an inversion of the direction of the rotation of the motor, a sudden acceleration or a stop. Verify that the setting of this parameter does not cause unintended movements. Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Select switching (1 to 1B). If the assigned input or bit is at 0, [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 is active. If the assigned input or bit is at 1, [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b is active. [Ref 1B switching] rCb is forced to [Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Not separ. ] SIM with [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 assigned via the terminals (analog inputs, pulse input). NOTE: Activating this function from an other active command channel will also activate the monitoring of this new channel. 234 Setting Code / Value Description [Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference channel = channel 1 (for RFC) [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b Reference channel = channel 2 (for RFC) [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Reverse Disable] rIn Reverse directions disable. NOTE: Anti-Jam function takes priority over [Reverse Disable] rIn function. If an Anti jam function is used, reverse direction is applied despite of the [Reverse disable] rIn configuration. Lock of movement in reverse direction does not apply to direction requests sent by digital inputs. Reverse direction requests sent by digital inputs are taken into account. Reverse direction requests sent by the Graphic Display Terminal or sent by the line are not taken into account. Any reverse speed reference originating from the PID, summing input, and so on, is interpreted as a zero reference (0 Hz). Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No [Yes] YES Yes Factory Setting [Control Mode] CHCF Mixed mode configuration. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Disabling [I/O profile] IO resets the drive to the factory settings. Verify that restoring the factory settings is compatible with the type of wiring used. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not separ.] SIM Reference and command, not separate Factory Setting [Separate] SEP Separate reference and command. This assignment cannot be accessed in [I/O profile] IO [I/O profile] IO I/O profile 235 Complete settings CSt- [Command Switching] CCS WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION This parameter can cause unintended movements, for example an inversion of the direction of the rotation of the motor, a sudden acceleration or a stop. Verify that the setting of this parameter does not cause unintended movements. Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Control channel switch. This parameter can be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or to [I/O profile] IO. If the assigned input or bit is at 0, channel [Cmd channel 1] Cd1 is active.If the assigned input or bit is at 1, channel [Cmd channel 2] Cd2 is active. NOTE: Activating this function from an other active command channel will also activate the monitoring of this new channel. 236 Setting Code / Value Description [Command channel 1] Cd1 Command channel = channel 1 (for CCS) Factory setting [Command channel 2] Cd2 Command channel = channel 2 (for CCS) [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Cmd channel 1] Cd1 Command channel 1 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or [I/O profile] IO. Setting Code / Value Description [Terminals] tEr Terminal block source Factory Setting [HMI] LCC Reference frequency via remote terminal [Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus [CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been inserted [Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been inserted [Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet [PC tool] Pws DTM based software [Cmd channel 2] Cd2 Command channel 2 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or [I/O profile] IO. Identical to [Cmd channel 1] Cd1 with factory setting [Modbus] Mdb. [Freq Switch Assign] rFC WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION This parameter can cause unintended movements, for example an inversion of the direction of the rotation of the motor, a sudden acceleration or a stop. Verify that the setting of this parameter does not cause unintended movements. Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. frequency switching assignment. If the assigned input or bit is at 0, channel [Ref Freq Channel 1] FR1 is active. If the assigned input or bit is at 1, channel [Ref Freq Channel 2] FR2 is active. NOTE: Activating this function from an other active command channel will also activate the monitoring of this new channel. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference channel = channel 1 (for RFC) [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b Reference channel = channel 2 (for RFC) [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration 237 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration NOTE: [Ref Freq 2 Config] Fr2 Configuration reference frequency 2. 238 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned. If [Control Mode] CHCF is set to[ Not separ.] SIM, the command is at the terminals with a zero reference. If [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or [I/O profile] IO, the reference is zero. Factory Setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt +/– speed command assigned to DIx [Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC Display terminal source [Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus [Ref. Freq- CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been inserted [Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been inserted [Embedded Ethernet] Eth Integrated Ethernet [PulseInput Assignment On DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Copy Ch1-Ch2] COP Copy channel 1 reference frequency to channel 2. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION This parameter can cause unintended movements, for example an inversion of the direction of the rotation of the motor, a sudden acceleration or a stop. Verify that the setting of this parameter does not cause unintended movements. Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Can be used to copy the current reference and/or the command with switching in order to avoid speed surges, for example. If [Control Mode] CHCF (see page 235) is set to [Not separ.] SIM or [Separate] SEP, copying is possible only from channel 1 to channel 2. If [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [I/O profile] IO, copying is possible in both directions.A reference or a command cannot be copied to a channel on the terminals.The reference copied is [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH (before ramp) unless the destination channel reference is set via +/– speed. In this case, the reference copied is [Output frequency] rFr (after ramp). Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No copy Factory Setting [Reference Frequency] SP Copy reference [Command] Cd Copy command [Cmd + Ref Frequency] ALL Copy reference and command As the Graphic Display Terminal may be selected as the command and/or reference channel, its action modes can be configured. Comments: The Graphic Display Terminal command/reference is only active if the command and/or reference channels from the terminal are active except for BMP with Local/ Remote key (command via the Graphic Display Terminal), which takes priority over these channels. Press Local/ Remote key again to revert control to the selected channel. Command and reference via the Graphic Display Terminal are impossible if the latter is connected to more than one drive. The preset PID reference functions can only be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Not separ.] SIM or [Separate] SEP. The command via the Graphic Display Terminal can be accessed regardless of the [Control Mode] CHCF. [Forced Local Freq] FLOC Forced local reference source assignment. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned (control via the terminals with zero reference) Factory Setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Ref.FreqRmt.Term] LCC Display terminal source 239 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [PulseInput Assignment On DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Time-out Forc. Local] FLOt Time for channel confirmation after forced local. This parameter can be accessed if [Forced Local Assign] FLO is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0.1...30.0 s Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 s [Forced Local Assign] FLO Forced local assignment. Forced local mode is active when the input is at state 1. [Forced Local Assign] FLO is forced to [No] nO if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [I/O profile] IO. 240 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Reverse Assign] rrS Reverse assignment. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. 241 Complete settings CSt- [2/3-wire control] tCC 2-wire or 3-wire control. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION If this parameter is changed, the parameters [Reverse Assign] rrS and [2-wire type] tCt and the assignments of the digital inputs are reset to the factory setting. Verify that this change is compatible with the type of wiring used. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Setting Code / Value Description [2-Wire Control] 2C 2-wire control (level commands): This is the input state (0 or 1) or edge (0 to 1 or 1 to 0), which controls running or stopping. Example of source wiring: DI1 Forward DIx Reverse Factory setting [3-Wire Control] 3-wire control (pulse commands) [3 wire]: A forward or reverse pulse is sufficient to command starting, a stop pulse is sufficient to command stopping. Example of source wiring: 3C DI1 Stop DI2 Forward DIx Reverse [2-wire type] tCt Type of 2-wire control. This parameter can be accessed if [2/3-wire control] tCC is set to [2-Wire Control] 2C. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Verify that the parameter setting is compatible with the type of wiring used. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Setting Code / Value [Level] LEL State 0 or 1 is taken into account for run (1) or stop (0) [Transition] trn A change of state (transition or edge) is necessary to initiate operation in order to avoid accidental restarts after a break in the supply mains Factory setting [Level With Fwd Priority] PFO 242 Description State 0 or 1 is taken into account for run or stop, but the “forward” input takes priority over the “reverse” input EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Stop Key Enable] PSt Stop key enable. WARNING LOSS OF CONTROL This function disables the Stop key of the Display Terminal if the setting of the parameter [Command Channel] CMdC is not HMI. Only set this parameter to nO if you have implemented appropriate alternative stop functions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. This is a freewheel stop. If the active command channel is the Graphic Display Terminal, the stop is performed according to the [Type of stop] Stt irrespective of the configuration of [Stop Key Enable] PSt. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO – [Yes] YES Gives priority to the STOP key on the Graphic Display Terminal when the Graphic Display Terminal is not enabled as the command channel Factory Setting Setting Code / Value Description [Stop] StOP Stops the drive (although the controlled direction of operation and reference of the previous channel are copied (to be taken into account on the next RUN command)) [Bumpless] bUMP Does not stop the drive (the controlled direction of operation and the reference of the previous channel are copied) [Disabled] dIS Disabled Factory Setting [HMI cmd.] bMP HMI command. EAV64318 11/2016 243 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.7 [Pump functions] - [Booster control] [Pump functions] - [Booster control] Introduction The aim of the booster control function is to maintain the desired pressure or flow at the outlet of the pumps according to the demand by: Managing the velocity of the variable speed pump connected to the drive. Staging/De-staging the auxiliary fixed speed pumps. This menu can be accessed if [Application Selection] APPt is set to [Pump Booster Control] booSt. What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 244 Page [System Architecture] mpq- Menu 245 [MultiDrive Config] MPVC- Menu 256 [Pumps configuration] pump- Menu 260 [System Architecture] mpq- Menu 263 [Booster control] bsC- Menu 265 [Stage/Destage condition] sdCm- Menu 268 [Stage/Destage method] sdmm- Menu 272 [Booster control] bsC- Menu 276 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [System Architecture] mpq- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Booster control] [System architecture] About This Menu This menu is used to define the equipment architecture. The architecture is chosen by setting [Pump System Archit] MPSA to: [Single Drive] UndOL: one variable speed pump and up to five fixed speed pumps [Multi Drives] nVSd: up to six variable speed pumps [Multi Masters] NVSDR: one master variable speed pump and up to five redundant masters or slaves. In single drive architecture, the total number of pumps is set with [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn: With lead pump alternation, using interlocked switching relays for all pumps to connect them on mains or on the drive. Without lead pump alternation, using digital outputs to command the auxiliary pumps (with soft starters for example). The lead pump is always connected to the drive. In multiple drives architecture, the number of pumps is set with [Nb of Devices] MPGN. Lead pump alternation is not possible in this case. MultiDrive Link Mechanism Introduction: MultiDrive Link function allows direct communication between a drives group. This communication is done through an Ethernet link between each drives. Some drive functions can be configured with the MultiDrive Link. A VW3A3721 Ethernet module must be installed on the ATV600 drive to use MultiDrive Link. Topology MultiDrive Link function is an Ethernet based protocol. It can be used in following topologies: Daisy chain Star Redundant ring with RSTP More information about topologies is available in ATV600 Ethernet Option Manual. MultiDrive Link Properties MultiDrive Link Group: A MultiDrive Link group can be composed of up to 6 devices. Each device can be configured as Master or Slave, but only 1 active master must be present at same time in a MultiDrive Link group. Each drive, must be identified with a unique ID from 1 to the maximum number of devices in the group. Data Exchange Principle: Each drive of the MultiDrive Link group sends data to all the drives of its group. These data are sorted in data groups which are specifics for each application used in combination. These data are sent using UDP frames with multicast IP addressing. Network Configuration The MultiDrive Link function uses the following network resources: IP address: 239.192.152.143 UDP ports: 6700 and 6732 Non routed networks If the MultiDrive Link function is used over an Ethernet network, it is mandatory to take into account theses resources for its configuration. Only one MultiDrive Link group can be used on a same Ethernet network. EAV64318 11/2016 245 Complete settings CSt- Drive Configuration Each drive used on a MultiDrive Link group must have an IP address. This IP address can be set manually or assigned by a DHCP or BOOTP server. MultiDrive Link Communication Monitoring A permanent monitoring of the communication is performed by each drive of the MultiDrive Link Group to avoid: Execution of the same command Corruption of data on the MultiDrive Link group Duplicate Slave ID: The following table shows how the function reacts in case of duplicate slave ID detection: If a Duplicate Slave ID is… Then… Detected at the same time in the MultiDrive Link group It is not possible to identify the valid drive. In this case, both drives: are considered invalid are unavailable on the MultiDrive Link group don't send data on the MultiDrive Link group Pump Cycling Mode This functionality allows changing the start order of all available pumps in order to manage their wear. There are several ways to perform the pump cycling strategy by setting [Pump Cycling Mode] MPPC: Cycling based on pump order: [FIFO] FIFO mode: pumps are started and stopped in ascending order [LIFO] LIFO mode: pumps are started in ascending order while they are stopped in descending order Cycling based on running time: [Runtime] rtIME: the available pump with the lowest running time is started first and the running pump with the highest running time is stopped first. [Runtime&LIFO] rtLF: cycling based on a combination of running time and LIFO mode. The available pump with the lowest running time is started first and the running pump started at latest is stopped first. NOTE: This choice is not available if [Pump System Archit] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSd. Lead Pump Alternation The lead pump alternation function allows permuting the available pumps in order that each pump can become the lead pump (variable speed pump) instead of an auxiliary pump (fixed speed pump). The lead pump is the first pump to be started and the last pump to be stopped. It is always associated to the variable speed drive. The function can be activated by setting [Lead Pump Alternation] MPLA: [No] nO: no lead pump alternation, the pump 1 is always the lead pump. The pump cycling is applied only on auxiliary pumps. [Standard] YES: the lead pump is permuted between all available pumps at each pump operation start. [Redundancy] rEd: lead pump alternation is effective only if the pump 1 is not available. When lead pump alternation is activated, catch on fly function should be configured to reduce over current when a pump is started as the lead pump while it was running as auxiliary pump before. It is also possible to set [Pump Ready Delay] MPId to delay the availability of an auxiliary pump for a new start after it has been stopped. 246 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Automatic Period Cycling This function is used to balance the duty sharing of all the pumps of the MultiPump architecture. When using this function, it is recommended to activate the Catch On Fly function.Depending of the value of [Pump Cycling Mode] MPPC, this function has different behavior: If [Pump Cycling Mode] MPPC is set to [Runtime] rtIME, the pumps alternate according to the differential operating time between the next to stage and next to destage pumps. If [Pump Cycling Mode] MPPC is set to [FIFO] FIFO, the pumps alternate periodically with the time defined on [Pump Auto Cycling ] MPCP. However the time period resets in following cases: At each destage On lead pump stage In architectures with 1 variable speed pumps and direct on line pumps, on first auxiliary pump stage whatever the value of [Lead Pump Alternation] MPLA. NOTE: This function is not active when [Pump Cycling Mode] MPPC is set to [LIFO] LIFO or [Runtime&LIFO] rtLF. Display Parameters A set of parameters to display the system is available in [Display] MOn- [Pump parameters] PPr[Multipump System] MPS-: The state of the system [MultiPump State] MPS. The quantity of pumps available [Available Pumps] MPAn and the quantity of pump already staged [Nb of Staged Pumps] MPSn. The number of the pump selected to be the lead pump [Lead Pump] PLId. The number of the next pump to be staged [Next Staged Pump] PntS and de-staged [Next Destaged Pump] Pntd. For each pump (pump 1 in the example): The state [Pump 1 State] P1S The type [Pump 1 Type] P1t The cumulated run time [Pump 1 Runtime] P1Ot The cumulated number of starts [Pump 1 Nb Starts] P1nS EAV64318 11/2016 247 Complete settings CSt- Example of Architecture Without Lead Pump Alternation and Two Fixed Speed Pumps Pump 2 and pump 3 are controlled by relay outputs R2 and R3. The state of each pump is provided to the drive via digital inputs DI2 and DI3: 1 = the pump is ready to operate. 0 = the pump is not available. KM1 is switched ON when CP1 is activated. CP1 is controlled via the relay output R2. KM2 is switched ON when CP2 is activated. CP2 is controlled via the relay output R3. Q1 and Q2 must be switched ON to have both pump 2 and pump 3 ready to operate. 248 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Example of Architecture with Lead Pump Alternation on Three Pumps Each pump is controlled by a relay output: Pump 1 control via relay output R2. Pump 2 control via relay output R3. Pump 3 control via relay output R4. The state of each pump is provided to the drive via digital inputs DI2, DI3, and DI4: 1 = the pump is ready to operate. 0 = the pump is not available. If the relay output R2 is the first activated, the pump 1 becomes the lead pump. CP1 is switched ON via relay output R2, KD1 is switched ON and the pump 1 is connected to the drive. The other pumps cannot be connected to the drive thanks to KD1 (switched OFF) which prevent KD2 and KD3 to be activated when CP2 and CP3 are switched ON. The other pumps become auxiliary pumps and they are connected to the supply mains trough KM2 and KM3 which are activated when, respectively, CP2 and CP3 are switched ON, that is, when R3 and R4 are activated. When relay output R3 is the first activated, the pump 2 becomes the lead pump. The other pumps become auxiliary pumps which are connected to the supply mains via KM1 and KM3. When relay output R4 is the first activated, the pump 3 becomes the lead pump. The other pumps become auxiliary pumps which are connected to the supply mains via KM1 and KM2. Q1, Q2, and Q3 must be switched ON to have all pumps ready to operate. To change the lead pump, it is necessary to deactivate all relay outputs which means that all pumps must be already stopped. It is then possible to decide which relay output to be activated first and so defining the new lead pump. EAV64318 11/2016 249 Complete settings CSt- Example of Architecture with Lead Pump Alternation on Three Pumps and Auto/Manu Switch Each pump is controlled by a relay output: Pump 1 control via relay output R2. Pump 2 control via relay output R3. Pump 3 control via relay output R4. The state of each pump is provided to the drive via digital inputs DI2, DI3, and DI4: 1 = the pump is ready to operate. 0 = the pump is not available (stopped or in manual mode). In automatic mode: Same principle as previous architecture with lead pump alternation. In manual mode: All pumps are connected to the supply mains through KM1, KM2, and KM3. 250 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Example of Architecture with Three Pumps and MultiDrive Link Each pump is controlled by an ATV600 drive. The drives are connected together through the MultiDrive link using an Ethernet option module. Each drive has its own RUN command: This command allows the pump to operate. On Master drive, this command allows execution of MultiPump functions like Booster and Level Control. a Sensors connected to the master. Example of Architecture with Three pumps, MultiDrive Link and Auto/Manu Switch a EAV64318 11/2016 Sensors connected to the master. 251 Complete settings CSt- The drives are connected together through the MultiDrive link using a VW3A3721 Ethernet option module. Each drive has its own RUN command: This command allows the pump to operate. On Master drive, this command allows execution of MultiPump functions like Booster and Level Control. The state of each pump is provided to the drive using digital input (DI3 in example). If this input is set to: 1 = the pump is ready to operate in Automatic mode. 0 = the pump is not available (Stopped or in Manual mode). In Automatic mode, the pump is connected and controlled using the ATV600 drive. In Manual mode, the pump is disconnected from the ATV600 drive and connected to the supply mains. In Stop mode, the pump is disconnected from both supply mains and ATV600 drive. Example of Architecture with Three pumps, MultiDrive Link and Service Continuity NOTE: Pump 1 = Master, Pump 2: Master or slave, Pump 3: Slave The drives are connected together through the MultiDrive Link using a VW3A3721 Ethernet option module. Each drive has its own RUN command: This command allows the pump to operate. On Master drive, this command allows execution of MultiPump functions like Booster and Level Control. Each dive of the architecture with [M/P Device Role] MPdt set as [Master or Slave] MAST2 can acts as Master. Master Selection To allow selection of which drive will acts as Master, the parameter [Master Enable Assign] MPME can be configured. When the input is set to 1, the drive acts as a Master, otherwise, it acts as Slave. Sensors Wiring The sensors needed for the application control must be wired on all the drives that can acts as Masters. 252 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Master Election A drive can be elected as Master if: The RUN command is present And the drive is not in error state (except for system errors) And [Master Enable Assign] MPME input is active or not configured. There is no additional condition on the primary master. To switch on a secondary master, the primary master must be not available. A not elected Master acts as a Slave. In this case, Application Control is not executed on it and the error reaction is same as a Slave in architectures without Service Continuity. At power on, a Master takes the control of the application after the [PwrOn Master Delay] MPPD delay if the conditions described above are valid. When the Master activation conditions are valid, the drive is elected as master of the application after the [Master Act Delay] MPMD delay. If the [Master Enable Assign] MPME is not configured in the architecture, it is recommended to set different delays on the possible masters of the application according to their priority.After election of the Master, the drive activates the output configured on [Master Active Assign] MPMA parameter. NOTE: Even if the output is active, it does not mean that the master is active. The MultiDrive Link mechanism will elect one master among all the drives in the architecture and the active master can be identified by [Active Master ID] MMID. The status of application is kept when switching from a master to another one. Following applicative status are taken into account: Sleep/Wake-up: if the application is woken up Priming Pump: if the application is primed. NOTE: In this case the priming pump control have to be wired on each possible masters of the application. Pipe Fill: if the pipe is filled. Example: if the master has finished its priming phase, the second one will not restart the priming sequence when it will take the control of the application. Warnings and Errors Handling MultiPump Capacity Warning If the available capacity of the system is exceeded: [MultiPump Capacity Warn] MPCA warning is active if the number of pumps to be started is higher than the number of available pumps. NOTE: If the number of available pump is equal to 0, the warning is active. Lead Pump Error/Warning NOTE: The following handling is done if [Pump System Architecture] MPSA is set to [Single Drive] VNDOL. If the selected lead pump is not available: A [Lead Pump Warn] MPLA warning is active if the lead pump becomes not available while in run or if there is no lead pump available at run command. A [Lead Pump Error] MPLF error is active if the lead pump becomes not available while in run.If configured, the delay [Pump Ready Delay] MPId is applied on the error triggering if there is no lead pump available at run command. This error is handled whatever the active command channel if booster control or level control function is configured. The drive response to a [Lead Pump Error] MPLF is set with [MultiPump ErrorResp] MPFb parameter. MultiPump Device Error/Warning NOTE: The following handling is done if [Pump System Architecture] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] NVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR. EAV64318 11/2016 253 Complete settings CSt- A device is considered not available by another when no data is received, through MultiDrive Link, for a time longer than [MDL Comm Timeout] MLTO delay. On Master device, the [M/P Device Warn ]MPDA warning is active if one or more Slave devices is not available or not ready. On Slave device, the [M/P Device Warn ]MPDA warning is active if the Master device is not available. A [M/P Device Error] MPDF error is active if [M/P Device Warn ]MPDA is active while system is running during more than twice [Master Act Delay] MPMD delay and a run command is set. The [M/P Device Error] MPDF error can be active only on a device which acts as a Slave. The drive response to a [M/P Device Error] MPDF is set with [M/P Device ErrorResp] MPDB parameter. MultiDrive Link Error NOTE: The following handling is done if [Pump System Architecture] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] NVSD. A [MultiDrive Link Error] MDLF error is active if the MultiDrive Link architecture is not consistent (several Masters, several Slaves with same ID) at run command. The drive response to a [MultiDrive Link Error] MDLF is set with [MultiDrive ErrorResp] MDLB parameter. Application functions and Device Role Depending of the device role selected in case of Multipumps Architecture, some functions can become not configurable. The following table shows the list of functions that can be activated depending of the [M/P Device Role] MPdt selection. When a function is described as not available, this function is not displayed on Display Terminal. Function [M/P Device Role] MPdt [Master] Mast or [Master Only] [Slave] SLAVE MAST1 or [Master or Slave] MAST2 [Anti-jam monit] JAM- Yes Yes [Priming pump ctrl] PPC- Yes Yes (1) [Pipe fill] PFI- Yes Not available [High flow monitoring] HFP- Yes Not available [Flow limitation] FLM- Yes Not available [Outlet pressure monitoring] OPP- Yes Not available [Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Yes Not available [PID controller] PId- Yes Not available [Sleep/Wakeup] SPW- Yes Not available [Friction loss comp] FLC- Yes Not available [Jockey pump] JKP- Yes Not available [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Yes Not available 1 254 Priming pump is used, when [M/P Device Role] MPdt is set to [Slave] SLAVE, only if the pump is controlled locally (for example during Anti-jam execution). In normal operation, the master manages the priming pump for the system. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Pump System Archi] mpsa Pump system architecture selection. Setting Code / Value Description [Mono-Pump] no Multi-pump control deactivated Factory setting [Single Drive] vndol Single drive with or without auxiliary pumps [Multi Drives] nvsd Multiple drives [Multi Masters] nVSdR Multiple Drives with Master redundancy [Nb Of Pumps] mppn Number of pumps. This parameter can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] mpsa is set to [Single Drive] vndol. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 1...6 Setting range Factory setting: 1 255 Complete settings CSt- [MultiDrive Config] MPVC- Menu Access [Complete settings] Config] [Pump functions] [Booster control] [System architecture] [Multidrive About This Menu This menu can be accessed if [Pump System Archit] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSd or [Multi Masters] nVSdR. [M/P Device Role] MPdt Multipump master or slave selection Setting Code / Value Description [Slave] SLAVE Drive is managed by the Master drive of Multipump architecture Factory setting [Master] MASt Drive manages the other drives of Multipump architecture NOTE: This selection can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] NVSD. [Master Only] MAST1 Drive is the primary master of the Multipump architecture with master redundancy. NOTE: This selection can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] NVSDR. [Master or Slave] MAST2 Drive acts as a slave as long as the drive with MAST1 selection is available. It acts as master when the drive with MAST1 selection is not available. NOTE: This selection can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] NVSDR. [Nb of Devices] MPGn Number of Multipump devices This parameter can be accessed if [M/P Device Role] MPdt is set to [Master] MASt, [Master Only] MAST1, or [Master or Slave] MAST2 Setting Description 1...6 Setting range Factory setting: 1 [M/P Device ID] MGId Multipump device ID selection The ID must be unique and selected between 1 and [Nb of Devices] MPGN on each drives of the MultiDrive Link group. NOTE: This parameter is reset to [No] NO if one of the following parameter value is changed:[ M/P Device Role] MPdt, [Nb of Devices] MPGn, [MDL Pairing Code] MDPC. 256 Setting Description [No] nO to 6 Setting range Factory setting: [No] nO EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [MDL Pairing Code] MDPC MultiDrive Link pairing code. This parameter is used to manage several MultiDrive Link architectures on a same Ethernet network. The pairing code have to be the same on each drives of a MultiDrive Link architecture. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPR. Setting Description 0...255 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Master Enable Assign] MPME Multi-pump master enable assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [M/P Device Role] MPdt is set to [Master or Slave] MAST2. This input is used to activate a drive of a MultiDrive Link group as a master. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration 257 Complete settings CSt- [Master Active Assign] MPMA Multi-pump master activated assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [M/P Device Role] MPdt is set to [Master Only] MAST1 or [Master or Slave] MAST2. This output is used to indicate if the drive acts as a master. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory setting [R2]...[R3] r2...r3 Relay output R2...R3 [R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R6 if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted [DQ11 Digital Output]...[DQ12 Digital Output] dO11...dO12 Digital output DQ11...DQ12 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [R61]…[R66] r61…r66 Relay R61 …R66 NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO [Master Act Delay] MPMD Multi-pump master activation delay. This parameter can be accessed if [M/P Device Role] MPdt is set to [Slave] SLAVE or [Master or Slave] MAST2. This parameter is used to set a delay on slaves drives before triggering a [M/P Device Error] MPDF if no master is available. Setting Description 0.0...99.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 s [PwrOn Master Delay] MPPD Multi-pump power-on master delay. This parameter can be accessed if [M/P Device Role] MPdt is set to [Master Only] MAST1 or [Master or Slave] MAST2 Setting Description 0...120 s Setting range Factory setting: 30 s [MultiDrive ErrorResp] MdLb Response to Multi-Drive Link communication error. 258 Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [MDL Comm Timeout] MLto MultiDrive Link communication timeout. Setting Description 0.05...10.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.25 s [M/P Device ErrorResp] MPdb Response to multipump device error. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting 259 Complete settings CSt- [Pumps configuration] pump- Menu Access [Complete settings] configuration] [Pump functions] [Booster control] [System architecture] [Pumps Input and Output Configuration for Each Pump For each pump (pump 1 in the example), it is possible to set: The drive digital output for the command: [Pump 1 Cmd Assign] MPO1 if [Lead Pump Alternation] mpLa is not set to [No] no. The drive digital input for the pump availability information: [Pump 1 Ready Assign] MPI1. If not configured, the pump is considered as always available. An internal configurable delay [Pump Ready Delay] MPId is available. When the digital input assigned to [Pump 1 Ready Assign] MPI1 switches to the active state or after de-staging, the related pump is considered as not available during [Pump Ready Delay] MPId. This is used to wait that the auxiliary pumps are stopped and that all contactors between the drive and the motor (if existing) are closed before staging. [Pump 1 Cmd Assign] mpo1 Command assignment for pump 1. This parameter can be accessed if: [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] NVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR or, [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Single Drive] VNDOL and [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [1] 1 or above. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [1] 1 or above. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory setting [R2]...[R3] r2...r3 Relay output R2...R3 [R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R6 if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted [DQ11 Digital Output]...[DQ12 Digital Output] dO11...dO12 Digital output DQ11...DQ12 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [R61]…[R66] r61…r66 Relay R61 …R66 NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO 260 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Pump 1 Ready Assign] mpi1 Pump 1 ready to operate assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [1] 1 or above. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP regardless of configuration [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level digital inputs [DI52 (Low level)]… [DI59 (Low level)] d52L…d59L NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. Cabinet low level digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [Pump 2 Cmd Assign] mpo2 Command assignment for pump 2. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [2] 2 or above. Identical to [Pump 1 Cmd Assign] mpo1 (see page 260). [Pump 2 Ready Assign] mpi2 Pump 2 ready to operate assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [2] 2 or above. Identical to [Pump 1 Ready Assign] mpi1 (see page 261). [Pump 3 Cmd Assign] mpo3 Command assignment for pump 3. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [3] 3 or above. Identical to [Pump 1 Cmd Assign] mpo1 (see page 260). EAV64318 11/2016 261 Complete settings CSt- [Pump 3 Ready Assign] mpi3 Pump 3 ready to operate assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [3] 3 or above. Identical to [Pump 1 Ready Assign] mpi1 (see page 261). [Pump 4 Cmd Assign] mpo4 Command assignment for pump 4. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [4] 4 or above. Identical to [Pump 1 Cmd Assign] mpo1 (see page 260). [Pump 4 Ready Assign] mpi4 Pump 4 ready to operate assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [4] 4 or above. Identical to [Pump 1 Ready Assign] mpi1 (see page 261). [Pump 5 Cmd Assign] mpo5 Command assignment for pump 5. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [5] 5 or above. Identical to [Pump 1 Cmd Assign] mpo1 (see page 260). [Pump 5 Ready Assign] mpi5 Pump 5 ready to operate assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [5] 5 or above. Identical to [Pump 1 Ready Assign] mpi1 (see page 261). [Pump 6 Cmd Assign] mpo6 Command assignment for pump 6. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [6] 6 or above. Identical to [Pump 1 Cmd Assign] mpo1 (see page 260). [Pump 6 Ready Assign] mpi6 Pump 6 ready to operate assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Nb Of Pumps] mppn is set to [6] 6 or above. Identical to [Pump 1 Ready Assign] mpi1 (see page 261). 262 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [System Architecture] mpq- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Booster control] [System architecture] [Pump Cycling Mode] mppC Pump cycling mode. Setting Code / Value Description [FIFO] fifo First in first out [LIFO] lifo Last in first out [Runtime] rtime Pump runtime Factory setting [Runtime&LIFO] rtlf Runtime and Last in first out NOTE: This choice is not available if [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSd or [Multi Masters] NVSDR. [Lead Pump Alternation] mpla Lead pump alternation. This parameter can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] mpsa is set to [Single Drive] Vndol NOTE: If [Lead Pump Alternation] MPLA is not set to [No] NO, the [Pump 1 Cmd Assign] mpo1 and [Pump 1 Ready Assign] mpi1 have to be configured. Setting Code / Value Description [No] no Deactivated Factory setting [Standard] yes Standard alternation [Redundancy] red Redundancy mode [Pump Auto Cycling] MPCP Pump auto cycling. This parameter can be accessed if [Pump System Architecture] MPSA is set to [Single Drive] VNDOL. Setting Description 0.0...24.0 h Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 h [Pump Ready Delay] mpid Pump ready delay. It corresponds to the stop time of the pumps. The pumps are considered as in running state and can not be staged during this delay, whatever the active command channel. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...3600 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s 263 Complete settings CSt- [MultiPump ErrorResp] mpfb Response to multipump error. This parameter can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] mpsa is set to [Single Drive] Vndol 264 Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Booster control] bsC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Booster control] [Booster control] About This Menu This menu is used to set the booster control parameters. Multiple drives control The multiple drives control mode is configured using [M/P Speed Mode] MPSt. It has an effect on how the pump speed will be managed when running together. This parameter must be the same on all the drives of MultiPump architecture Distributed Speed Control Mode If [M/P Speed Mode] MPSt is set to [Distributed] dMC, the pumps will be staged and destaged one by one. With this selection, the last staged pump runs at variable speed and other pumps run at fixed speed. a b c d e Pump runs at variable speed Pump runs at fixed speed Pump stopped Pump staging Fixed reference frequency in distributed mode: [Pump Fixed Freq] MPFS Advanced Speed Control Mode If [M/P Speed Mode] MPSt is set to [Advanced] AMC, the pumps are staged and destaged one by one. With this selection, all pumps run at the same speed. a b c d EAV64318 11/2016 Pump runs at variable speed Pump speed follows the last staged pump speed Pump stopped Pump staging 265 Complete settings CSt- Synchronized Speed Control Mode If [M/P Speed Mode] MPSt is set to [Synchronized] SYnC, the pumps are staged and destaged simultaneously. With this selection, all pumps run at the same speed. a b Pump runs at variable speed Pump speed follows the pump 1 speed [Booster Control] bCm Booster control activation. Setting Code / Value Description [No] no Booster control function disabled Factory setting [Yes] yes Booster control function enabled [Type of Control] tOCt Type of control for the PID = unit choice. This parameter can be accessed if: [Pump System Archi] mpsa is set to [Multi Drives] nVSD or [Multi Masters] nVSDR and, [Booster Control] bCm is set to [Yes] YES. Setting Code / Value Description [nA] nA (without unit) Factory setting [Pressure] PRESS Pressure control and unit [Flow] FLOW Flow control and unit [Other] OtHer Other control and unit (%) [M/P Speed Mode] MPSt Multipump speed mode selection This parameter can be accessed if: [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR and, [M/P Device Role] MPdt is set to [Master] MASt or [Master Only] MAST1 or [Master or Slave] MAST2. 266 Setting Code / Value Description [Distributed] dMC Distributed multipump speed control mode [Advanced] AMC Advanced multipump speed control mode Factory setting [Synchronized] SYnC Synchronized multipump speed control mode EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Pump Fixed Freq] MPFS Pump fixed frequency in distributed mode This parameter can be accessed if [M/P Speed Mode] MPST is set to [Distributed] dMC. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 50 Hz [Booster Nb Of Pumps] BCPN Booster number of pumps Maximum number of pumps that can operate in the same time. NOTE: If set to 0, there is no maximum defined. All the pumps of the architecture can be used. This parameter can be accessed if: [Booster Control ]bCm is set to [Yes] Yes and, [M/P Speed Mode] MPSt is not set to Synchronized SYnC This parameter can be accessed if [M/P Speed Mode] MPST is set to [Distributed] dMC or [Advanced] AMC. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...6 Setting range Factory setting: 0 267 Complete settings CSt- [Stage/Destage condition] sdCm- Menu Access [Complete settings] condition] [Pump functions] [Booster control] [Booster control] [Stage/Destage About This Menu It is necessary to specify how the stage and de-stage conditions are managed by setting the [Stage/Destage condition] SdCM- menu: [Speed] SPd: staging/de-staging occurs according to conditions on the drive output frequency (Lead pump velocity). [Feedback] Fbk: staging/de-staging occurs according to conditions on the outlet pressure feedback. [Speed+Flow] SPFL: staging occurs according to conditions on the drive output frequency (pump velocity), de-staging occurs according to flow conditions. [Feedback+Flow] FbFL: staging occurs according to conditions on the outlet pressure feedback, destaging occurs acording to flow conditions. [Energy Optimized] oPT: staging/de-staging occurs automatically to optimize the energy consumption of the system. After a staging or de-staging condition is taken into account, no new staging or de-staging can occur during [Booster S/D Interval] bSdt delay. This is applied in any case, regardless of the settings of the function. Staging/Destaging on Speed Condition Staging occurs if the reference frequency stays above [Booster Stg Speed] bSS for longer than [Booster Stg Delay] bSd. De-staging occurs if the reference frequency stays below [Booster Dstg Speed] bdS for longer than [Booster Dstg Delay] bdd. Staging/Destaging on Pressure Feedback Condition The working area [Booster Working Range] bCWA is expressed in a % of the reference value for the pressure. Staging occurs if PID error (taking into account [PID Inversion] PIC) stays below the working area while PID controller is at high limit speed for longer than [Booster Stg Delay] bSd. High limit speed corresponds to limitation speed of PID (minimum between [High Speed] HSP & [PID Max Output] POH). De-staging occurs if PID error (taking into account [PID Inversion] PIC) stays above working area while PID controller is at low limit speed, for longer than [Booster Dstg Delay] bdd. Low limit speed corresponds to speed at which PID controller has no effect (maximum between [Low Speed] LSP & [PID Min Output] POL). Destaging on Flow Condition 268 If [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL: staging occurs according to Speed condition (see Staging/Destaging on Speed Condition description). If [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Feedback+Flow] FbFl: staging occurs according to Pressure Feedback condition (see Staging/Destaging on Pressure Feedback Condition description). De-staging occurs according to flow level [Booster Dstg Flow] bdF. Flow sensor or estimated system flow needs to be configured. If the [Booster Dstg Flow] bdF level is not reached and if pump is running at its low speed, de-staging occurs. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Staging/Destaging on Energy Optimized If [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Energy Optimized] oPT, staging/de-staging occurs automatically according to the pump characteristics to optimize the energy consumption of the system. This method can be selected if the pump curve characteristics are configured with [Mode] PCM = [PHQ] PHQ. The flow sensor or estimated system flow needs to be configured. [Booster S/D Flow Hyst] bSdH can be used to avoid many stage/de-stage of pumps. [Head Static Offset] HEo and [Head Dynamic Gain] HEG needs to be configured to have a good estimation of the required head according to the pressure setpoint. [Pump Op Point Filter] WPXF can be used to filter the pump operating point. Staging/Destaging on Override The override area is used whatever the configuration of the system and the strategy used.If the pressure feedback is out of the [Booster Override Range] bCOA range, expressed in % of the reference value for the pressure, a staging/de-staging is immediate. This increases the reactivity of the system in case of an important and rapid variation of the demand. It allows suppressing the staging/de-staging delay. [Booster S/D Condition] bsdC Booster stage/de-stage condition. NOTE: The stage/de-stage condition list depends of the setting of [M/P Speed Mode] MPSt Setting Code / Value Description [Speed] spd Staging/De-staging on speed condition [Feedback] fbk Staging/De-staging on pressure feedback condition Factory setting [Speed+Flow] SPFL Staging on speed, de-staging on flow condition [Feedback+Flow] FbFL Staging on pressure feedback, de-staging on flow condition [Energy Optimized] OPt Staging/De-staging automatically for energy optimization [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A Installation flow sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [Booster Control] bCM is set to [Yes] YES [Booster S/D Condition] bSdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SFPL Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [Di5 PulseInput Assignment]...[Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Est. Pump Flow] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow [Est. System Flow] SLSF Estimated system flow This selection is only possible if [Pump System Archit] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR NOTE: To use this selection, all the pump characteristics of the system must be configured. NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). EAV64318 11/2016 269 Complete settings CSt- [Booster Working Range] bCwa Booster working area in % of the reference value for the pressure. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Condition] bsdC is set to [Feedback] fbk. Setting Description 1.0...100.0% Setting range in % of the reference value for the pressure Factory setting: 2.0% [Booster Stg Speed] bss Booster stage speed. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Condition] bsdC is set to [Speed] spd. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 50.0 Hz [Booster Dstg Speed] bds Booster de-stage speed. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Condition] bsdC is set to [Speed] spd. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR. Factory setting: 40.0 Hz [Booster Dstg Flow] bdF Booster destage flow. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Condition] bsdC is set to [Speed+Flow] SPFL or [Feedback+Flow] FbFL. Setting Description 0.0...3276.7 Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 [Booster Stg Delay] bsd Booster stage delay. Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 s [Booster Dstg Delay] bdd Booster de-stage delay. 270 Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 s EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Booster Override Range] bCoa Booster override range. Setting Code / Value Description [No] no Booster override range disabled Factory setting 0.1...100.0% Setting range [Booster S/D Flow Hyst] bSdH Booster stage/destage flow hysteresis. This parameter can be used to avoid many stage/de-stage of pumps. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Condition] bsdC is set to [Energy Optimized] OPT. Setting Description 0.0...100.0% Setting range. Percentage of nominal pump flow. Factory setting: 3.0% [Head Static Offset] HEO Head static offset. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Condition] bsdC is set to [Energy Optimized] OPT. This parameter must be configured to allow good estimation of head. Setting Description -100.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Head Dynamic Gain] HEG Head dynamic gain. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Condition] bsdC is set to [Energy Optimized] OPT. This parameter must be configured to allow good estimation of head. Setting Description -100.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Pump Op Point Filter] WPXF Pump operating point filter. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] no. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.00 s...60.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 1.00 s 271 Complete settings CSt- [Stage/Destage method] sdmm- Menu Access [Complete settings] method] [Pump functions] [Booster control] [Booster control] [Stage/Destage About This Menu The stage/de-stage method is set by [Booster S/D Control] bSdM parameter: [Speed] bSPd: during stage/de-stage, PID controller is by-passed and a fixed reference frequency is applied. [Feedback] bFb: outlet pressure remains regulated by the PID controller during stage/de-stage. [Advanced] advC: outlet pressure remains regulated by the PID controller during stage/de-stage and disturbances due to stage/de-stage are taken into account by the PID controller to reduce them. NOTE: When [Pump System Archi] MPSA is not set to [Simple Drive] VNDOL, only [Feedback] BFB method is available. Staging/Destaging on Speed Control When the staging is requested, after the delay [Booster Stg Ramp Delay] bSrd, the variable speed pump output frequency is reduced to reach [Booster Stg Bypass Spd] bSbS according to [Booster Stg Bypass Time] bSbt. When the de-staging is requested, after the delay [Booster Dstg Ramp Delay] bdrd, the variable speed pump output frequency is increased to reach [Booster Dstg Bypass Spd] bdbS according to [Booster Dstg Bypass Time] bdbt. 272 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Staging/Destaging on Pressure Feedback Control When the staging is requested, a pump is started and the outlet pressure remains regulated according to the PID controller settings. When the de-staging is requested, a pump is stopped and the outlet pressure remains regulated according to the PID controller settings. Staging/Destaging on Advanced Pressure Control When the staging is requested, a pump is started after the [FeedFwd Stage Delay] FFSd and the outlet pressure remains regulated according to the PID controller settings, in addition to a feedforward strategy to reduce the pressure overshoot. When the de-staging is requested, a pump is stopped after the [FeedFwd Destage Delay] FFdd and the outlet pressure remains regulated according to the PID controller settings, in addition to a feedforward strategy to reduce the pressure undershoot. The PID controller speed loop parameters should be adjusted to compensate the pressure variation linked to the normal operation of the system (close or open valves for example) without staging or destaging a pump. The aim of the feedforward function is to reduce the overshoot or undershoot following a pump stage or de-stage. These two parameters should be set without variations generated by the system (close or open valves for example). The feedforward parameters should be adjusted after the PID controller is set. The [FeedFwd Disturb Gain] FFG parameter is a static gain that should be adjusted to reduce the maximum value of the output pressure overshoot or undershoot following a pump stage or de-stage. The [FeedFwd Disturb Time] FFtG parameter correspond to the time between the pump stage or destage command to the time when the maximum value of the output pressure overshoot or undershoot following a pump stage or de-stage is reached. [Booster S/D Control] bsdm Booster stage/de-stage control. Setting Code / Value Description [Speed] bspd Basic speed [Feedback] bfbk Basic feedback Factory setting [Advanced] advC Advanced [Booster Stg Bypass Speed] bsbs Booster stage bypass speed. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Control] bsdm is set to [Speed] bspd. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 45.0 Hz [Booster Stg Bypass Time] bsbt Booster stage bypass time. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Control] bsdm is set to [Speed] bspd. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 3.0 s 273 Complete settings CSt- [Booster Stg Ramp Delay] bsrd Booster stage ramp delay. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Control] bsdm is set to [Speed] bspd. Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 1.0 s [Booster Dstg Bypass Spd] bdbs Booster de-stage bypass speed. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Control] bsdm is set to [Speed] bspd. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 50.0 Hz [Booster Dstg Bypass Time] bdbt Booster de-stage bypass time. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Control] bsdm is set to [Speed] bspd. Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 1.0 s [Booster Dstg Ramp Delay] bdrd Booster de-stage ramp delay. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Control] bsdm is set to [Speed] bspd. Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 s [FeedFwd Stage Delay] ffsd Feed forward stage delay. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Control] bsdm is set to [Advanced] advC. Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 1.0 s [FeedFwd Destage Delay] ffdd Feed forward de-stage delay. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Control] bsdm is set to [Advanced] advC. 274 Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 s EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [FeedFwd Disturb Gain] ffg Feed forward disturbance gain. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Control] bsdm is set to [Advanced] advC. Setting Description 0.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 20.0% [FeedFwd Disturb Time] fftg Feed forward disturbance time. This parameter can be accessed if [Booster S/D Control] bsdm is set to [Advanced] advC. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...99.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 3.0 s 275 Complete settings CSt- [Booster control] bsC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Booster control] [Booster control] [Booster S/D Interval] bsdt Booster stage/de-stage time interval. This parameter can be accessed if: [Booster Control] bCM is set to [Yes] YES and [M/P Speed Mode] MPST is not set to [Synchronized] Sync Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 15.0 s [PID acceleration time] ACCP PID: acceleration during start-up. PID start ramp can be applied before starting the PID controller to allow reaching quickly the PID reference without increasing PID gains. If configured, the [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS is applied up to [Low Speed] LSP instead of [PID acceleration time] ACCP. This parameter can be accessed if [PID feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No. Setting 0.01...99,99 s 1 276 Description (1) Setting range Factory setting: 5.00 s Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.8 [Pump functions] - [Level control] [Pump functions] - [Level control] Introduction The aim of the level control function is to operate: Filling operation Emptying operation This function offers a random level functionality by changing the start and stop level after each operation (at the end of filling or emptying operation) in order to start and stop the next filling or emptying operation from different levels. The level control function can be used for single pump or multi-pump architecture. This menu can be accessed if [Application Selection] APPt is set to [Pump Level Control] LEVEL. What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [System architecture] mpq- Menu 278 [Pumps configuration] pump- Menu 278 [Level control] lcc- Menu 279 [Level control] lcc- Menu 286 [Level settings] lcL- Menu 293 277 Complete settings CSt- [System architecture] mpq- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Level control] [System architecture] About This Menu Identical to [System architecture] mpq- Menu (see page 245). [Pumps configuration] pump- Menu Access [Complete settings] configuration] [Pump functions] [Level control] [System architecture] [Pumps About This Menu Identical to [Pumps configuration] pump- Menu (see page 260). 278 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Level control] lcc- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Level control] [Level control] About This Menu The function activation is done by setting the [LevelCtrl Mode] LCM: [No] nO: the function is not activated. [Filling] FILL: the function is activated to operate a filling operation. [Emptying] EMPtY: the function is activated to operate an emptying operation. System Configuration It is necessary to specify how the level of the liquid is acquired by setting the [LevelCtrl Sensor Type] LCnt: [Level sensor] LEUEL or [Pressure sensor] PrES: the level information comes from an analog sensor. The value returned by each sensor (sensor 1 in the example) is compared continuously to the configured levels [Level 1 Pump Start] LrL1 and [Level 1 Pump Stop] LPL1. It is necessary to associate an analog input for the level measurement by setting [Level Sensor Assign] LCSA. [Level Switches] SW: the level information comes from digital inputs. In this case. The state of each digital input indicates which pump to start and which pump to stop. The quantity of level switches required is equal to [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn. It is necessary to associate digital inputs (digital input 1 in the example) for the level measurement by setting [Level Switch1 Assign] LCW1. Analog level sensor Switch level sensor Analog pressure sensor A random level factor [LevelCtrl Random Factor] LCrX can be set to reduce caking in the tank. A value of 0% deactivates the function. The start level for the first pump to start and the stop level for the last pump to stop is applied taking into account a random offset based on +/- [LevelCtrl Random Factor] LCrX %. Level Control Strategy Three level control strategies are available through [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt parameter: If using an analog sensor (analog sensor level or pressure sensor), [Standard] bASIC level control strategy and [Energy Optimized] AdU strategy are available. If using level switches, [Switches] trAd strategy is available. EAV64318 11/2016 279 Complete settings CSt- [Standard] bASIC level control strategy Starting and stopping pump is based on the comparison between the analog level sensor value and configured level values start and stop levels (Example for pump 1: the start level for the first pump to start [Level 1st Pump Start] LrL1 and the stop level for the last pump to stop [Level 1st Pump Stop] LPL1) according to the number of used pumps in the system. [Empty Tank Level] LCtJ and [Full Tank Level] LCtk should be set to used this level control strategy. The reference frequency follows a trajectory computed according to the level in tank. The following figures show the principal of the basic strategy in the case of one pump for filling and emptying process: Filling Emptying Strategy with one variable speed pump and fixed speed pumps The following figures show how you can extrapolate this strategy in case of one variable speed pump and two fixed speed pumps: 280 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Filling / three pumps Emptying / three pumps Cycle description example for emptying process with three pumps: The variable speed pump starts at the first pump to start level [Level 1st Pump Start] LrL1. If the level in the tank is still increasing, its frequency reference increases up to [High Speed] HSP. It corresponds to the tank level [Level 1st Pump at HSP] LHL1. When the level in the tank reaches the second pump to start [Level 2nd Pump Start] LrL2, a fixed speed pump starts, the variable speed pumps is still at [High Speed] HSP. When the level in the tank reaches the third pump to start level [Level 3rd Pump Start] LrL3, the second fixed speed pump starts, the variable speed pumps is still at [High Speed] HSP. When the level in the tank decreases under the first pump to stop level [Level 1st Pump Stop] LPL1, a fixed speed pump stops, the variable speed pumps is still at [High Speed] HSP. When the level in the tank decreases under second pump to stop level [Level 2nd Pump Stop] LPL2, the second fixed speed pump stops, the variable speed pumps is still at [High Speed] HSP. If the level in the tank is still decreasing, the frequency reference decreases up to [LevelCtrl Low Speed] LCLS. When the level in the tank decreases under the third pump to stop level [Level 3rd Pump Stop] LPL3, the variable speed pump stops. EAV64318 11/2016 281 Complete settings CSt- Strategy with multiple variable speed pumps The following figures show how you can extrapolate this strategy in case of multiple variable speed pumps: Filling / three pumps Emptying / three pumps Cycle description example for emptying process with three pumps: 282 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- The first pump is started when level reaches the point [Level 1st Pump Start] LrL1. The pump frequency reference is calculated by the system between the point [Level 1st Pump Stop] LPL1 and [Level 1st Pump at HSP] LHL1. If the level in tank increases, the frequency reference increases until the [High Speed] HSP when level in tank reaches [Level 1st Pump at HSP] LHL1 and remains at this frequency reference. If the level in tank decreases, the frequency reference decreases until [Low Speed] LSP when the level in tank reaches [Level 1st Pump Stop] LPL1 and then pump stops. When the level in tank reaches the second pump to start [Level 2nd Pump Start] LrL2, the second pump starts and the two pumps runs at same calculated frequency reference between [Level 2nd Pump Stop] LPL2 and [Level 2nd Pump at HSP] LHL2. If the level in tank increases, the frequency reference of the two pumps increases until the [High Speed] HSP of each pump when level in tank reaches [Level 2nd Pump at HSP] LHL2 and remains at this frequency reference. If the level in tank decreases, the frequency reference decreases until a calculated low speed (point A of the curve) when the level in tank reaches [Level 2st Pump Stop] LPL2 and then second pump stops. When the level in tank reaches the third pump to start [Level 3rd Pump Start] LrL3, the third pump starts and the three pumps runs at same calculated frequency reference between [Level 3rd Pump Stop] LPL3 and [Level 3nd Pump at HSP] LHL3.If the level in tank increases, the frequency reference of the three pumps increases until the [High Speed] HSP of each pump when level in tank reaches [Level 3rd Pump at HSP] LHL3 and remains at this frequency reference. If the level in tank decreases, the frequency reference decreases until a calculated low speed (point B of the curve) when the level in tank reaches [Level 3rd Pump Stop] LPL3 and then third pump stops. [Energy Optimized] AdU strategy This strategy consists on the internal calculation of the optimal velocity profile which corresponds to the minimum of the energy consumed by the system during a filling or emptying process. The system runs at an optimal working point during the filling or emptying process. To perform this strategy, following data are required: Validated pump curve characteristics (Hn, Pn, Qn at nominal speed). The pump curves should be configured previously in the [Pump characteristics] PCr- menu; pump parameterization is valid if the pump curve status [Status] PCS equals to [ACTIVE] ACtiVE. Estimated or measured system flow. The volume of the tank [Tank Volume] LCtU, the minimum delivery height of the system [Min Delivery Height] LCdJ and the maximum delivery height of the system [Max Delivery Height] LCDk. EAV64318 11/2016 283 Complete settings CSt- [Switches] trAd strategy Starting and stopping pumps is based on level switches status (0: OFF or 1: ON). If [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Single Drive] UndOL, the variable speed pump runs at its nominal speed and auxiliary pumps runs at fixed speed. If [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSD, all pumps are running at their nominal speed. The following figure shows the principal with the switches strategy (example with 3 pumps): a b c Variable speed pump 1 (lead pump) Fixed or variable speed pump 2 Fixed or variable speed pump 3 The previous example shows the way that the pumps are stopped if [LevelCtrl Stop Mode] LCPM is set to [Individual Stop] IndIU. It is possible to stop all the pumps at the same time when level switch 1 changes to OFF state by setting [LevelCtrl Stop Mode] LCPM to [Simultaneous Stop] COMM. Warnings and Errors Handling 284 A [High Level Warning] LCHA warning is active if the maximum level switch defined by [Max Level Switch Assign] LCWL is active. If it occurs during filling process, a [High Level Error] LCHF error is activated. This error is active also if the sensor value reaches 100% of the tank in filling mode and 0% in emptying mode. A [Low Level Warning] LCLA warning is active if the minimum level switch defined by [Min Level Switch Assign] LCWH is active. If it occurs during emptying process, a [Low Level Error] LCLF error is activated. All pumps are stopped in case of [High Level Error] LCHF or [Low Level Error] LCLF error, whatever the setting of [LevelCtrl Error Resp] LCFb. A [Level Switch Warning] LCWA warning is active in case of an inconsistent feedback from the level switches (for example, if the level switches 1 and 3 are active and the level switch 2 is inactive). EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [LevelCtrl Mode] LCm Level control mode. This parameter can be accessed if: [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Single Drive] VNDOL, or [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] NVSD, and [M/P Device Role] MPDT is set to [Master] MAST, or [Pump System Archi] MPSA is set to [Multi Masters] NVSDR and, [M/P Device Role] MPDT is set to [Master Only] MAST1 or [Master or Slave] MAST2. Setting Code / Value Description [No] no Deactivated Factory setting [Filling] fill Filling mode [Emptying] empty Emptying mode [LevelCtrl Nb Of Pumps] LCPn Number of pumps used in Level Control Maximum number of pumps that can operate in the same time This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Mode] LcM is not set to [No] no. NOTE: If set to 0, there is no maximum defined. All the pumps of the architecture can be used. Setting Description 0...6 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [LevelCtrl Sensor Type] LCnt Level control sensor type. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Mode] lcm is not set to [No] no. Setting Code / Value Description [Level Switches] sw Level switches Factory setting [Level Sensor] level Level sensor [Pressure Sensor] pres Pressure sensor [Level Sensor Assign] LCsa Level sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Mode] lCm is not set to [No] no, and [LevelCtrl Sensor Type] lCnt is not set to [Level Switches] SW This parameter can be accessed if [Applcation Selection] appt is set to [Level] level. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). EAV64318 11/2016 285 Complete settings CSt- [Level control] lcc- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Level control] [Level control] About This Menu This menu can be accessed if [Pump System Archi] mpsa is not set to [No] no. Delivery Height Configuration To work at optimal System Best Efficiency Point, it is needed to configure the static head of the system by configuring [Min Delivery Height] LCdJ and [Max Delivery Height] LCDk. If these parameters are not configured, the system will work at Pump BEP instead of System BEP. If only one of these parameters is configured, the other one will be calculated, taking into account the height estimation of the tank, based on sensor or tank configuration. When the delivery height is constant whatever the tank level, the [Min Delivery Height] LCdJ and [Max Delivery Height] LCDk must be configured. The following figure describe how to calculate the delivery heights in case of a filling process from source tank pumped from top to destination tank filled from bottom: hd discharge height when destination tank is empty. Hd discharge height when destination tank is full. Hs suction height when source tank is full. The following figure describe how to calculate the delivery heights in case of a filling process from source tank pumped from bottom to destination tank filled from bottom: hd Hd hs Hs 286 discharge height when destination tank is empty discharge height when destination tank is full. suction height when source tank is empty. suction height when source tank is full. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- The following figure describe how to calculate the delivery heights in case of a filling process from source tank pumped from top to destination tank filled from top: hd discharge height when destination tank is empty. Hd discharge height when destination tank is full. Hs suction height when source tank is full. The following figure describes how to calculate the delivery heights in case of an emptying process: hd discharge height when destination tank is empty. Hd discharge height when destination tank is full. [Empty Tank Level] LCtj Empty tank level sensor value. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] lcst is not set to [Switches] trad. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 m Setting range in meter or in pressure value according to [LevelCtrl Sensor Type] LCnt Factory setting: 0.00 m [Full Tank Level] LCtk Full tank level sensor value. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] lcst is not set to [Switches] trad. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 m Setting range in meter or in pressure value according to [LevelCtrl Sensor Type] LCnt Factory setting: 0.00 m 287 Complete settings CSt- [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCst Level control strategy. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Mode] lcm is not set to [No] no. Setting Code / Value Description [Switches] trad Switches Factory setting [Standard] basic Standard [Energy Optimized] adv Energy optimized [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A Installation flow sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] lcst is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [Di5 PulseInput Assignment]...[Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Est. Pump Flow] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow [Est. System Flow] SLSF Estimated system flow This selection is only possible if [Pump System Archit] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR NOTE: To use this selection, all the pump characteristics of the system must be configured. NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). [Tank Volume] LCtV Tank volume to be filled or emptied. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] lcst is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] sufr Factory setting: 0 [Min Delivery Height] LCdJ Minimum delivery height. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] lcst is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. 288 Setting Description 0.00...327.67 m Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] sufr Factory setting: 0.00 m EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Max Delivery Height] LCdK Maximum delivery height This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] lcst is set to [Energy Optimized] adu. Setting Description [No] no...327.67 m Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] sufr Factory setting: [No] no [LevelCtrl Low Speed] LCls Level control low speed. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] lcst is not set to [Switches] trad. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 35.0 Hz [LevelCtrl Stop Mode] LCpm Level control stop mode. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] lcst is set to [Switches] trad. Setting Code / Value Description [Simultaneous Stop] comm All pumps stopped simultaneously [Individual Stop] indiv Each pump stopped individually Factory setting [LevelCtrl Random Factor] LCrx Level control random factor. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Mode] lcm is not set to [No] no. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 0% 289 Complete settings CSt- [Min Level Switch Assign] LCWl Minimum level switch assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Mode] lcm is not set to [No] no. 290 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Max Level Switch Assign] LCWh Maximum level switch assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Mode] lcm is not set to [No] no. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration [LevelCtrl Error Resp] LCfb Level control error response. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Mode] lcm is not set to [No] no. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting [Disturb Flow Comp] LCqG Disturbance flow compensation. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCst is set to [Energy Optimized] Adv. Setting Description 0...200% Setting range Factory setting: 100% NOTE: If the parameter is set below 100%, the priority is given to energy optimization compare to flow compensation. EAV64318 11/2016 291 Complete settings CSt- [Disturb Flow Resp Time] LCqt Disturbance flow response time. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCst is set to [Energy Optimized] Adv. Setting Description 0.0...10.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 1.00 s [LevelCtrl S/D Interval] LCdt Level Control stage/destage interval Time before taking into account a new stage/de-stage of pump. This parameter can be accessed if [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCst is set to [Energy Optimized] ADV. 292 Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 15 s EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Level settings] lcL- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Level control] [Level settings] About This Menu According to the configured [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt , it is necessary to assign: Digital inputs for the level switches, in case of [Switches] trAd has been selected. Levels in % for the next pump to start, for next pump to stop, and for the pump at high speed, in case of [Standard] bASIC or [Energy Optimized] AdU level control strategy has been selected. [Level Switch1 Assign] lcw1 Level switch 1 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Switches] trad, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 0. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [Level Switch2 Assign] lcw2 Level switch 2 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Switches] trad, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 1. Identical to [Level Switch1 Assign] lcw1 (see page 293). EAV64318 11/2016 293 Complete settings CSt- [Level Switch3 Assign] lcw3 Level switch 3 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Switches] trad, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 2. Identical to [Level Switch1 Assign] lcw1 (see page 293). [Level Switch4 Assign] lcw4 Level switch 4 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Switches] trad, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 3. Identical to [Level Switch1 Assign] lcw1 (see page 293). [Level Switch5 Assign] lcw5 Level switch 5 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Switches] trad, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 4. Identical to [Level Switch1 Assign] lcw1 (see page 293). [Level Switch6 Assign] lcw6 Level switch 6 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is set to [Switches] trad, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 5. Identical to [Level Switch1 Assign] lcw1 (see page 293). [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 Level to start first pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 0. Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 0% [Level 1st Pump Stop] lpl1 Level to stop first pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 0. 294 Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 0% EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Level 1st Pump at HSP] lhl1 Level to reach first pump high speed. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 0. Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 0% [Level 2nd Pump Start] lrl2 Level to start second pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 1. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 294). [Level 2nd Pump Stop] lpl2 Level to stop second pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 1. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 294). [Level 2nd Pump at HSP] lhl2 Level to reach second pump high speed. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 1. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 295). [Level 3rd Pump Start] lrl3 Level to start third pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 2. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 294). [Level 3rd Pump Stop] lpl3 Level to stop third pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 2. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 294). EAV64318 11/2016 295 Complete settings CSt- [Level 3rd Pump at HSP] lhl3 Level to reach third pump high speed. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 2. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 295). [Level 4th Pump Start] lrl4 Level to start fourth pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 3. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 294). [Level 4th Pump Stop] lpl4 Level to stop fourth pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 3. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 294). [Level 4th Pump at HSP] lhl4 Level to reach fourth pump high speed. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 3. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 295). [Level 5th Pump Start] lrl5 Level to start fifth pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 4. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 294). [Level 5th Pump Stop] lpl5 Level to stop fifth pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 4. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 294). [Level 5th Pump at HSP] lhl5 Level to reach fifth pump high speed. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 4. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 295). 296 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Level 6th Pump Start] lrl6 Level to start sixth pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 5. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 294). [Level 6th Pump Stop] lpl6 Level to stop sixth pump. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 5. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 294). [Level 6th Pump at HSP] lhl6 Level to reach sixth pump high speed. This parameter can be accessed if: [LevelCtrl Strategy] LCSt is not set to [Switches] trad or [Energy Optimized] ADV, and [Nb Of Pumps] MPPn is higher than 5. Identical to [Level 1st Pump Start] lrl1 (see page 295). EAV64318 11/2016 297 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.9 [Pump functions] - [PID controller] [Pump functions] - [PID controller] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 298 Page [PID controller] PId- Overview 299 [PID Feedback] Fdb- Menu 302 [PID Reference] rF- Menu 308 [PID preset references] PrI- Menu 311 [PID Reference] rF- Menu 313 [Settings] St- Menu 314 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [PID controller] PId- Overview About This Menu NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Block Diagram The function is activated by assigning an analog input to the PID feedback (measurement). The PID feedback needs to be assigned to one of the analog inputs AI1 to AI5 or a pulse input, according to whether any I/O extension module has been inserted. The PID reference needs to be assigned to the following parameters: Preset references via digital inputs ([Ref PID Preset 2] rP2, [Ref PID Preset 3] rP3, [Ref PID Preset 4]rP4). In accordance with the configuration of [Intern PID Ref] PII: [Internal PID ref] rPI, or Reference A [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b. Combination Table for Preset PID References: DI (Pr4) DI (Pr2) Pr2 = nO Reference rPI or Fr1(b) 0 0 rPI or Fr1(b) 0 1 rP2 1 0 rP3 1 1 rP4 A predictive speed reference can be used to initialize the speed on restarting the process. Scaling of feedback and references: [Min PID feedback] PIF1, [Max PID feedback] PIF2 parameters can be used to scale the PID feedback (sensor range). This scale must be maintained for all other parameters. [Min PID Process] PIP1, [Max PID Process] PIP2 parameters can be used to scale the adjustment range, for example the reference. Check that the adjustment range remains within the sensor range. The maximum value of the scaling parameters is 32,767. To facilitate the installation, it is recommended to use values as close as possible to this maximum level, while retaining powers of 10 in relation to the actual values. The scaling is without unit if [Type of control] tOCt is set to [NA] nA, in % if set to [OTHER] OtHEr, in process unit if set to [PRESSURE] PrESS or [FLOW] FLOW. Example Adjustment of the volume in a tank, 6...15 m3. 3 3 Probe used 4-20 mA, 4.5 m for 4 mA and 20 m for 20 mA, with the result that PIF1 = 4,500 and PIF2 = 20,000. EAV64318 11/2016 Adjustment range 6 to 15 m3, with the result that PIP1 = 6,000 (min. reference) and PIP2 = 15,000 (max. reference). Example references: rP1 (internal reference) = 9,500 rP2 (preset reference) = 6,500 rP3 (preset reference) = 8,000 rP4 (preset reference) = 11,200 299 Complete settings CSt- Other parameters: Reversal of the direction of correction [PID Inversion] PIC. If [PID Inversion] PIC is set to [No] nO, the speed of the motor increases when the detected error is positive (for example pressure control with a compressor). If [PID Inversion] PIC is set to [Yes] YES, the speed of the motor decreases when the detected error is positive (for example temperature control using a cooling fan). The integral gain may be short-circuited by a digital input. A warning on the [PID feedback] PiF may be configured. A warning on the [PID error] rPE may be configured. "Manual - Automatic" Operation with PID This function combines the PID controller, the preset speeds, and a manual reference. Depending on the state of the digital input, the speed reference is given by the preset speeds or by a manual reference input via the PID function. Manual PID reference [Manual PID reference] PIM: Analog inputs AI1 to AI5 Pulse inputs Predictive speed reference [Predictive Speed Ref] FPI: [AI1] AI1: analog input [AI2] AI2: analog input [AI3] AI3: analog input [AI4] AI4: analog input if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI5] AI5: analog input if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI5 PulseInput Assignment] PI5: pulse input [DI6 PulseInput Assignment] PI6: pulse input [Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC: Graphic Display Terminal [Modbus] Mdb: integrated Modbus [CANopen] CAn: CANopen® (if inserted) [Com. Module] nEt: fieldbus option module (if inserted) [Embedded Ethernet] EtH: integrated Ethernet 300 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Setting Up the PID Controller 1. Configuration in PID mode. Refer to the Block Diagram (see page 299). 2. Perform a test in factory settings mode. To optimize the drive, adjust [PID Prop.Gain] rPG or [PID Intgl.Gain] rIG gradually and independently, and observe the effect on the PID feedback in relation to the reference. 3. If the factory settings are unstable or the reference is incorrect. Step Action 1 Perform a test with a speed reference in Manual mode (without PID controller) and with the drive on load for the speed range of the system: In steady state, the speed must be stable and comply with the reference, and the PID feedback signal must be stable. In transient state, the speed must follow the ramp and stabilize quickly, and the PID feedback must follow the speed. If not, see the settings for the drive and/or sensor signal and wiring. 2 Switch to PID mode. 3 Set [PID ramp] PrP to the minimum permitted by the mechanism without triggering an [DC Bus Overvoltage] ObF. 4 Set the integral gain [PID Intgl.Gain] rIG to minimum. 5 Leave the derivative gain [PID derivative gain] rdG at 0. 6 Observe the PID feedback and the reference. 7 Switch the drive ON/OFF a number of times or vary the load or reference rapidly a number of times. 8 Set the proportional gain [PID Prop.Gain] rPG in order to ascertain the compromise between response time and stability in transient phases (slight overshoot and 1 to 2 oscillations before stabilizing). 9 If the reference varies from the preset value in steady state, gradually increase the integral gain [PID Intgl.Gain] rIG, reduce the proportional gain [PID Prop.Gain] rPG in the event of instability (pump applications), find a compromise between response time and static precision (see diagram). 10 Lastly, the derivative gain may permit the overshoot to be reduced and the response time to be improved, although this is more difficult to obtain a compromise in terms of stability, as it depends on 3 gains. 11 Perform in-production tests over the whole reference range. The oscillation frequency depends on the system kinematics: EAV64318 11/2016 Parameter Rise time Overshoot Stabilization time Static error rPG + -- + = - rIG + - ++ + -- rdG + = - - = 301 Complete settings CSt- [PID Feedback] Fdb- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [PID controller] [PID Feedback] About This Menu NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. [Type of Control] tOCt Type of control for the PID = unit choice. Setting Code / Value Description [nA] nA (without unit) Factory setting [Pressure] PRESS Pressure control and unit [Flow] FLOW Flow control and unit [Other] OtHer Other control and unit (%) [PID Feedback] PIF PID controller feedback. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [PulseInput Assignment On DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [AI1 Type] AI1t Configuration of analog input AI1. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1. 302 Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc Factory setting [Current] 0A 0-20 mA [PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial) [KTY] KtY 1 KTY84 [PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires [PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI1 min value] UIL1 AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc [AI1 max value] UIH1 AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc [AI1 min. value] CrL1 AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A. Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 mA [AI1 max. value] CrH1 AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 20.0 mA 303 Complete settings CSt- [AI2 Type] AI2t Configuration of analog input AI2. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc Factory setting [Current] 0A 0-20 mA [PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial) [KTY] KtY 1 KTY84 [PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires [PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires [Water Prob] leuel Water level [3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires [3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires [AI2 min value] UIL2 AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 303). [AI2 max value] UIH2 AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 303). [AI2 min. value] CrL2 AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 303). [AI2 max. value] CrH2 AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 303). [AI3 Type] AI3t Configuration of analog input AI3. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3. Identical to [AI1 Type] AI1t with factory setting: [Current] 0A (see page 304). 304 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI3 min value] UIL3 AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 303). [AI3 max value] UIH3 AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 303). [AI3 min. value] CrL3 AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 303). [AI3 max. value] CrH3 AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 303). [AI4 Type] AI4t Configuration of analog input AI4. This parameter can be accessed if: VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted, and [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc [Current] 0A 0-20 mA [Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc Factory setting [AI4 min value] UIL4 AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 303). EAV64318 11/2016 305 Complete settings CSt- [AI4 max value] UIH4 AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 303). [AI4 min. value] CrL4 AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 303). [AI4 max. value] CrH4 AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 303). [AI5 Type] AI5t Configuration of analog input AI5. This parameter can be accessed if: VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted, and [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5. Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 305). [AI5 min value] UIL5 AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 303). [AI5 max value] UIH5 AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 303). [AI5 min. value] CrL5 AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 303). 306 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI5 max. value] CrH5 AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 303). [Min PID feedback] PIF1 Minimum PID feedback. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no. Setting Description 0...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range Factory setting: 100 [Max PID feedback] PIF2 Maximum PID feedback. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no. Setting Description [Min PID feedback] PIF1...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 1,000 [PID feedback] rPF Value for PID feedback, display only. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: _ [Min Fbk Warning] PAL Minimum feedback level warning. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: 100 [Max Fbk Warning] PAH Maximum feedback level warning. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: 1,000 307 Complete settings CSt- [PID Reference] rF- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [PID controller] [PID Reference] About This Menu NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. [Intern PID Ref] PII Internal PID controller reference. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO The PID controller reference is given by [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b with summing/subtraction/multiplication functions. Refer to the block diagram (see page 299). Factory setting [Yes] YES The PID controller reference is internal via [Internal PID ref] rPI. [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 Configuration reference frequency 1. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No, and [Intern PID Ref] PII is set to [No] NO. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned [AI1] AI1 Analog input AI1 Factory Setting [AI2]...[AI3] AI2...AI3 Analog input AI2...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt Up/Down function is assigned by DIx [HMI] LCC Reference Frequency via remote terminal [Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus [CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been inserted [Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been inserted [Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet PI5...PI6 [DI5 PulseInput Assignment]...[DI6 PulseInput Assignment] Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Min PID reference] PIP1 Minimum PID reference. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO. 308 Setting Description [Min PID feedback] PIF1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range Factory setting: 150 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Max PID reference] PIP2 Maximum PID reference. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO. Setting Description [Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range Factory setting: 900 [Internal PID ref] rPI Internal PID controller reference. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No, and [Intern PID Ref] PII is set to [Yes] YES. Setting Description [Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range Factory setting: 150 [Auto/Manual assign.] PAU Auto/Manual select input. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. 309 Complete settings CSt- [Manual PID Reference] PIM Manual PID reference. Reference input in manual mode. This parameter can be accessed if: [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO, and [Auto/Manual assign.] PAU is not set to [No] nO. The preset speeds are active on the manual reference if they have been configured. 310 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [PulseInput Assignment On DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [PID preset references] PrI- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [PID controller] [PID Reference] [PID preset references] About This Menu The function can be accessed if [PID feedback ass.] PIF is assigned. [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 2 PID preset assignment. If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the function is inactive. If the assigned input or bit is at 1, the function is active. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration [4 PID Preset Assign] Pr4 4 PID preset assignment. Identical to [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 (see page 311). Verify that [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 has been assigned before assigning this function. [Ref PID Preset 2] rP2 Second PID preset reference. This parameter can be accessed only if [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 is assigned. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description [Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range Factory setting: 300 311 Complete settings CSt- [Ref PID Preset 3] rP3 Third PID preset reference. This parameter can be accessed only if [4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 is assigned. Setting Description [Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range Factory setting: 600 [Ref PID Preset 4] rP4 Fourth PID preset reference. This parameter can be accessed only if [2 preset PID ref.] Pr2 and [4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 are assigned. 312 Setting Description [Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range Factory setting: 900 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [PID Reference] rF- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [PID controller] [PID Reference] [Predictive Speed Ref] FPI Predictive speed reference. This parameter can be accessed if: [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr. [PID feedback] PIF is not set to [No] nO Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Ref. Freq- Rmt.Term] LCC Reference frequency via remote terminal [Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus [Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen [Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via communication module [Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet [PulseInput Assignment On DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Speed Input %] PSr PID speed input % reference. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 1...100% Setting range Factory setting: 100% 313 Complete settings CSt- [Settings] St- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [PID controller] [Settings] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No. NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. [PID Prop.Gain] rPG Proportional gain. Setting Description 0.01...100.00 Setting range Factory setting: 1.00 [PI Intgl.Gain] rIG Integral gain. Setting Description 0.01...100.00 Setting range Factory setting: 1.00 [PID derivative gain] rdG Derivative gain. Setting Description 0.00...100.00 Setting range Factory setting: 0.00 [PID ramp] PrP PID acceleration/deceleration ramp, defined to go from [Min PID reference] PIP1 to [Max PID reference] PIP2 and conversely. Setting Description 0.0...99.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 s [PID Inversion] PIC PID inversion. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [Yes] YES Yes [PID Min Output] POL PID controller minimum output in Hz. 314 Setting Description -500.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [PID Max Output] POH PID controller maximum output in Hz. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 60.0 Hz [PID Error Warning] PEr PID error warning. Setting Description 0...65,535 Setting range Factory setting: 100 [PID Integral OFF] PIS Integral shunt. If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the function is inactive (the PID integral is enabled). If the assigned input or bit is at 1, the function is active (the PID integral is disabled). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration 315 Complete settings CSt- [PID acceleration time] ACCP PID: acceleration during start-up. PID start ramp can be applied before starting the PID controller to allow reaching quickly the PID reference without increasing PID gains. If configured, the [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS is applied up to [Low Speed] LSP instead of [PID acceleration time] ACCP. Setting Description 0.01...99,99 s (1) Setting range Factory setting: 5.00 s 1 Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr. [PID Start Ref Freq] SFS PID: speed reference for start-up. 316 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range If [PID Start Ref Freq] SFS is lower than [Low speed] LSP, this function has no effect. Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.10 [Pump functions] - [Sleep/wakeup] [Pump functions] - [Sleep/wakeup] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Sleep/Wakeup] SPW- Overview 318 [Sleep menu] SLP- Menu 321 [Sleep menu] SLP- Menu 323 [Sleep menu] SLP- Menu 324 [Boost] Sbt- Menu 325 [Advanced sleep check] AdS- Menu 326 [Wake up menu] wKP- Menu 328 [Wake up menu] wKP- Menu 329 317 Complete settings CSt- [Sleep/Wakeup] SPW- Overview About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed if [PID feedback ass. ] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. The purpose of the "Sleep / Wake-Up" function is to stop the motor in process standstill situations. It allows you to save energy and helps to prevent premature aging of some equipment that cannot run for a long time at low speed because the greasing or cooling depends on the machine speed. In a pressure-controlled pumping application: The purpose of the Sleep / Wake-Up function is to manage periods of the application where the water demand is low and where it is not needed to keep the main pumps running. It allows you to save energy in low demand periods. Then, when the demand is increasing, the application needs to wake up in order to meet the demand. Optionally, during a sleep period, a Jockey pump can be started to maintain an emergency service pressure or meet a low water demand. Depending on user-defined wakeup conditions, the motor is restarted automatically. Sleep/Wake-Up in PID Control Mode When the drive is used in PID control, one of the following conditions is used to switch the application to the sleep state: Sleep on low speed(when all fixed pumps are Off in case of a multi-pump application). Sleep on low sleep sensor value (using flow sensor for monitoring). Sleep on low motor power (when all fixed pumps are Off in case of a multi-pump application). Sleep on external condition (using drive input). The drive is in "PID control mode" when PID is active. Typically when: PID is configured, and Channel 1 is selected, and PID is in automatic mode. When the drive is in a sleep state, a wake-up condition is used to restart the application: Wake-up on PID Feedback level Wake-up on PID Error level Wake-up on low-pressure condition 318 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Sleep Conditions in PID Control Mode If there is no valid wake-up condition, then the system switches to the sleep mode after one of the configured sleep conditions remains longer than [Sleep Delay] SLPd. The sleep detection mode is selected by configuring [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM. Then the system switches to sleep mode if the selected condition is met: Configuration Condition LF sleep on flow sensor value Sensor value is below the sleep level SW sleep on switch or external condition The switch input becomes active SPd sleep on speed The output frequency is below the sleep speed and all auxiliary PWr sleep on power level The output power is below the sleep power HP sleep on pressure sensor value Sensor value is higher than the sleep level or multiple conditions At least 1 of the configured condition to enter in sleep mode is met Wake-Up Conditions in PID Control Mode The system wakes up according to [Wake Up Mode] WUPM configuration: On PID Feedback level On PID Error level. On low-pressure condition. The system wakes up if the wake up conditions are valid for a time longer than the [Wake Up Delay] WuPD. If [Feedback] FbK is selected, then the system wakes up and goes back in PID control mode: When PID feedback drops below configured [Wake Up Process Level] WUPF if PID is configured in Direct mode, ([PID Inversion] PIC is set to nO). When PID feedback raises above configured [Wake Up Process Level] WUPF, if PID is configured in Reverse mode ([PID Inversion] PIC is set to yES). If [Error] Err is selected, then the system wakes up and goes back in PID control mode: When PID feedback drops below ([PID reference] RPC - [Wake Up Process Error] WUPE), if PID is configured in Direct mode ([PID Inversion] PIC is set to nO). When PID feedback raises above ([PID reference] RPC + [Wake Up Process Error] WUPE), if PID is configured in Reverse mode ([PID Inversion] PIC is set to yES). If [Pressure] LP is selected, then the system wakes up and goes back in PID control mode when the pressure feedback drops below [Wake Up Process Level] WUPF. Boosting Phase in PID Control Mode When entering the sleep mode, the motor accelerates to [Sleep Boost Speed] SLbS during [Sleep Boost Time] SLbt and then stops. If [Sleep Boost Time] SLbt is set to 0, then the boost phase is ignored. Initial State in PID Control Mode Just after the system starts in automatic mode (a run order appears while in automatic mode - channel 1 already selected and PID auto): If a wake-up condition is met, the drive goes in PID control mode (PID started). If a wake-up condition is not met, the drive goes in sleep mode (PID stays stopped and motor is kept halted), and Boosting phase is ignored. When the control is switched to automatic mode while the motor is running (switch to channel 1 or switch to PID auto mode for example), the drive stays in running state and switches to PID automatic mode. Configuration of Sleep External Condition (Usage of a No Flow Switch for Example) Sleep switch allows you to select the source of sleep external condition: nO: no input selected for the sleep external condition. dIx: the sleep external condition (switch for example) is connected to DIx (the assignment is also possible on a control bit in I/O profile). EAV64318 11/2016 319 Complete settings CSt- Configuration of Sleep Sensor (Flow or Pressure Sensor) The assignment of a sleep sensor, the configuration of the selected physical input and the configuration of scaling to process value are performed. A sleep sensor source is selected by [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A and [OutletPres Assign] PS2A which allows to select the analog or pulse input on which the sensor is connected: nO: no input selected for sleep sensor value. AIx: sleep sensor is connected to AIx. AIUx: sleep sensor is connected to virtual AIUx. PIx: sleep sensor is connected to pulse input PIx. The configuration of an analog input is performed. The configuration of a pulse input is performed. Depending on the selected source, the process range of the sensor is configured by: [AIx Lowest Process] AIxJ, [AIx Highest Process] AIxk (without unit), when connected on an analog input. [AIv1 Lowest Process] AVIJ, [AIv1 Highest Process] AVIk (without unit), when using the virtual analog input. [DIx PulseInput Low Freq] PILx, [DIx PulseInput High Freq] PIHx (without unit), when connected on a pulse input configured in frequency. 320 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Sleep menu] SLP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/Wakeup] [Sleep menu] About This Menu [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM Sleep detection mode. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not configured Factory setting [Switch] SW System enters in sleep mode on switch condition [Flow] LF System enters in sleep mode on low flow condition [Speed] SPd System enters in sleep mode on speed condition [Power] PWr System enters in sleep mode on power condition [Pressure] HP System enters in sleep mode on high-pressure condition [Multiple] Or System enters in sleep mode on multiple-OR condition [Sleep Switch Assign] SLPW Sleep switch assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Switch] Sw. Select an external condition to enter in sleep mode (for example, flow switch). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP regardless of configuration 321 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [DI52 (Low level)]… [DI59 d52L…d59L (Low level)] Cabinet low level digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A Installation flow sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Sensor] SnSr. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [Di5 PulseInput Assignment]...[Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Est. Pump Flow] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow [Est. System Flow] SLSF Estimated system flow This selection is only possible if [Pump System Archit] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR NOTE: To use this selection, all the pump characteristics of the system must be configured. NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). 322 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Sleep menu] SLP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [Sleep Flow Level] SLnL Sleep flow level. Sensor level under which the system should enter the sleep mode (Zero value to deactivate). This parameter can be accessed if: [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is not set to [Not Configured] nO, and [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Flow] LF, or [Multiple] or. Setting Description [No] nO to 32,767 Setting range Unit: [Flow rate unit] SuFr (for example, %, l/s; m3/h) Factory setting: [No] nO [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Outlet pressure sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Pressure] HP, or [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Multiple] or. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). EAV64318 11/2016 323 Complete settings CSt- [Sleep menu] SLP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [Sleep Pressure Level] SLPL Sleep pressure level. This parameter can be accessed if: [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is not set to [Not Configured] nO, and [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Pressure] HP, or [Multiple] or. Setting Description [No] nO to 32,767 Setting range Unit: [Flow rate unit] SuFr (for example, %, l/s; m3/h) Factory setting: [No] nO [Sleep Min Speed] SLSL Sleep flow level. Speed level under which the system should enter the sleep mode. This parameter can be accessed if: [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Speed] spd, or [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Multiple] or. NOTE: To set this parameter, each [Low Speed] LSP values of all drives of a multipump architecture needs to be taken into account. Setting Description 0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: [No] nO [Sleep Power Level] SLPr Sleep power level. Power level under which the system should enter the sleep mode. This parameter can be accessed if: [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Power] pwr, or [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Multiple] or. Setting Description 0...[Nominal Motor Power] nPr Setting range Factory setting: [No] nO [Sleep Delay] SLPd Sleep delay. This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [Not Configured] nO. 324 Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 20 s EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Boost] Sbt- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [Boost] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [No] nO. [Sleep Boost Speed] SLbS Sleep boost speed. Setting Description 0...599.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: nO [Sleep Boost Time] SLbt Sleep boost time. This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Boost Speed] SLbS is not set to 0. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: nO 325 Complete settings CSt- [Advanced sleep check] AdS- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [Advanced sleep check] About This Menu This function can be activated if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [No] nO. This function can be activated if: [Type of control] TOCT is set to [Pressure] PRESS and, [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [No] no. 326 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Sleep Mode] ASLM Advanced sleep mode. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [YES] YES Yes [Sleep Condition] ASLC Advanced sleep verifies speed condition. This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Mode] ASLM is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0...[High Speed] HSP Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Sleep Delay] ASLd Advanced sleep verifies delay. This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Mode] ASLM is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0...9,999 s Setting range Factory setting: 20 s [Check Sleep Ref Spd] ASLr Advanced sleep verifies speed reference. This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Mode] ASLM is not set to [No] nO. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...[High Speed] HSP Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz 327 Complete settings CSt- [Wake up menu] wKP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Wake up menu] About This Menu This menu can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [Not Configured] nO. [Wake Up Mode] WUPM Wake-up mode. Setting Code / Value Description [Feedback] FbK Wake-up on PID feedback level Factory setting [Error] Err Wake-up on PID error level [Pressure] LP Wake-up on low-pressure condition [Wake Up Process Level] WUPF Wake-up process value level. This parameter can be accessed if [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [FeedBack] Fbk. Setting Description [Min PID feedback] PIF1...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Wake Up Process Error] WUPE Wake-up process value error level. This parameter can be accessed if [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Error] Err. Setting Description 0...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range Factory setting: 0,0 Hz [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Outlet pressure sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). 328 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Wake up menu] wKP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Wake up menu] About This Menu This menu can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [Not Configured] nO. [Wake Up Press Level] WUPL Wake-up pressure level. Pressure level over which the system should leave the sleep mode. This parameter can be accessed if [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP. Setting Description [No] nO to 32,767 Setting range Unit: [P sensor unit] SuPr (for example, Pa, Bar, PSI, %) Factory setting: [No] nO [Wake Up Delay] WuPD Wake-up delay. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s 329 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.11 [Pump functions] - [Feedback monitoring] [Pump functions] - [Feedback monitoring] [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Feedback monitoring] About This Menu The function is typically used to detect cases where the installation capability is exceeded or where the installation is not operating properly: Fire hydrant opened. Pump start-up with open discharge valve. Mechanical breakdown of pipes. Water leakage. When the drive is running at high speed, this function monitors the PID feedback in order to detect if it is out of a given range around the setpoint during a configurable time. By using a warning or a detected error, this function also indicates that: The capability of the installation is exceeded The proper control could not be ensured Something is wrong on the installation. This graphic presents the PID feedback monitoring: [PID Fdbk Monitoring] PFMM PID feedback monitoring mode. Parameter used to activate the function. 330 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [Yes] YES Yes EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [PID Fdbk Range] PFMr PID feedback monitoring range. Range within which the PID feedback value is supposed to stay in normal situation. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Fdbk Monitoring] PFMM is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 3% [PID Fdbk Error Delay] PFMd PID feedback monitoring delay. Delay to trig an error after detection of an anomaly. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Fdbk Monitoring] PFMM is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 10 s [PID Fdbk Error Resp] PFMb PID feedback monitoring response to a detected error. Define how the drive reacts when a feedback monitoring error occurs. This parameter can be accessed if [PID Fdbk Monitoring] PFMM is not set to [No] nO. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting 331 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.12 [Pump functions] - [Pump characteristics] [Pump functions] - [Pump characteristics] [Pump characteristics] PCr- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Pump characteristics] About This Menu Centrifugal pump characteristic allows you to define the curve points for: Head Mechanical power Efficiency The pump manufacture supplies these elements and it is necessary to define the performances of a pump at a given speed. Pump data is characterized in several points and for a given speed (typically nominal speed): Speed (N) used for characterization: typically nominal speed. Flow (Q) on each characteristic point. Head (H) on each characteristic point. Power (P) on each characteristic point. Example for simplified pump data curves: Efficiency / Flow rate Head / Flow rate Power / Flow rate This function allows to: interpolate the curves at a given speed, thus minimizing interpolation errors, interpolate the curves for other pump speeds using affinity motor control types. 332 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Use-case Several functions need [HQ] Hq or [PQ] Pq curves before being used. Monitoring of pump working point on pump curve: Use-case Characterized Pump Data (vs. pump speed) HQ "Head vs Flow" curve PQ X "Power vs Flow" curve X "Power vs Speed" (fixed Q values) X Sensorless flow estimation: Use-case Characterized Pump Data (vs. pump speed) Estimation of flow from head X HQ PQ Estimation of flow from power X Function Activation To activate this function, set [Mode] PCM to [HQ] Hq or [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq. It depends on the data you enter. After entering all the data (curve + BEP), set [Pump Curve Activate] PCA to [YES] YES. Curve Setting The entering points should be spaced as evenly as possible over the operating range for the given speed: Wrong points spacing Right points spacing Wrong points entering Right points entering For [HQ] Hq or [PQ] Pq curves, 5 points are advised: Q1 near the low or zero flow point. Q3 near the BEP point. Q5 near the zero head point. Q2 equidistant between Q1 and Q3. Q4 equidistant between Q3 and Q5. EAV64318 11/2016 333 Complete settings CSt- Configuration of Best Efficiency Point (BEP) The configuration of BEP allows you to display this on Hq, Pq and Eq curve: Pump curve flow rate at BEP: [Flow at BEP] PCBQ. Pump curve head at BEP: [Head BEP] PCBH. Pump curve power at BEP: [Power BEP] PCBP. This graphic represents the curve and the BEP: 1 2 3 System curve Pump HQ curve Pump PQ curve [Mode] PCM Pump curve mode. Select which curve data are managed and is entered on. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function is not activated Factory setting [HQ] Hq H, Q data is activated [PQ] Pq P, Q data is activated [PHQ] PHq P, H, Q data is activated [Pump Curve Activate] PCA Pump curve activation. Parameter used to reset or validate data to be used by other functions. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Pump characteristics are deactivated and data can be modified Factory setting [YES] YES Ask for pump characteristic activation. If it does not succeed, write back NO; else lock data modification [Status] PCS Pump curve status. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. 334 Setting Code / Value Description [None] nOnE Function is not configured Factory setting [Inactive] nACt Function is configured but inactive (data is unlocked) [Active] ACtiVE Data is activated and can be used for other functions (data is locked) [Failed] FAiLEd Data activation does not succeed (some points have not been entered or data entered does not comply with the rules) EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Pump Liquid Density] RHOC Liquid density used to characterize pump. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 100...10,000 kg/m3 Setting range Factory setting: 1000 kg/m3 [Pump Speed] PCSP Pump speed for which curves are entered. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...32,767 rpm Setting range Factory setting: 0 rpm [Flow at BEP] PCbq Pump curve flow rate at BEP. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr Factory setting: 0 [Head BEP] PCbH Pump curve head at BEP. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr Factory setting: 0 [Power BEP] PCbP Pump curve power at BEP. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Motor Standard] bFr Factory setting: 0 [Flow 1] PCq1 Pump curve flow rate for point 1. Flow rate entered at point 1 (for HQ and PQ curves). This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr Factory setting: 0 335 Complete settings CSt- [Head 1] PCH1 Pump curve head for point 1. Head entered at point 1 (for HQ curve). This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [HQ] Hq or [PHQ] PHq. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr Factory setting: 0 [Power 1] PCP1 Pump curve power for point 1. Mechanical power entered at point 1 (for PQ curve). This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Motor Standard] bFr Factory setting: 0 [Flow 2] PCq2 Pump curve flow rate for point 2. Flow rate entered at point 2 (for HQ and PQ curves). This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr Factory setting: 0 [Head 2] PCH2 Pump curve head for point 2. Head entered at point 2 (for HQ curve). Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr Factory setting: 0 [Power 2] PCP2 Pump curve power for point 2. Mechanical power entered at point 2 (for PQ curve). This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq. 336 Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Motor Standard] bFr Factory setting: 0 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Flow 3] PCq3 Pump curve flow rate for point 3. Flow rate entered at point 3 (for HQ and PQ curves). This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr Factory setting: 0 [Head 3] PCH3 Pump curve head for point 3. Head entered at point 3 (for HQ curve). This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [HQ] Hq or [PHQ] PHq. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr Factory setting: 0 [Power 3] PCP3 Pump curve power for point 3. Mechanical power entered at point 3 (for PQ curve). This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Motor Standard] bFr Factory setting: 0 [Flow 4] PCq4 Pump curve flow rate for point 4. Flow rate entered at point 4 (for HQ and PQ curves). This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr Factory setting: 0 [Head 4] PCH4 Pump curve head for point 4. Head entered at point 4 (for HQ curve). This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [HQ] Hq or [PHQ] PHq. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr Factory setting: 0 337 Complete settings CSt- [Power 4] PCP4 Pump curve power for point 4. Mechanical power entered at point 4 (for PQ curve). This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Motor Standard] bFr Factory setting: 0 [Flow 5] PCq5 Pump curve flow rate for point 5. Flow rate entered at point 5 (for HQ and PQ curves). This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr Factory setting: 0 [Head 5] PCH5 Pump curve head for point 5. Head entered at point 5 (for HQ curve). This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [HQ] Hq or [PHQ] PHq. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr Factory setting: 0 [Power 5] PCP5 Pump curve power for point 5. Mechanical power entered at point 5 (for PQ curve). This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Motor Standard] bFr Factory setting: 0 [Pump Op Point Filter] WPXF Pump operating point filter. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] no. 338 Setting Description 0.00 s...60.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 1.00 s EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.13 [Pump functions] - [Sensorless flow estimation] [Pump functions] - [Sensorless flow estimation] [Flow estimation] SFE- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow estimation] About This Menu This function allows the estimation of the flow of the pump using the predefined pump curves HQ or PQ set in the pump characteristics. The PQ curve shall be used if there is no pressure sensor on the system. The HQ curve shall be used if inlet and/or outlet pressure feedbacks are available (or a differential value). The curves shall be set in the pump characteristic functions before setting the sensorless flow estimation function. The figure below shows the calculating area (1) using the HQ curve. The figure below shows the calculating area (2) using the PQ curve. Using the PQ curve, it is necessary to calibrate the function with: [Power Dynamic Gain] PEG to define a correction gain applied to the estimated power from the drive [Power Static Offset] PEO to define a correction offset applied to the estimated power from the drive [Liquid Density] RHO is the density of the fluid to be pumped Using the HQ curve, it is necessary to enter the data related to the application: [Liquid Density] RHO is the density of the fluid to be pumped [Head Dynamic Gain] HEG is the correction gain, modeling the dynamical head losses between the two pressure sensors [Head Static Offset] HEO is a correction offset applied to the head provided by the pump EAV64318 11/2016 339 Complete settings CSt- [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM Flow estimation mode. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function not activated Factory setting [HQ] Hq H, Q data is activated [PQ] Pq P, Q data is activated [Head Dynamic Gain] HEG Head dynamic gain. This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [HQ] Hq. Setting Description -100.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Head Static Offset] HEO Head static offset. This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [HQ] Hq. Setting Description -100.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Power Dynamic Gain] PEG Power dynamic gain. This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [PQ] Pq. Setting Description -100.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Power Static Offset] PEO Power static offset. This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [PQ] Pq. Setting Description -100.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Pump Flow] FS2U Pump flow sensor value. 340 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: - EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Flow Estimated] SLFU Estimated flow value. This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is not set to [No] nO Setting Description Value in application customer unit Setting range Factory setting: - [Pump Op Point Filter] WPXF Pump operating point filter. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] no. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.00 s...60.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 1.00 s 341 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.14 [Pump functions] - [dP/Head Correction] [Pump functions] - [dP/Head Correction] [dP/Head Correction] DPHC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [dP/Head Correction] This menu can be accessed if: [Mode] PCM is set to [HQ] HQ or [PHQ] PHQ and, [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is not set to [Not Configured] NO. About This Menu This function allows adjustment of the estimated delta pressure and the pump head using the predefined pump curves HQ or PHQ set in the pump characteristics and the outlet pressure sensor assigned. The curves shall be set in the pump characteristics functions before setting the function [Head Dynamic Gain] HEG Head dynamic gain. This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [HQ] Hq. Setting Description -100.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Head Static Offset] HEO Head static offset. This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [HQ] Hq. Setting Description -100.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Est. Pump dP] SLDP Estimated Pump delta pressure value This parameter can be accessed if [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is not set to [Not Configured] no. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR Factory setting: – [Est. Pump Head] SLHV Estimated Pump head value This parameter can be accessed if [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is not set to [Not Configured] no. 342 Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR Factory setting: – EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Pump Op Point Filter] WPXF Pump operating point filter. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] no. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.00 s...60.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 1.00 s 343 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.15 [Pump functions] - [Pump start stop] [Pump functions] - [Pump start stop] [Pump start stop] PST- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Pump start stop] About This Menu This function defines how the acceleration and deceleration are controlled during start and stop of the pump. The pump working area is within the speed range [Low Speed] LSP - [High Speed] HSP. The minimum speed is provided by the pump manufacturer according to the application. Running below the minimum speed and/or starting the pump with a long acceleration ramp time has an impact on the lubrication of the seal, on the cooling of the impeller and the bearings. A specific check-valve deceleration ramp is available to reduce any large variation of pressure that can generate an instability of the valve. When the pump starts, the pump accelerates up to [Low Speed] LSP according to [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS.When the pump speed is above [Low Speed] LSP, the pump acceleration and deceleration are managed according to [Acceleration] ACC and [Deceleration] DEC if no other function is activated. When the pump stops: The pump decelerates down to [Check Valve Spd 2] CVHS according to [Deceleration] DEC The pump decelerates from [Check Valve Spd 2] CVHS to [Check Valve Spd 1] CVLS according to [Dec. Check Valve] DECV The pump decelerates from [Check Valve Spd 1] CVLS to zero speed according to [Deceleration on Stop] DECS If [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS = 0, the start ramp is ignored and [Acceleration] ACC is used to start the pump. If [Dec. Check Valve] DECV = 0, the check-valve ramp is ignored and is used to decelerate up to [Low Speed] LSP, then [Deceleration on Stop] DECS is used (see below). If [Deceleration on Stop] DECS = 0, the normal deceleration [Deceleration] DEC is used to stop the pump. [Low Speed] LSP Motor frequency at low speed. 344 Setting Description 0...[High Speed] HSP Setting range Factory setting: 0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [High Speed] HSP Motor frequency at high speed. Setting Description [Low Speed] LSP...[Max Frequency] TFR Setting range Factory setting: 50.0 Hz [Acceleration] ACC Time to accelerate from 0 to the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS. To have repeatability in ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application. Setting Description 0.00...6,000.00 s (1) Setting range Factory setting: 10.00 s (1) Range 0.00 to 99.99 s or 0.0 to 999.9 s or 0 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr [Deceleration] dEC Time to decelerate from the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS to 0. To have repeatability in ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application. Setting Description 0.00...6,000.00 s (1) Setting range Factory setting: 10.00 s (1) Range 0.00 to 99.99 s or 0.0 to 999.9 s or 0 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS Acceleration on start. Setting Description [No] nO...6,000 s (1) Setting range Factory setting: [No] nO (1) Range 0.00 to 99.99 s or 0.0 to 999.9 s or 0 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr [Final Dec. Ramp] dECS Deceleration on stop. Setting Description [No] nO...6,000 s (1) Setting range Factory setting: [No] nO (1) Range 0.00 to 99.99 s or 0.0 to 999.9 s or 0 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr [Dec. Check Valve] dECV Deceleration while check valve is closing (smooth). Setting Description [No] nO...6,000 s (1) Setting range Factory setting: [No] nO (1) Range 0.00 to 99.99 s or 0.0 to 999.9 s or 0 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr EAV64318 11/2016 345 Complete settings CSt- [Check Valve Spd 1] CVLS Speed level up to which check valve ramp is used. This parameter can be accessed if [Dec. Check Valve] DECV is not set to 0. Setting Description 0...[Check Valve Spd 2] CVHS Setting range Factory setting: 0 Hz [Check Valve Spd 2] CVHS Speed level from which check valve ramp is used. This parameter can be accessed if [Dec. Check Valve] DECV is not set to 0. Setting Description [Check Valve Spd 1] CVLS...HSP Setting range Factory setting: 0 Hz [Ref Freq Template] bSP Setting Code / Value [Standard] bSd Description F R Frequency Reference At zero reference the frequency = LSP Factory setting [Deadband] bLS F R Frequency Reference At reference = 0 to LSP the frequency = LSP 346 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Setting Code / Value [Pedestal] bnS Description F R Frequency Reference At reference = 0 to LSP the frequency = 0 [Pedestal at 0%] bnS0 F R Frequency Reference This operation is the same as [Standard] bSd, except that in the following cases at zero reference, the frequency = 0: The signal is less than [Min nvalue], which is greater than 0 (example: 1 Vdc on a 2–10 Vdc input) The signal is greater than [Min nvalue], which is greater than [Max value] (example: 11 Vdc on a 10–0 Vdc input). If the input range is configured as “bidirectional”, operation remains identical to [Standard] bSd. This parameter defines how the speed reference is taken into account, for analog inputs and pulse input only. In the case of the PID controller, this is the PID output reference. The limits are set by the [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP parameters EAV64318 11/2016 347 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.16 [Pump functions] - [Pipe fill] [Pump functions] - [Pipe fill] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 348 Page [Pipe fill] PFI- Menu 349 [Pipe fill] PFI- Menu 351 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Pipe fill] PFI- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Pipe fill] About This Menu This menu can be accessed if [Application Selection] APPT is not set to [Pump Level Control] LEVEL or [Generic Fan Control] FAN. The pipe fill function helps to prevent a water hammer effect from happening in the pipes when a system is filled in too quickly. The function covers the horizontal pipe applications which are pressure-controlled by the PID function. The pipe fill function can always be enabled or conditioned by a digital input (or a control bit in the I/O profile). At the first start command in automatic mode, the system enters the pipe fill mode. At next start commands, the drive will enter the pipe fill mode if the system pressure feedback is lower than [Pipe Fill Pressure] PFHP. Each time the drive wakes-up, the drive enters the pipe fill mode if [Pipe Fill on Wake Up] PFWU is set to [Yes] YES. The system remains in the horizontal pipe fill at [Pipe Fill Speed] PFHS speed until: the pressure feedback becomes greater than [Pipe Fill Pressure] PFHP parameter, or the system has been in the pipe fill for longer than [Pipe Fill Time] PFHt time. If one of these conditions is met, the system enters the automatic pressure regulation mode. NOTE: If [Pipe Fill Time] PFHtis set to 0, the system never enter the Pipe fill mode. To set up this function, it is recommended to set both [Pipe Fill Speed] PFHS and [Pipe Fill Time] PFHt according to the maximum quantity of liquid to fill in the empty system. EAV64318 11/2016 349 Complete settings CSt- [Activation Mode] PFM Pipe fill activation mode. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Pipes fill disabled Factory setting [Feedback] fbk Pipe fill on PID feedback This selection can be accessed if [Type of control] TOCT is set to [Pressure] PRESS and [PID feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] NO. [Outlet Pressure] ps2 Pipe fill on outlet pressure [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Outlet pressure sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Activation Mode] PFM is set to [Outlet Pressure] ps2. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). 350 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Pipe fill] PFI- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Pipe fill] [Activation Source] PFec Pipe fill activation source. This parameter can be accessed if [Activation Mode] PFM is not set to [No] No. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP regardless of configuration [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level digital inputs [DI52 (Low level)]… [DI59 (Low level)] d52L…d59L NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. Cabinet low level digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [Pipe Fill on Wake Up] PFWU Pipe fill cycle on wake-up. This parameter can be accessed if: [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [Activation Mode] PFM is not set to [No] No. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No pipe fill cycle on wake-up [Yes] YES A pipe fill cycle operates on wake-up Factory setting 351 Complete settings CSt- [Pipe Fill SPeed] PFHS Pipe fill speed. This parameter can be accessed if [Activation Mode] pfm is not set to [No] no, and [Activation Source] pfec is not set to [Not Assigned] no. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 25.0 Hz [Pipe Fill Pressure] PFHP Pipe fill pressure level. This parameter can be accessed if [Activation Mode] pfm is not set to [No] no, and [Activation Source] pfec is not set to [Not Assigned] no. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR. Factory setting: 0 [Pipe Fill Time] PFHt Pipe fill time. This parameter can be accessed if [Activation Mode] pfm is not set to [No] no, and [Activation Source] pfec is not set to [Not Assigned] no. 352 Setting Description 0...32,767 s Setting range Factory setting: 10 s EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.17 [Pump functions] - [Friction loss compensation] [Pump functions] - [Friction loss compensation] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu 354 [Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu 355 353 Complete settings CSt- [Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss comp] This menu can be accessed if: [Type of control] TOCT is set to [Pressure] PRESS and, [PID feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] NO. About This Menu This function monitors the system flow and displays an estimation of the head losses of the application. This function can compensate these head losses by modifying the pressure set point. It helps to maintain a constant pressure at usage point whatever the flow demand. This monitoring function is at station level and not a pump level only. This function requires a flow sensor to monitor the flow of the system. The dynamic estimation of the losses is based on values measured by the application: The static losses [Static Compensation] FLH0 measured at no flow between the pumping point and the usage point. The dynamic losses, based on an application working point (Flow [Flow at Point 1] FLQ1; Head [Comp. at Point 1] FLH1) measured at nominal flow of the system. If the function is set to compensation mode, the pressure set point is modified according to the estimated pressure drop. NOTE: At low flow working point, as dynamic head losses are lower than at the nominal working point, this function reduces the pressure set point and thus allows saving electrical power. [Mode Selection] FLCM Mode selection. Setting Code / Value Description [Inactive] nO Inactive Factory setting [Display] MOn Monitoring only: pressure drop is not used for compensation [Compensation] COMP Compensation: pressure drop is used to correct pressure set-point [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A Installation flow sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [No] No. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [Di5 PulseInput Assignment]...[Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Est. Pump Flow] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow [Est. System Flow] SLSF Estimated system flow This selection is only possible if [Pump System Archit] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR NOTE: To use this selection, all the pump characteristics of the system must be configured. NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). 354 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss comp] About This Menu The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection ] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [Not Configured] nO. [Static Compensation] FLH0 Static compensation. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Flow at Point 1] FLq1 Flow at point 1. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Comp. at Point 1] FLH1 Compensation at point 1. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Alpha] FLdA Alpha. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr. Setting Description 0.0...2.0 Setting range Factory setting: 2.0 [Delta Pressure] FLPd Friction loss delta pressure. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description -32,768...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: _ 355 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.18 [Pump functions] - [Jockey pump] [Pump functions] - [Jockey pump] [Jockey pump] JKP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Jockey pump] About This Menu This menu can be accessed if: [Type of control] tOCt is set to [PRESSURE] PrESS, and [PID feedback] PIF is assigned, and [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [No] no. This function allows managing a jockey pump. The jockey pump can be: A direct on-line pump in parallel to the variable speed pump, controlled by a digital output, or The variable speed pump used at fixed speed. The jockey pump works in on/off control between two pressure set points. The jockey pump is used during sleep period to maintain the service pressure. From an energy efficiency point of view, it is better to start and stop a fixed speed pump than running the variable speed pump continuously at low speed. During sleep mode, the pressure feedback is still monitored: If the pressure feedback falls below the jockey start pressure [Minimum Pressure] JPrP during a time longer than [Delay to Start] JPrd, the jockey pump is started; If the pressure feedback is over jockey stop pressure [Maximum Pressure] JPSP, the jockey pump is stopped When the jockey pump is started, the pressure feedback is still monitored: If the pressure feedback stays below the jockey start pressure [Maximum Pressure] JPSP for longer than the wake-up delay [Wake Up Delay] JPWd, it means that the request is greater than what jockey pump can supply alone. The system wakes up and exit from sleep mode. If the pressure feedback falls below the wake-up pressure [Wake UP Process level] WuPF, the system wakes up and exit from sleep mode. 356 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Jockey Selection] JP Select the jockey pump. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory setting [R2]...[R3] r2...r3 Relay output R2...R3 [R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R6 if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted [DQ11 Digital Output]...[DQ12 Digital Output] dO11...dO12 Digital output DQ11...DQ12 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [R61]…[R66] r61…r66 Relay R61 …R66 NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO [Minimum Pressure] JPrP Pressure threshold to start the jockey pump. This parameter can be accessed if [Jockey Selection] JP is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...[Maximum Pressure] JPSP Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Delay to Start] JPrd Delay to start the jockey pump. This parameter can be accessed if [Jockey Selection] JP is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s [Maximum Pressure] JPSP Pressure threshold to stop the jockey pump. This parameter can be accessed if [Jockey Selection] JP is not set to [No] No. Setting Description [Minimum Pressure] JPrP...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Wake Up Delay] JPWd Delay to wake up the system when pressure feedback stays low. This parameter can be accessed if [Jockey Selection] JP is not set to [No] No. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description [No] nO...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: nO 357 Complete settings CSt- [Reference Speed] JPrS Pump speed when [VSP] VSPis selected as jockey pump. This parameter can be accessed if [Jockey Selection] JP is set to [VSP] VSP. 358 Setting Description [Low Speed] LSP...[High Speed] HSP Setting range Factory setting: [Maximum Pressure] JPSP EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.19 [Pump functions] - [Priming pump ctrl] [Pump functions] - [Priming pump ctrl] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Priming pump ctrl] PPC- Menu 360 [Priming pump ctrl] PPC- Menu 363 359 Complete settings CSt- [Priming pump ctrl] PPC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Priming pump ctrl] About This Menu This function manages a priming pump. The priming pump is placed at the inlet of the variable speed lead pump, controlled with a digital output. The priming pump is used to maintain the inlet pressure to the lead pump. This is done by running the priming pump before the main pump starts. Nevertheless, it is recommended to enable the dry-Run monitoring function. The priming pumps keep pumping as long as the lead pump is active. If the priming pump function is activated and the conditions to start the lead pump are present, the priming pump is started immediately while the lead pump will be started when one of the primed conditions is met : After the [Priming Time] PPSd delay When the digital input assigned with [Primed Switch Assign] PPwA is active for longer than [Primed Condition Delay] PPFd. When the analog input assigned with [InletPres Assign] PS1A is over [Primed Inlet Level] PPIL for longer than [Primed Condition Delay] PPFd. If the priming pump is active, it is stopped when the lead pump is stopped, at the end of the deceleration phase. When the system goes to the sleep mode, the priming pump is also deactivated. When the system wakes up, the priming pump is immediately activated while the lead pump will be started when one of the primed conditions is met. 360 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Priming Pump Assign] PPOA Select the priming pump. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory setting [R2]...[R3] r2...r3 Relay output R2...R3 [R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R6 if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted [DQ11 Digital Output]...[DQ12 Digital Output] dO11...dO12 Digital output DQ11...DQ12 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [R61]…[R66] r61…r66 Relay R61 …R66 NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO [Primed Switch Assign] PPwA Primed condition: external switch assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Priming Pump Assign] PPOA is not set to [No] No. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [Primed Inlet Level] PPIL Primed condition: inlet pressure detection level. This parameter can be accessed if [Priming Pump Assign] PPOA is not set to [No] No. Setting Code / Value Description [No] 0 Function disabled Factory setting -3276.7...3276.7 EAV64318 11/2016 Setting range according to the configuration done in the [Define system units] suC- menu 361 Complete settings CSt- [InletPres Assign] PS1A Inlet pressure sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [Priming Pump Assign] PPoA is not set to [No] No. [Primed Inlet Level] PPil is not set to [No] 0. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). 362 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Priming pump ctrl] PPC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Priming pump ctrl] [Primed Condition Delay] PPfd Primed condition delay. This parameter can be accessed if: [Priming Pump Assign] PPoA is not set to [No] No. [Primed Switch Assign] PPwA is not set to [Not Assigned] No. [Primed Inlet Level] PPil is not set to [No] 0. Setting Description 0...60 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s [Priming Time] PPSd Delay before starting the lead pump. This parameter can be accessed if [Priming Pump Assign] PPOA is not set to [No] No. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 30 s 363 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.20 [Pump functions] - [Flow limitation] [Pump functions] - [Flow limitation] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 364 Page [Flow limitation] FLM- Menu 365 [Flow limitation] FLM- Menu 367 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Flow limitation] FLM- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation] About This Menu This function allows you to limit the flow of the system to a configured value (according to local requirements, regulation, or availability of water). This monitoring function is at station level and not a pump level only. This function requires a flow sensor to monitor the flow of the system. When the flow feedback is higher than the high flow [Flow Lim Thd Active] CHt, the pump reduces the speed set point according to the deceleration ramp [Flow. Limit Dec.] dFL. When the flow feedback is lower than the high flow [Flow Lim Thd Active] CHt reduced by a fixed hysteresis value, the pump speed is maintained or reduced if the reference frequency decrease. When the flow feedback is lower than the low flow [FlowLim Thd Disable] rCHt, the flow limitation stops and the pump speed follows the system reference frequency. NOTE: This function does not decrease the motor speed under [Low Speed] LSP value. [Flow limitation Mode] FLM Flow limitation mode. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [YES] YES Yes 365 Complete settings CSt- [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A Installation flow sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set to [No] nO. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [Di5 PulseInput Assignment]...[Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Est. Pump Flow] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow [Est. System Flow] SLSF Estimated system flow This selection is only possible if [Pump System Archit] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR NOTE: To use this selection, all the pump characteristics of the system must be configured. NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). 366 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Flow limitation] FLM- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation] [Flow Lim Thd Active] CHt Flow limitation function threshold activation. Setting Description Value in application customer unit Setting range according to the configuration done in the [Define system units] SUC- menu. Factory setting: 0.0 [Flow.Lim.Thres.Inact.] rCHt Flow limitation function threshold deactivation. Setting Description Value in application customer unit Setting range according to the configuration done in the [Define system units] SUC- menu. Factory setting: 0.0 [Flow. Limit Dec.] dFL Flow limitation function deceleration time (between FrS and 0). Setting 0.01...99.99 s Description (1) Setting range Factory setting: 5.0 s (1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1.0 to 6,000.0 according to [Ramp increment] inr EAV64318 11/2016 367 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.21 [Pump monitoring] - [Pumpcycle monitoring] [Pump monitoring] - [Pumpcycle monitoring] [Pumpcycle monitoring] CSP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pumpcycle monitoring] About This Menu The purpose of this function is to monitor the number of start sequences during a configured time window in order to prevent from an unwanted aging of the system and to detect any abnormal operation. An internal counter counts the number of pump start sequences. Each time the pump is started, the counter is incremented. It is decreased by one every time window corresponding to one start. If the counter reaches the maximum number allowed [PumpCycle MaxStarts] PCPn, a warning [Pump Cycle warning] PCPA is triggered. If a start command occurs while the detected warning is active, an error [PumpCycle Start Error] PCPF is triggered. The application follows the [PumpCycleError Resp] PCPb defined behavior. Restarting the pump is allowed as soon as the counter decreases under the maximum number of starts allowed, if the detected error has been cleared. The function is based on the sliding time window in which the pump start commands are counted. If [PumpCycle Monitoring] PCPM is set to [Mode 1] NORM, the function is activated without power Off time management. If [PumpCycle Monitoring] PCPM is set to [Mode 2] RTC, the function is activated with power Off time management. This requires a time clock source such as the Graphic Display Terminal plugged at power On of the drive, or a Time server configured over Ethernet. NOTE: Anti-Jam sequence is counted as one start whatever the effective number of start commands in the sequence. 368 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [PumpCycle Monitoring] PCPM Pumpcycle monitoring mode. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Cyclic monitoring disabled Factory setting [Mode 1] nOrM Cyclic monitoring without power off time management [Mode 2] rtC Cyclic monitoring with power off time management [PumpCycle MaxStarts] PCPn Maximum number of events to trip. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpCycle Monitoring] PCPM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 1...99 Setting range Factory setting: 6 [PumpCycle Timeframe] PCPt Window time. This parameter can be accessed if PCPM is not set to [Inactive] No. Setting Description 0...3,600 min Setting range Factory setting: 60 min [PumpCycleError Resp] PCPb Pumpcycle monitoring response to a detected error. This parameter can be accessed if PCPM is not set to [Inactive] No. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an errortriggered after stop [Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the command has not been removed (1) [Ramp stop] RMP Ramp stop Factory setting 1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output to its indication. [Fallback Speed] LFF Fallback speed. This parameter can be accessed if PCPM is not set to [Inactive] No. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz 369 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.22 [Pump monitoring] - [Anti jam] [Pump monitoring] - [Anti jam] [Anti-jam monit] JAM- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Anti-jam monit] About This Menu In waste water applications, clogging substances reduce the efficiency of the system and may decrease the pump service life. It may also help to clear a blocked impeller, pipe, or valve at downstream location. The anti-Jam function allows, manually and/or automatically, to execute forward and reverse pump rotation cycles. The frequency reference, acceleration and deceleration, in forward and in reverse direction can be adjusted by dedicated parameters. It allows you to set up the function in accordance with the application specifications. Refer to the pump datasheet while setting up the function. NOTE: The anti-Jam configuration overrides other configurations such as [PID acceleration time] ACCP or [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS. NOTICE DAMAGE TO THE PUMP This function uses forward and reverse operations. Verify that the pump and the installation are compatible with reverse operation before setting up this function. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. 370 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Anti-Jam Cycle The anti-Jam function can be triggered: By an external trigger that can be assigned to a digital input (or word bit in IO profile). Automatically: An automatic trigger can occur at each start command, or Automatic triggers can occur within a predefined duration, or Automatic triggers can occur depending on the motor torque threshold monitoring. An Anti-Jam cycle is composed of: 1 forward action according to [Anti-Jam Fwd Acc] JACC, [Anti-Jam Fwd Time] JFdt, [Anti-Jam Fwd Speed] JFdS, [Anti-Jam Fwd Dec] JdEC, 1 stop action during [Anti-Jam Stop Time] JZSt, 1 reverse action according to [Anti-Jam Rv Acc] JACr,[Anti-Jam Rv Time] Jrdt, [Anti-Jam Rv Speed] JrVS, [Anti-Jam Rv Dec] JdEr, 1 stop action during [Anti-Jam Stop Time] JZSt, An Anti-Jam sequence corresponds to a number of consecutive anti-Jam cycles: [Anti-Jam Cycle Nb] JnbC NOTE: In case of an external trigger, if the command is removed before the end of the anti-Jam sequence, the anti-Jam sequence continues up to the end. In addition to the trigger, a run command is necessary during the whole anti-Jam sequence. Anti-Jam Counting The anti-Jam function monitors the number of sequences during a configured time window [Anti-Jam Interval] JAMt. It helps to detect untimely aging of the system and abnormal operation. For example, it occurs on an automatic trigger on a motor torque threshold. An internal counter counts the number of sequences. Each time the sequence is started, the counter is incremented. It is decremented for each time window corresponding to one start. If the counter reaches the maximum number allowed, [Anti-Jam Max Seq ] JAMn, a warning [Anti-Jam Warning] JAMA and an error [Anti Jam Error] JAMF are triggered. The application follows the [AntiJam Error Resp] JAMb behavior defined. EAV64318 11/2016 371 Complete settings CSt- [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC Switch input selection. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP regardless of configuration [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level digital inputs [DI52 (Low level)]… [DI59 (Low level)] d52L…d59L NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. Cabinet low level digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [Automatic Anti-Jam trigger] JAtC Anti-Jam trigger mode. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Inactive [Start] START An automatic trigger occurs at each start command [Time] tIME Automatic triggers occur within a predefined duration [Torque] TORQUE Automatic triggers can occur depending on the motor torque threshold monitoring. [Anti-Jam Trigger Time] JtCt Inactive time before triggering an Anti-Jam when the pump has not been running. This parameter can be accessed if [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JATC is set to [Time] tIME. 372 Setting Description 0...9,999 h Setting range Factory setting: 24 h EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Anti-jam Torque] JtCL Level of torque to trigger. This parameter can be accessed if [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JATC is set to [Torque] TORQUE. Setting Description 10...150% Setting range Factory setting: 110% [Anti-Jam Start Delay] JtCd Delay to trigger when an overtorque is detected. This parameter can be accessed if [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JATC is set to [Torque] TORQUE. Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 10 s [Anti-Jam Fwd Acc] JACC Anti-Jam acceleration in forward. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description By default, with INR = 0.1: 0.00...300.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 3 s If INR = 0.01: 0.00...30.00 s Setting range If INR = 1: 0.00...3000.00 s Setting range [Anti-Jam Fwd Dec] JdEC Anti-Jam deceleration in forward. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description By default, with INR = 0.1: 0.00...300.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 3 s If INR = 0.01: 0.00...30.00 s Setting range If INR = 1: 0.00...3000.00 s Setting range 373 Complete settings CSt- [Anti-Jam Rv Acc] JACr Anti-Jam acceleration in reverse. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description By default, with INR = 0.1: 0.00...300.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 3 s If INR = 0.01: 0.00...30.00 s Setting range If INR = 1: 0.00...3000.00 s Setting range [Anti-Jam Rv Dec] JdEr Anti-Jam deceleration in reverse. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description By default, with INR = 0.1: 0.00...300.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 3 s If INR = 0.01: 0.00...30.00 s Setting range If INR = 1: 0.00...3000.00 s Setting range [Anti-Jam Fwd Speed] JFdS Anti-Jam speed in forward. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Anti-Jam Rv Speed] JrUS Anti-Jam speed in reverse. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. 374 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Anti-Jam Fwd Time] JFdt Anti-Jam time in forward. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0...300 s Setting range Factory setting: 1 s [Anti-Jam Rv Time] JrUt Anti-Jam time in reverse. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0...300 s Setting range Factory setting: 1 s [Anti-Jam Stop Time] JZSt Anti-Jam time between forward and reverse. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0...300 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s [Anti-Jam Cycle Nb] JnbC Anti-Jam cycle number. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 1...100 Setting range Factory setting: 10 [Anti-Jam Max Seq] JAMn Maximum consecutive anti-Jam sequences allowed. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 1...99 Setting range Factory setting: 2 375 Complete settings CSt- [Anti-Jam Interval] JAMt Anti-Jam minimum time between two non-consecutive sequences. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 60 s [Anti-Jam Error Resp] JAMb Anti-Jam monitoring function response to a detected error. This parameter can be accessed if: [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed (1) [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp 1 376 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output to its indication. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.23 [Pump monitoring] - [Dry run Monit] [Pump monitoring] - [Dry run Monit] [Dry run Monit] dYr- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Dry run Monit] Dry-Run Condition A dry-run condition occurs when the pump impeller is not totally submerged. Working in dry running during a long time can cause premature wear of the pump impeller. Dry run occurs when there is excessive air in the suction pipe: Because the pump is not primed, or Due to excessive air leak in the suction line. This significantly may reduce the bearings and seal service life due to high temperature raise and poor lubrication. About This Menu This function prevents the pump from operating in dry condition. The dry-run function monitors the flow using: a flow switch, or a set of 2 points (speed; power) for a flow estimation. When using a flow switch, the dry-run condition occurs when the switch is at a high level. NOTE: It is recommended to use a flow switch that is open in case of a low flow and to use a digital input active at low level (DIxL). This allows you to stop the pump in case of a broken wire of the flow switch. During the function setup, it is necessary to perform measurements at no-flow but with water in the system. When using the flow estimation, the dry-run condition occurs if the estimated flow is lower than the no-flow power curve by [Dry Run Factor] dryX. The no-flow power curve is defined by a set of 2 points: Minimum speed [Low Speed] nFLS ; Power at minimum speed [Low Power] nFLP Maximum speed [High Speed] nFHS; Power at maximum speed [High Power] nFHP This no-flow power curve is also used by the pump low flow monitoring function. NOTE: The no-flow power curve characterization shall be done after setting the motor control type. In case of dry-run conditions, this function will: Trigger a warning [Drive Running Warning] dryA if the dry-run condition is present. Trigger an error [Dry Run Error] dryF if the dry-run condition is present for a time longer than [DryRun Error Delay] dryd. After the error has been triggered, even if the detected error has been cleared, it is not possible to restart the pump before the end of the [DryRun Restart Delay] dryr. NOTE: The detected error is not saved in case of a drive power OFF. EAV64318 11/2016 377 Complete settings CSt- [DryRun Mode] drYM Dry-run mode. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not activated Factory setting [Switch] Swt Using sensor switch [Power] PWr Using the sensorless estimation [Switch Select] drYW Dry-run switches select. This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Switch] Swt. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level L11L...L16L [DI11 (Low level)]...[DI16 (Low level)] Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Power Estim Value] OPrW Motor mechanical power estimation This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr. Setting Description -327.67...327.67 kW Setting range Factory setting: _ [Low Power] nFLP No-flow low power. This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr. Setting Description 0.00...327.67 kW Setting range Factory setting: 0.00 kW [Low Speed] nFLS No-flow low speed. This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr. 378 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [High Power] nFHP No-flow high power. This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr. Setting Description 0.00...327.67 kW Setting range Factory setting: 0.00 kW [High Speed] nFHS No-flow high speed. This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Dry Run Factor] drYX Dry-run factor. This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr. Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 70% [DryRun Error Delay] drYd Dry run detected error delay. This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is not set to [No] no. Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 5 s [DryRun Restart Delay] drYr Dry run detected error restart. This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is not set to [No] no. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 10...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 60 s 379 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.24 [Pump monitoring] - [Pump low flow Monit] [Pump monitoring] - [Pump low flow Monit] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 380 Page [Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu 381 [Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu 383 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump low flow Monit] About This Menu The main consequence of running in low flow pump area is an increase of pump temperature as the pump is cooled by the liquid flow. In addition, the low flow area is not a good working area from energy efficiency point of view. No flow or low flow could be caused by: The verify valve at the discharge is closed. Issue on the pipe at the discharge (blocked pipes, …). This function helps to prevent the pump from being damaged by working at no or low flow. The monitoring can be carried out with different methods using or not sensors and whether the system is mono or multi-pump. This function helps to detect probable no or low flow situation with different methods: Using a flow switch that indicates directly low flow condition: this method can be used only in monopump system or if the flow switch is connected on protected pump. NOTE: It is recommended to use a flow switch that is open in case of a low flow and to use a digital input active at low level (DIxL). This allows you to stop the pump in case of a broken wire of the flow switch. Using a flow sensor and comparing the actual flow value to a given threshold: This method can be used only in mono-pump system or if the flow sensor is connected on protected pump. Using a flow sensor and comparing the actual flow value to "Low flow system curve" QN characteristic: This method can be used only in mono-pump system or if the flow sensor is connected on protected pump. All data related to the selected input shall be configured according to the sensor(Type, minimum, and maximum process value, scaling, …). All data related to the selected input shall be configured according to the sensor(Type, minimum, and maximum process value, scaling, …). Using Power/Speed estimation and comparing pump working point to "No Flow" Power characteristic: Entering two [Speed; Power] points is required, first point in No Flow area (at Low speed point LSP), second point in high-speed area (At high-speed point HSP). This method is not recommended in case of flat PQ curve. Low flow monitoring is activated only after [PumpLF ActivDelay] PLFA after the pump has been started in order to disable the monitoring function during start operation. Once a low flow condition is detected, a warning [Low Flow Warning] LFA is raised. Warning is automatically cleared when drive is stopped. If the condition continues for longer than the configured [PumpLF Error Delay] PLFd delay, a detected error is raised and the drive reacts according to the configured [PumpLF Error Resp] PLFb error response. The monitoring is active even during the deceleration phase. It is recommended to set a greater delay than the complete deceleration sequence. After error has been detected, it is maintained during [PumpLF Restart Delay] PLFR even if the warning has been reset. NOTE: the drive restarts without delay if it is powered-off and on (restart delay is not saved). During the setup of the function, it is necessary to perform measurements at no flow but with water in the system. EAV64318 11/2016 381 Complete settings CSt- [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM Pump low flow monitoring mode. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not configured Factory setting [Switch] Sw Using flow switch [Flow] q Low flow is detected using fixed flow threshold [Flow vs Speed] qn Low flow is detected using flow vs speed [No Flow power] nF Low flow is detected using no flow power characteristic [PumpLF DI Assign] PLFW Pump low flow no flow switch selection. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Switch] Sw. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A Pump flow sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] Q or to [Flow vs Speed] QN. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [Di5 PulseInput Assignment]...[Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Est. Pump Flow] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). 382 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump low flow Monit] About This Menu During the setup of the function, it is necessary to perform measurements at no or low flow but always with water in the system. [PumpLF Min Level] PLFL Pump low flow minimum flow level. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] Q or [Flow vs Speed] Qn. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR. Factory setting: 0 [Power Estim Value] OPrW Motor mechanical power estimation. It can be used to set [Low Power] nFLP and [High Power] nFHP values. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf. Setting Description According to drive rating Setting range Factory setting: _ [Low Speed] nFLS No flow low speed. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [High Speed] nFHS No flow high speed. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Low Power] nFLP No flow low power. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 0 383 Complete settings CSt- [High Power] nFHP No flow high power. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [PumpLF Power Factor] PLFX Pump low flow power factor. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf. Setting Description 100...500% Setting range Factory setting: 110% [PumpLF ActivDelay] PLFA Pump low flow monitoring activation delay after the pump has been started. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is not set to [No] no. Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 10 s [PumpLF Error Delay] PLFd Pump low flow detected error delay. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is not set to [No] no. Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 10 s [PumpLF Error Resp] PLFb Pump low flow monitoring function response to a detected error. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is not set to [No] no. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed (1) [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp 1 384 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output to its indication. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Fallback Speed] LFF Fall back speed. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [PumpLF Restart Delay] PLFr Pump low flow restart delay. This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is not set to [No] no. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s 385 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.25 [Pump monitoring] - [Thermal monitoring] [Pump monitoring] - [Thermal monitoring] [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Thermal monitoring] About This Menu Identical to [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Menu (see page 187). 386 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.26 [Pump monitoring] - [Inlet pressure monitoring] [Pump monitoring] - [Inlet pressure monitoring] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu 388 [Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu 390 387 Complete settings CSt- [Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Inlet pressure monitoring] About This Menu This function helps to detect an inlet low-pressure situation. This monitoring function is at station level and not a pump level only. This function requires a pressure sensor to monitor the inlet pressure of the system. In case of low inlet pressure situation, this function: Triggers a warning and reduces the outlet pressure set point within a predefined range in order to maintain the inlet pressure at an acceptable level. The inlet pressure compensation applies only to pressure controlled application. Triggers a detected error signal if, despite of this pressure set point reduction, the inlet pressure feedback is less than the minimum acceptable value configured. The inlet pressure monitoring function can be used for mono-pump or multi-pump stations. This is an example of a station architecture: Monitoring Diagram When the inlet pressure feedback is lower than [InletPres High Thd] IPPH, a warning [InletPres Warning] IPPA is triggered. In case of a pressure controlled application, the pressure set point is reduced according to [InletPres Max Comp] IPPC. When the inlet pressure feedback is less than [InletPres Low Thd] IPPL, a detected error [Inlet Pressure Error] IPPF is triggered. The application follows the [InletPresErrorResp] IPFb defined behavior. 388 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM Inlet pressure monitoring mode. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not activated Factory setting [Warning] ALARM Warning monitoring activated [Compensation] COMP Warning and compensation activated [InletPres Assign] PS1A Inlet pressure sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] no. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). EAV64318 11/2016 389 Complete settings CSt- [Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Inlet pressure monitoring] [InletPres High Thd] IPPH Inlet pressure monitoring high/acceptable pressure. This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr Factory setting: 0 [InletPres Low Thd] IPPL Inlet pressure monitoring low/minimum pressure. This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description -32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr Factory setting: 0 [InletPres Max Comp] IPPC Inlet pressure monitoring max compensation. This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is set to [Compensation] Comp. Setting Description 0...32,768 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr Factory setting: 0 [InletPresError Resp] IPPb Pressure monitoring function response to a detected error. This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] No. 390 Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.27 [Pump monitoring] - [Outlet pressure monitoring] [Pump monitoring] - [Outlet pressure monitoring] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Outlet pressure monitoring] OPP- Menu 392 [Outlet pressure monitoring] OPP- Menu 394 391 Complete settings CSt- [Outlet pressure monitoring] OPP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Outlet pressure monitoring] About This Menu This function detects an outlet high and low-pressure situation. It helps to prevent from high outlet pressure situations that can damage the hydraulic network (for example, pipe burst) It monitors low outlet pressure situations that can reflect damage on the hydraulic network (for example, pipe break) This monitoring function is at the outlet station level. The outlet pressure monitoring function requires a pressure sensor and/or a pressure switch to monitor the outlet pressure of the system. A high-pressure switch allows the activation of the high outlet pressure monitoring, according to the pressure switch specification. A pressure sensor allows the activation of both high and low outlet pressure monitoring, according to the [OutPres Min Level] OPPL and [OutPres Max Level] OPPH values. Example of the station architecture: The outlet pressure monitoring function monitors the outlet pressure of the system. When a low-Pressure condition is present, a [Low OutPres Warning] OPLA warning is triggered. When a high-Pressure condition is present, coming from the sensor, a [High OutPres Warning] OPHA warning is triggered. When a high-Pressure condition is present, coming from the switch, a [Switch OutPres Warning] OPSA warning is triggered. If the high-pressure condition remains for longer than [OutPresError Delay] OPPd time, a detected [Out Pressure High] OPHF error is triggered. The application follows the [OutPresErrorResp] OPPb defined behavior. If the low-pressure condition remains for longer than [OutPresError Delay] OPPd time, a detected [Out Pressure Low] OPLF error is triggered. The application follows the [OutPresError Delay] OPPd defined behavior. NOTE: It is recommended to use a pressure switch that is open in case of high pressure and to use a digital input active at low level (DIxL). This allows stopping the pump in case of broken wire of the pressure switch. It is recommended to use a 4-20 mA pressure sensor and to enable the 4-20 mA loss function. This allows stopping the pump in case of broken wire of the pressure sensor. 392 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM Mode selection. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Inactive Factory setting [Switch] SW Activated on switch [Sensor] SnSr Activated on sensor [Both] bOtH Activated on sensor and switch [OutPres DI Assign] OPPW High outlet pressure switch source. This parameter can be accessed if: [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Switch] SW, or [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Both] bOtH. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Outlet pressure sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if: [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Sensor] SNSR, or [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Both] bOtH. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). EAV64318 11/2016 393 Complete settings CSt- [Outlet pressure monitoring] OPP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Outlet pressure monitoring] [OutPres Min Level] OPPL Outlet pressure minimum level. This parameter can be accessed if: [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Sensor] SNSR, or [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Both] bOtH. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range, according to [P sensor unit] SUPr. Factory setting: 0 [OutPres Max Level] OPPH Outlet pressure maximum level. This parameter can be accessed if: [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Sensor] SNSR, or [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Both] bOtH. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range, according to [P sensor unit] SUPr. Factory setting: 0 [OutPresError Delay] OPPd Outlet pressure monitoring time. This parameter can be accessed if [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is not set to [No] No. Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s [OutPresError Resp] OPPb Outlet pressure fault config. This parameter can be accessed if [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is not set to [No] No. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting [Fallback Speed] LFF Fall back speed. 394 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.28 [Pump monitoring] - [High flow monitoring] [Pump monitoring] - [High flow monitoring] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu 396 [High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu 398 395 Complete settings CSt- [High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] About This Menu The high flow monitoring helps to detect abnormal outlet high flow situation: Works outside application flow capabilities Helps to detect pipe burst This monitoring function is at outlet station level.This function requires a flow sensor to monitor the outlet flow of the system. This is an example of a station architecture: High flow monitoring function monitors the outlet flow of the system: When the outlet flow feedback is higher than [HighFlow MaxLevel] HFPL , a warning [High Flow Warning] HFPA is triggered. The application does not stop. If the outlet flow feedback remains higher than [HighFlow MaxLevel] HFPL for longer than [HighFlowError Delay] HFPD time, a detected error [High Flow Error] HFPF is triggered. The application follows the [HighFlowErrorResp] HFPb defined behavior. If a high flow situation is detected in a multi-pump system, all the pumps stop. [HighFlow Activation] HFPM Mode selection. 396 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function disabled Factory setting [YES] YES Function enabled EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A Installation flow sensor assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] nO. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [Di5 PulseInput Assignment]...[Di6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Est. Pump Flow] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow [Est. System Flow] SLSF Estimated system flow This selection is only possible if [Pump System Archit] MPSA is set to [Multi Drives] nVSD or [Multi Masters] NVSDR NOTE: To use this selection, all the pump characteristics of the system must be configured. NOTE: For sensor configuration, refer to section [Sensors assignment] (see page 207). EAV64318 11/2016 397 Complete settings CSt- [High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed if [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] nO. [HighFlow MaxLevel] HFPL High flow max level. Setting Description 0...32,767 Setting range, according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr Factory setting: 32767 [HighFlowError Delay] HFPd High flow delay. Setting Description 0...3,600 s Setting range Factory setting: 10 s [HighFlowError Resp] HFPb High flow monitoring function response to a detected error. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting [Fallback Speed] LFF Fall back speed. 398 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.29 [Fan] - [PID controller] [Fan] - [PID controller] [PID Controller] PID- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Fan] [PID Controller] About This Menu Identical to [PID Controller] PID- Menu (see page 298). EAV64318 11/2016 399 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.30 [Fan] - [Feedback monitoring] [Fan] - [Feedback monitoring] [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Fan] [Feedback monitoring] About This Menu Identical to [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu (see page 330). 400 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.31 [Fan] - [Jump frequency] [Fan] - [Jump frequency] [Jump frequency] JUF- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Fan] [Jump frequency] About This Menu This function helps to prevent prolonged operation within an adjustable range around the regulated frequency. This function can be used to help to prevent a speed, which could cause resonance, being reached. Setting the function to 0 renders it inactive. [Skip Frequency] JPF Jump frequency. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Skip Frequency 2] JF2 Jump frequency 2. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [3rd Skip Frequency] JF3 Jump frequency 3. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Skip.Freq.Hysteresis] JFH Jump frequency bandwidth. This parameter can be accessed if at least one skip frequency JPF, JF2, or JF3 is different from 0. Skip frequency range: between JPF – JFH and JPF + JFH for example. This adjustment is common to the 3 frequencies JPF, JF2, JF3. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.1...10.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 1.0 Hz 401 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.32 [Fan] [Fan] [Fan] CSFA- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Fan] [Auto Fault Reset] Atr This function can be used to automatically perform individual or multiple Fault Resets. If the cause of the error that has triggered the transition to the operating state Fault disappears while this function is active, the drive resumes normal operation. While the Fault Reset attempts are performed automatically, the output signal [Operating state Fault] is not available. If the attempts to perform the Fault Reset are not successful, the drive remains in the operating state Fault and the output signal [Operating state Fault] becomes active. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions. Verify that the fact that the output signal "Operating state Fault" is not available while this function is active does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. The drive error relay remains activated if this function is active. The speed reference and the operating direction must be maintained. It is recommended to use 2-wire control ([2/3-wire control] tCC is set to [2-Wire Control] 2C and [2-wire type] tCt is set to [Level] LEL). If the restart has not taken place once the configurable time [Fault Reset Time] tAr has elapsed, the procedure is aborted and the drive remains locked until it is turned off and then on again. The detected error codes, which permit this function, are listed. 402 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function inactive Factory setting [Yes] YES Automatic restart, after locking in error state, if the detected error has disappeared and the other operating conditions permit the restart. The restart is performed by a series of automatic attempts separated by increasingly longer waiting periods: 1 s, 5 s, 10 s, then 1 minute for the following attempts. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Catch On Fly] FLr Catch on the fly function assignment. Used to enable a smooth restart if the run command is maintained after the following events: Loss of line supply or disconnection. Clearance of current detected error or automatic restart. Freewheel stop (a delay of 5 time the [Rotor Time Const] trA is applied before taking the next run command into account). The speed given by the drive resumes from the estimated speed of the motor at the time of the restart, then follows the ramp to the reference speed. This function requires 2-wire level control. When the function is operational, it activates at each run command, resulting in a slight delay of the current (0.5 s max). [Catch On Fly] FLr is forced to [No] nO if [Auto DC Injection] AdC is set to [Continuous] Ct. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function inactive Factory setting [Yes] YES Function active 403 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.33 [Generic functions] - [Speed limits] [Generic functions] - [Speed limits] [Speed limits] SLM- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Speed limits] About This Menu This function defines how the acceleration and deceleration are controlled during start and stop of the pump. The pump working area is within the speed range [Low Speed] LSP - [High Speed] HSP. The minimum speed is provided by the pump manufacturer according to the application. Running below the minimum speed and/or starting the pump with a long acceleration ramp time has an impact on the lubrication of the seal, on the cooling of the impeller and the bearings. A specific check-valve deceleration ramp is available to reduce any large variation of pressure that can generate an instability of the valve. When the pump starts, the pump accelerates up to [Low Speed] LSP according to [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS.When the pump speed is above [Low Speed] LSP, the pump acceleration and deceleration are managed according to [Acceleration] ACC and [Deceleration] DEC if no other function is activated. When the pump stops: The pump decelerates down to [Check Valve Spd 2] CVHS according to [Deceleration] DEC The pump decelerates from [Check Valve Spd 2] CVHS to [Check Valve Spd 1] CVLS according to [Dec. Check Valve] DECV The pump decelerates from [Check Valve Spd 1] CVLS to zero speed according to [Deceleration on Stop] DECS If [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS = 0, the start ramp is ignored and [Acceleration] ACC is used to start the pump. If [Dec. Check Valve] DECV = 0, the check-valve ramp is ignored and is used to decelerate down to [Low Speed] LSP, then [Deceleration on Stop] DECS is used (see below). If [Deceleration on Stop] DECS = 0, the normal deceleration [Deceleration] DEC is used to stop the pump. [Low Speed] LSP Motor frequency at low speed. 404 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [High Speed] HSP Motor frequency at high speed. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 50.0 Hz [Ref Freq Template] bSP Low speed management (template). This parameter defines how the speed reference is taken into account, for analog inputs and pulse input only. In the case of the PID controller, this is the PID output reference. The limits are set by the [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP parameters. Setting Code / Value [Standard] bSd Description F R Frequency Reference At reference = 0, the frequency = [Low speed] LSP Factory setting [Deadband] bLS F R Frequency Reference At reference = 0 to [Low speed] LSP, the frequency = [Low speed] LSP EAV64318 11/2016 405 Complete settings CSt- Setting Code / Value [Pedestal] bnS Description F R Frequency Reference At reference = 0 to LSP the frequency = 0 [Pedestal at 0%] bnS0 F R Frequency Reference This operation is the same as [Standard] bSd, except that in the following cases at zero reference, the frequency = 0: The signal is less than [Min value], which is greater than 0 (example: 1 Vdc on a 2–10 Vdc input). The signal is greater than [Min value], which is greater than [Max value] (example: 11 Vdc on a 10–0 Vdc input). If the input range is configured as “bidirectional”, the operation remains identical to [Standard] bSd. This parameter defines how the speed reference is taken into account, for analog inputs and pulse input only. In the case of the PID controller, this is the PID output reference. The limits are set by the [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP parameters 406 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.34 [Generic functions] - [Ramp] [Generic functions] - [Ramp] [Ramp] rAMP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Ramp] [Ramp Type] rPt Type of ramp. Setting Code / Value Description [Linear] LIn Linear ramp Factory setting [S-Ramp] S S ramp [U-Ramp] U U ramp [Customized] CUS Customer ramp [Ramp increment] Inr This parameter is valid for [Acceleration] ACC, [Deceleration] dEC, [Acceleration 2] AC2 and [Deceleration 2] dE2. Setting Code / Value Description [0.01] 0.01 Ramp up to 99.99 seconds [0.1] 0.1 Ramp up to 999.9 seconds Factory setting [1] 1 Ramp up to 6,000 seconds [Acceleration] ACC Time to accelerate from 0 to the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS. To have repeatability in ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application. Setting Description 0.00...6,000.00 s (1) Setting range Factory setting: 10.00 s (1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr [Deceleration] dEC Time to decelerate from the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS to 0. To have repeatability in ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application. Setting Description 0.00...6,000.00 s (1) Setting range Factory setting: 10.00 s (1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr EAV64318 11/2016 407 Complete settings CSt- [Begin Acc round] tA1 Rounding of start of acceleration ramp as a percentage of the [Acceleration] ACC or [Acceleration 2] AC2 ramp time. Can be set from 0 to 100%. This parameter can be accessed if the [Ramp type] rPt is set to [Customized] CUS. Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 10% [End Acc round] tA2 Rounding of end of acceleration ramp as a percentage of the [Acceleration] ACC or [Acceleration 2] AC2 ramp time. Can be set between 0 and (100% - [Begin Acc round] tA1). This parameter can be accessed if the [Ramp type] rPt is set to [Customized] CUS. Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 10% [Begin Dec round] tA3 Rounding of start of deceleration ramp as a percentage of the [Deceleration] dEC or [Deceleration 2] dE2 ramp time. Can be set from 0 to 100%. This parameter can be accessed if the [Ramp type] rPt is set to [Customized] CUS. Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 10% [End Dec round] tA4 Rounding of end of deceleration ramp as a percentage of the [Deceleration] dEC or [Deceleration 2] dE2 ramp time. Can be set between 0 and (100% - [Begin Dec round] tA3). This parameter can be accessed if the [Ramp type] rPt is [Customized] CUS. 408 Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 10% EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Dec.Ramp Adapt] brA Deceleration ramp adaptation. NOTICE DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR Only set this parameter to YES or nO if the connected motor is a permanent magnet synchronous motor. Other settings demagnetize permanent magnet synchronous motors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Activating this function automatically adapts the deceleration ramp, if this has been set at a too low value according to the inertia of the load, which can cause an overvoltage detected error. The function is incompatible with applications requiring: Positioning on a ramp EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function inactive [Yes] YES Function active, for applications that do not require strong deceleration Factory setting [High Torque] dYnA Addition of a constant current flow component. The [High torq. A] dYnA selection appears depending on the rating of the drive and [Motor control type] Ctt. It enables stronger deceleration to be obtained than with [Yes] YES. Use comparative testing to determine your selection When [Dec.Ramp Adapt] brA is configured on [High torque] dYnA, the dynamic performances for braking are improved by the addition of a current flow component. The aim is to increase the iron loss and magnetic energy stored in the motor. 409 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.35 [Generic functions] - [Ramp switching] [Generic functions] - [Ramp switching] [Ramp switching] rpt- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Ramp switching] [Ramp 2 Thd] Frt Ramp 2 frequency threshold The second ramp is switched if the value of [Ramp 2 Thd] Frt is not 0 (0 deactivates the function) and the output frequency is greater than [Ramp 2 Thd] Frt. Threshold ramp switching can be combined with [Ramp Switch Assign] rPS switching as follows: DI or Bit Frequency Ramp 0 < Frt ACC, dEC 0 > Frt AC2, dE2 1 < Frt AC2, dE2 1 > Frt AC2, dE2 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Ramp Switch Assign] rPS Ramp switching. 410 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration [Acceleration 2] AC2 Acceleration 2 ramp time. Time to accelerate from 0 to the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS. To have repeatability in ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application. This parameter can be accessed if [Ramp 2 Thd] Frt is greater than 0 or if [Ramp Switch Assign] rPS is assigned. Setting Description 0.0...6,000 s (1) Setting range Factory setting: 5.0 s (1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr. [Deceleration 2] dE2 Time to decelerate from the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS to 0. To have repeatability in ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application. This parameter can be accessed if: [Ramp 2 Thd] Frt is greater than 0, or [Ramp Switch Assign] rPS is assigned. Setting Description 0.0...6,000 s (1) Setting range Factory setting: 5.0 s (1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr. EAV64318 11/2016 411 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.36 [Generic functions] - [Stop configuration] [Generic functions] - [Stop configuration] [Stop configuration] Stt- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Stop configuration] About This Menu NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. [Type of stop] Stt Normal stop mode. Stop mode on disappearance of the run command or appearance of a stop command. Setting Code / Value Description [On Ramp] rMP Stop on ramp Factory setting [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop [Freewheel] nSt Freewheel stop [DC injection] dCI DC injection stop. Available if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. [Freewheel stop ass.] nSt Freewheel stop. The stop is activated when the input or the bit changes to 0. If the input returns to state 1 and the run command is still active, the motor will only restart if [2/3-wire control] tCC is set to [2-Wire Control] 2C and if [2-wire type] tCt is set to [Level] LEL or [Fwd priority] PFO. If not, a new run command must be sent. 412 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP regardless of configuration EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level L11L...L16L [DI11 (Low level)]...[DI16 (Low level)] Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted D52L...D59L [DI52 (Low level)]...[DI59 (Low level)] Digital input DI52…DI59 (low level) NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [Freewheel stop Thd] FFt Freewheel stop threshold. Speed threshold below which the motor switches to freewheel stop. This parameter supports switching from a ramp stop or a fast stop to a freewheel stop below a low speed threshold. This parameter can be accessed if: [Type of stop] Stt is set to [Fast stop] FSt or [Ramp stop] rMP, and [Auto DC Injection] AdC is configured. Setting Description 0.2...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.2 Hz [Fast stop ass.] FSt Fast stop. The stop is activated when the input changes to 0 or the bit changes to 1 (bit in [I/O profile] IO at 0). If the input returns to state 1 and the run command is still active, the motor will only restart if [2/3-wire control] tCC is set to [2-Wire Control] 2C and if [2-wire type] tCt is set to [Level] LEL or [Fwd priority] PFO. If not, a new run command must be sent. NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP regardless of configuration 413 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level L11L...L16L [DI11 (Low level)]...[DI16 (Low level)] Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted D52L...D59L [DI52 (Low level)]...[DI59 (Low level)] Digital input DI52…DI59 (low level) NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [Ramp Divider] dCF Fast Stop deceleration ramp reduction coefficient. This parameter can be accessed if: [Type of stop] Stt is set to [Fast stop] FSt, or [Fast stop assign.] FSt is not set to [No] nO, or [Stop type] PAS is set to [Fast stop] FSt. The ramp that is enabled ([Deceleration] dEC or [Deceleration 2] dE2) is then divided by this coefficient when stop requests are sent. Value 0 corresponds to a minimum ramp time. Setting Description 0...10 Setting range Factory setting: 4 [DC Injection Assign] dCI DC injection brake assignment. WARNING UNINTENDED MOVEMENT Do not use DC injection to generate holding torque when the motor is at a standstill. Use a holding brake to keep the motor in the standstill position. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. DC injection braking is initiated when the assigned input or bit changes to state 1. If the input returns to state 0 and the run command is still active, the motor will only restart if [2/3-wire control] tCC is set to [2-Wire Control] 2C and if [2-wire type] tCt is set to [Level] LEL or [Fwd priority] PFO. If not, a new run command must be sent. NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. 414 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration [DC inject. level 1] IdC DC injection current. NOTICE OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Level of DC injection braking current activated via digital input or selected as stop mode. This parameter can be accessed if: [Type of stop] Stt is set to [DC injection] dCI, or [DC.Brake DI] dCI is not set to [No] nO. Setting 0.1...1.41 In Description (1) Setting range This setting is independent of the [Auto DC Injection] AdC- function. Factory setting: 0.7 In (1) (1) In corresponds to the rated drive current indicated in the Installation Manual and on the drive nameplate. EAV64318 11/2016 415 Complete settings CSt- [DC injection time 1] tdI DC injection time 1. NOTICE OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Maximum current injection time [DC inject. level 1] IdC. After this time, the injection current becomes [DC inject. level 2] IdC2. This parameter can be accessed if: [Type of stop] Stt is set to [DC injection] dCI, or [DC.Brake DI] dCI is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0.1...30 s Setting range This setting is independent of the [Auto DC Injection] AdC- function. Factory setting: 0.5 s [DC inject. level 2] IdC2 DC injection current 2. NOTICE OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Injection current activated by digital input or selected as stop mode once period [DC injection time 1] tdI has elapsed. This parameter can be accessed if: [Type of stop] Stt is set to [DC injection] dCI, or [DC Injection Assign] dCI is not set to [No] nO. Setting 0.1 In (1)...[DC Description inject. level 1] IdC Setting range This setting is independent of the [Auto DC Injection] AdC- function. Factory setting: 0.5 In (1) (1) In corresponds to the rated drive current indicated in the Installation Manual and on the drive nameplate. 416 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DC Inj Time 2] tdC 2nd DC injection time. NOTICE OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Maximum injection time [DC inject. level 2] IdC2 for injection, selected as stop mode only. This parameter can be accessed if [Type of stop] Stt is set to [DC injection] dCI. Setting Description 0.1...30 s Setting range This setting is independent of the [Auto DC Injection] AdC- function. Factory setting: 0.5 s [SwitchOnDisable Stp] dOtd Disable operation stop mode. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Freewheel Stop] nSt Disable drive function [Ramp Stop] rMP Ramp stop then disable drive function Factory setting 417 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.37 [Generic functions] - [Auto DC injection] [Generic functions] - [Auto DC injection] [Auto DC injection] AdC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Auto DC injection] About This Menu This menu presents the automatic injection of motor current function. This is used to hold the rotor of the motor at the end of the deceleration ramp. [Auto DC Injection] AdC Automatic DC Injection. DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH If the parameter [Auto DC Injection] ADC is set to [Continuous] Ct, DC injection is always active, even if the motor does not run. Verify that using this setting does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. WARNING UNINTENDED MOVEMENT Do not use DC injection to generate holding torque when the motor is at a standstill. Use a holding brake to keep the motor in the standstill position. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Automatic current injection on stopping (at the end of the ramp). NOTE: There is an interlock between this function and [Motor fluxing] FLU. If [Motor fluxing] FLU is set to [Continuous] FCt, [Auto DC Injection] AdC must be [No] nO. [Auto DC Injection] AdC is forced to [No] nO when [Brake assignment] bLC is not set to [No] nO. This parameter gives rise to the injection of current even if a run command has not been sent. 418 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No injection [Yes] YES Adjustable injection time Factory setting [Continuous] Ct Continuous standstill injection EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Auto DC inj Level 1] SdC1 Auto DC injection level 1. NOTICE OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Level of standstill DC injection current [Auto DC Injection] AdC is not [No] nO. Setting 0...1.1 In Description (1) Setting range Factory setting: 0.7 In (1) (1) In corresponds to the rated drive current indicated in the Installation Manual and on the drive nameplate. [Auto DC Inj Time 1] tdC1 Auto DC injection time 1. NOTICE OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. This parameter can be accessed if [Auto DC Injection] AdC is not set to [No] nO. This time corresponds to the zero speed maintenance time, if [Motor control type ] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting Description 0.1...30.0 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.5 s [Auto DC inj Level 2] SdC2 Auto DC injection level 2. NOTICE OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Second level of standstill DC injection current. This parameter can be accessed if [Auto DC Injection] AdC is not set to [No] nO. Setting 0...1.1 In Description (1) Setting range Factory setting: 0.5 In (1) (1) In corresponds to the rated drive current indicated in the Installation Manual and on the drive nameplate. EAV64318 11/2016 419 Complete settings CSt- [Auto DC Inj Time 2] tdC2 Auto DC injection time 2. NOTICE OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Second standstill injection time. This parameter can be accessed if [Auto DC Injection] AdC is set to [YES] Yes. AdC SdC2 YES x Ct ≠0 Ct =0 Operation Run command Speed 420 Setting Description 0.0...30.0 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 s EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.38 [Generic functions] - [Ref. operations] [Generic functions] - [Ref. operations] [Ref. operations] OAI- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Ref. operations] About This Menu Summing input / subtraction input / multiplier A (Fr1 or Fr1b + SA2 + SA3 - dA2 - dA3) x MA2 x MA3 NOTE: If SA2, SA3, dA2, dA3 are not assigned, they are set to 0. If MA2, MA3 are not assigned, they are set to 1. A is limited by the minimum LSP and maximum HSP parameters. For a multiplication, the signal on MA2 or MA3 is interpreted as a %. 100% corresponds to the maximum value of the corresponding input. If MA2 or MA3 is sent via the communication bus or Graphic Display Terminal, an MFr multiplication variable must be sent via the bus or Graphic Display Terminal. Reversal of the direction of operation in the event of a negative result can be blocked (see [Reverse Disable] rIn). EAV64318 11/2016 421 Complete settings CSt- [Summing Input 2] SA2 Summing input 2. Selection of a reference to be added to [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned [AI1] AI1 Analog input AI1 Factory Setting [AI2]...[AI3] AI2...AI3 Analog input AI2...AI3 [AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt Up/Down function is assigned by DIx [Ref. Freq- Rmt. Term] LCC Reference Frequency via remote terminal [Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus [Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been inserted [Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been inserted [Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV340•••N4E drives. [AI Virtual 1]...[AI Virtual 3] AIv1...AIv3 Virtual analogic input 1...3 [DI5 PulseInput Assignment]...[DI6 PulseInput Assignment] PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input [Summing Input 3] SA3 Summing input 3. Selection of a reference to be added to [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b. Identical to [Summing Input 2] SA2 [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2. Selection of a reference to be subtracted from [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b. Identical to [Summing Input 2] SA2 [Subtract Ref Freq 3] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3. Selection of a reference to be subtracted from [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b. Identical to [Summing Input 2] SA2. [Ref Freq 2 Multiply] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiply (in % of the source range). Selection of a multiplier reference [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b. Identical to [Summing Input 2] SA2. [Ref Freq 3 Multiply] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiply (in % of the source range). Selection of a multiplier reference [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b. Identical to [Summing Input 2] SA2. 422 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.39 [Generic functions] - [Preset speeds] [Generic functions] - [Preset speeds] [Preset speeds] PSS- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Preset speeds] About This Menu NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Combination Table for Preset Speed Inputs 2, 4, 8 or 16 speeds can be preset, requiring 1, 2, 3 or 4 digital inputs respectively. It is necessary to configure: 2 and 4 speeds in order to obtain 4 speeds. 2, 4 and 8 speeds in order to obtain 8 speeds. 2, 4, 8 and 16 speeds in order to obtain 16 speeds. 16 Preset Freq (PS16) 8 Preset Freq (PS8) 4 Preset Freq (PS4) 2 Preset Freq (PS2) Speed Reference 0 0 0 0 Reference 1 (1) 0 0 0 1 SP2 0 0 1 0 SP3 0 0 1 1 SP4 0 1 0 0 SP5 0 1 0 1 SP6 0 1 1 0 SP7 0 1 1 1 SP8 1 0 0 0 SP9 1 0 0 1 SP10 1 0 1 0 SP11 1 0 1 1 SP12 1 1 0 0 SP13 1 1 0 1 SP14 1 1 1 0 SP15 1 1 1 1 SP16 (1) Reference 1 = SP1, refer to diagram (see page 230) EAV64318 11/2016 423 Complete settings CSt- [2 Preset Freq] PS2 2 preset freq assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [4 Preset Freq] PS4 4 preset freq assignment. Identical to [2 Preset Freq] PS2 To obtain 4 speeds, you must also configure 2 speeds. [8 Preset Freq] PS8 8 preset freq assignment. Identical to [2 Preset Freq] PS2 To obtain 8 speeds, you must also configure 2 and 4 speeds. [16 Preset Freq] PS16 16 preset freq assignment. Identical to [2 Preset Freq] PS2 To obtain 16 speeds, you must also configure 2, 4 and 8 speeds. [Preset speed 2] SP2 Preset speed 2. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). 424 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Preset speed 3] SP3 Preset speed 3. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 15.0 Hz [Preset speed 4] SP4 Preset speed 4. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 20.0 Hz [Preset speed 5] SP5 Preset speed 5. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 25.0 Hz [Preset speed 6] SP6 Preset speed 6. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 30.0 Hz [Preset speed 7] SP7 Preset speed 7. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 35.0 Hz [Preset speed 8] SP8 Preset speed 8. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 40.0 Hz [Preset speed 9] SP9 Preset speed 9. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 45.0 Hz 425 Complete settings CSt- [Preset speed 10] SP10 Preset speed 10. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 50.0 Hz [Preset speed 11] SP11 Preset speed 11. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 55.0 Hz [Preset speed 12] SP12 Preset speed 12. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 60.0 Hz [Preset speed 13] SP13 Preset speed 13. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 70.0 Hz [Preset speed 14] SP14 Preset speed 14. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 80.0 Hz [Preset speed 15] SP15 Preset speed 15 See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 90.0 Hz [Preset speed 16] SP16 Preset speed 16. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 423). 426 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 100.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.40 [Generic functions] - [+/- speed] [Generic functions] - [+/- speed] [+/- speed] Upd- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [+/- speed] About This Menu This function can be accessed if reference channel [Ref Freq 2 Config] Fr2 is set to [Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. 2 types of operations are available: Use of single action keys: 2 digital inputs are required in addition to the operating directions. The input assigned to the “+ speed” command increases the speed, the input assigned to the “– speed” command decreases the speed. Use of double action keys: Only one digital input assigned to “+ speed” is required. +/– speed with double-press buttons: Description: 1 button pressed twice (2 steps) for each direction of rotation. A contact closes each time the button is pressed. Setting Released (– Speed) First Press (Speed Maintained) Second Press (Faster) Forward button – a a and b Reverse button – c c and d DI1 Forward DIx Reverse DIy + speed EAV64318 11/2016 427 Complete settings CSt- Do not use this +/– speed type with a 3-wire control. Whichever type of operation is selected, the max. speed is set by [High speed] HSP. NOTE: If the reference is switched via [Freq Switch Assign] rFC from any reference channel to another reference channel with "+/– speed", the value of reference [Motor Frequency] rFr (after ramp) may be copied at the same time in accordance with the [Copy Ch1-Ch2] COP parameter. If the reference is switched via [Freq Switch Assign] rFC from one reference channel to any other reference channel with "+/– speed", the value of reference [Motor Frequency] rFr (after ramp) is copied at the same time. This helps to prevent the speed from being incorrectly reset to zero when switching takes place. [+ Speed Assign] USP Increase speed input assignment. Function active if the assigned input or bit is at 1. 428 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration [- Speed Assign] dSP Down speed input assignment. See the assignment conditions. Parameter settings identical to [+ Speed Assign] USP. Function active if the assigned input or bit is at 1. [Ref Frequency Save] Str Reference frequency saves. This parameter can be accessed if [+ Speed Assign] USP is not set to [Not Assigned] nO. Associated with the "+/– speed" function, this parameter can be used to save the reference: When the run commands disappear (saved to RAM). When the supply mains or the run commands disappear (saved to EEPROM). Therefore, next time the drive starts up, the speed reference is the last reference frequency saved. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No save] nO Not saved Factory setting [Save to RAM] rAM +/- speed with saving of the reference frequency in RAM [Save to EEprom] EEP +/- speed with saving of the reference frequency in EEPROM 429 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.41 [Generic functions] - [Jump frequency] [Generic functions] - [Jump frequency] [Jump frequency] JUF- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Jump frequency] About This Menu Identical to [Jump frequency] JUF- Menu (see page 401). 430 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.42 [Generic functions] - [PID controller] [Generic functions] - [PID controller] [PID Controller] PID- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [PID Controller] About This Menu Identical to [PID Controller] PID- Menu (see page 298). EAV64318 11/2016 431 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.43 [Generic functions] - [Feedback mon.] [Generic functions] - [Feedback mon.] [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Feedback monitoring] About This Menu Identical to [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu (see page 330). 432 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.44 [Generic functions] - [Threshold reached] [Generic functions] - [Threshold reached] [Threshold reached] tHrE- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Threshold reached] [Low I Threshold] CtdL Current low threshold value. Setting Description 0...65,535 A Setting range Factory setting: 0 A [High Current Thd] Ctd Current high threshold value. Setting Description 0...65,535 A Setting range Factory setting: Drive nominal current [Low Freq. Threshold] FtdL Motor low frequency threshold. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Motor Freq Thd] Ftd Motor frequency threshold. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 50.0 Hz [2 Freq. Threshold] F2dL Motor low frequency second threshold. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Freq. threshold 2] F2d Motor frequency threshold 2. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 50.0 Hz 433 Complete settings CSt- [Motor Thermal Thd] ttd Motor thermal state threshold. Setting Description 0...118% Setting range Factory setting: 100% [Reference high Thd] rtd Reference frequency high threshold. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Reference low Thd] rtdL Reference frequency low threshold. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [High torque thd.] ttH High torque threshold. Setting Description -300...300% Setting range Factory setting: 100% [Low torque thd.] ttl Low torque threshold. 434 Setting Description -300...300% Setting range Factory setting: 50% EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.45 [Generic functions] - [Mains contactor command] [Generic functions] - [Mains contactor command] [Mains contactor command] LLC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Mains contactor command] About This Menu The line contactor closes every time a run command (forward or reverse) is sent and opens after every stop, as soon as the drive is locked. For example, if the stop mode is stop on ramp, the contactor opens when the motor reaches zero speed. NOTE: The drive control power supply must be provided via an external 24 Vdc source. NOTICE DAMAGE TO THE DRIVE Do not use this function at intervals of less than 60 s. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Example circuit (24 Vdc power supply): DI• = Run command [Forward] Frd or [Reverse] rrS R•A/R•C = [Mains Contactor] LLC DIn = [Drive Lock] LES NOTE: The Run/Reset key must be pressed once the emergency stop key has been released. EAV64318 11/2016 435 Complete settings CSt- [Mains Contactor] LLC Mains contactor control. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory setting [R2]...[R3] r2...r3 Relay output R2...R3 [R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R6 if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted [DQ11 Digital Output]...[DQ12 Digital Output] dO11...dO12 Digital output DQ11...DQ12 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [R61]…[R66] r61…r66 Relay R61 …R66 NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO [Drive Lock] LES Drive lock assignment. This parameter can be accessed if [Mains Contactor] LLC is not set to [No] No. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP regardless of configuration [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level L11L...L16L [DI11 (Low level)]...[DI16 (Low level)] D52L...D59L [DI52 (Low level)]...[DI59 (Low level)] 436 Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted Digital input DI52…DI59 (low level) NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Mains V. time out] LCt Monitoring time for closing of line contactor. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 1...999 s Setting range Factory setting: 5 s 437 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.46 [Generic functions] - [Reverse disable] [Generic functions] - [Reverse disable] [Reverse disable] rEIn- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Reverse disable] [Reverse Disable] rIn Reverse direction disable. NOTE: Anti-Jam function takes priority over [Reverse Disable] rIn function. If an Anti-Jam function is used, reverse direction is applied despite of the [Reverse disable] rIn configuration. Reverse direction requests sent by digital inputs are taken into account. Reverse direction requests sent by the Graphic Display Terminal or sent by the line are not taken into account. Any reverse speed reference originating from the PID, summing input, and so on, is interpreted as a zero reference (0 Hz). Setting 438 Code / Value Description [No] nO No [Yes] YES Yes Factory setting EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.47 [Generic functions] - [Torque limitation] [Generic functions] - [Torque limitation] [Torque limitation] tOL- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Torque limitation] About This Menu There are 2 types of torque limitation: With a value that is fixed by a parameter With a value that is set by an analog input (AI or pulse) If both types are enabled, the lowest value is taken into account. These 2 types can be configured or switched remotely using a digital input or via the communication bus. 1 2 3 4 EAV64318 11/2016 Torque limitation via parameter Lowest value taken into account Torque limitation via analog input, RP Limitation value 439 Complete settings CSt- [Torque limit activ.] tLA Activation of the permanent torque limitation. If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the function is inactive. If the assigned input or bit is at 1, the function is active. 440 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [Yes] yes Yes [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP regardless of configuration EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.48 [Generic functions] - [Parameters switching] [Generic functions] - [Parameters switching] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Parameters switching] MLP- Menu 442 [Set 1] PS1- Menu 448 [Set 2] PS2- Menu 448 [Set 3] PS3- Menu 448 441 Complete settings CSt- [Parameters switching] MLP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Parameters switching] About This Menu A set of 1 to 15 parameters from the [Parameter Selection] SPS list (see page 443) can be selected and 2 or 3 different values assigned. These 2 or 3 sets of values can then be switched using 1 or 2 digital inputs or control word bits. This switching can be performed during operation (motor running). It can also be controlled based on 1 or 2 frequency thresholds, whereby each threshold acts as a digital input (0 = threshold not reached, 1 = threshold reached). Values 1 Values 2 Values 3 Parameter 1 ... Parameter 15 Parameter 1 ... Parameter 15 Parameter 1 ... Parameter 15 Parameter 1 ... Parameter 15 Input DI or bit or frequency threshold 2 values 0 1 0 or 1 Input DI or bit or frequency threshold 3 values 0 0 1 NOTE: Do not modify the parameters in [Parameter Selection] SPS (see page 443), because any modifications made in this menu will be lost on the next power-up. The parameters can be adjusted during operation in the [Parameters switching]MLP- menu, on the active configuration. [2 Parameter sets] CHA1 Parameter switching assignment 1. Switching 2 parameter sets. 442 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [Mot Freq High Thd] FtA Motor frequency high threshold reached [2nd Freq Thd Reached] F2A Second frequency threshold reached [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [3 Parameter sets] CHA2 Parameter switching assignment 2. Identical to [2 Parameter sets] CHA1. Switching 3 parameter sets. NOTE: In order to obtain 3 parameter sets, it is necessary to configure first [2 Parameter sets] CHA1. [Parameter Selection] SPS This parameter can be accessed if [2 Parameter sets] CHA1 is not set to [No] nO. Making an entry in this parameter opens a window containing all the adjustment parameters that can be accessed. Select 1 to 15 parameters using OK key. Parameter(s) can also be deselected using OK key. Available parameters for parameters switching function are: EAV64318 11/2016 Parameter Code [Ramp increment] Inr [Acceleration] ACC [Deceleration] dEC [Acceleration 2] AC2 [Deceleration 2] dE2 [Begin Acc round] tA1 [End Acc round] tA2 [Begin Dec round] tA3 [End Dec round] tA4 [Low Speed] LSP [High Speed] HSP [Motor Th Current] ItH [IR compensation] UFr [Slip compensation] SLP [K speed loop filter] SFC [Speed time integral] SIt [Speed prop. gain] SPG [Inertia Factor] SPGU [Ramp Divider] dCF [DC Inj Level 1] IdC [DC Inj Time 1] tdI [DC Inj Level 2] IdC2 [DC Inj Time 2] tdC [Auto DC inj Level 1] SdC1 [Auto DC Inj Time 1] tdC1 [Auto DC inj Level 2] SdC2 [Auto DC Inj Time 2] tdC2 [Switching frequency] SFr [Current Limitation] CLI [Low Speed Timeout] tLS [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE [Preset speed 2]...[Preset speed 16] SP2... SP16 [Multiplying coeff.] MFr [PID Prop.Gain] rPG [PID Intgl.Gain] rIG [PID derivative gain] rdG 443 Complete settings CSt- 444 Parameter Code [PID ramp] PrP [PID Min Output] POL [PID Max Output] POH [PID Start Ref Freq] SFS [PID acceleration time] ACCP [Min fbk Warning] PAL [Max fbk Warning] PAH [PID error Warning] PEr [Speed input %] PSr [Ref PID Preset 2] rP2 [Ref PID Preset 3] rP3 [Ref PID Preset 4] rP4 [PID Fdbk Range] PFMr [PID Fdbk Error Delay] PFMd [High Current Thd] Ctd [Low I Threshold] CtdL [Motor Freq Thd] Ftd [Low Freq.Threshold] FtdL [Freq. threshold 2] F2d [2 Freq. Threshold] F2dL [Freewheel stop Thd] FFt [Motor Therm Thd] ttd [Reference high Thd] rtd [Reference low Thd] rtdL [Skip Frequency] JPF [Skip Frequency 2] JF2 [3rd Skip Frequency] JF3 [Skip Freq.Hysteresis] JFH [Unld.Thr.Nom.Speed] LUn [Unld.Thr.0.Speed] LUL [Unld. FreqThr. Det.] rMUd [Hysteresis Freq] Srb [Underload T.B.Rest.] FtU [Ovld Detection Thr.] LOC [Overload T.B.Rest.] FtO [Fan mode] FFM [Pmax Motor] tPMM [Pmax Generator] tPMG [Stall Max Time] StP1 [Stall Current] StP2 [Stall Frequency] StP3 [AI2 Th Warn Level] tH2A [AI5 Th Warn Level] tH5A [AI2 Th Error Level] tH2F [AI5 Th Error Level] tH5F [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS [Dec. Check Valve] dECU EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- EAV64318 11/2016 Parameter Code [Check Valve Speed 2] CUHS [Check Valve Speed 1] CULS [Final Dec. Ramp] dECS [Sleep Flow Level] SLnL [Sleep Min Speed] SLSL [Sleep Power Level] SLPr [Sleep Pressure Level] SLPl [Sleep Delay] SLPd [SLeep Boost Speed] SLbS [Sleep Boost Time] SLbt [Wake Up Process level] WUPF [Wake Up Process Error] WUPE [Wake Up Press level] WUPl [Sleep Condition] ASLC [Sleep Check Delay] ASLd [Check Sleep Ref spd] ASLr [Flow Lim Thd Active] CHt [FlowLim Thd Disable] rCHt [Flow. Limit Dec.] dFL [Pipe Fill TiMe] PFHt [Pipe Fill SPeed] PFHS [Pipe Fill Pressure] PFHP [Priming Time] PPSd [Primed Inlet Level] PPil [Primed Condition Delay] PPFd [Minimum Pressure] JPrP [Delay to start] JPrd [Maximum Pressure] JPSP [Reference Speed] JPrS [Wake up Delay] JPWd [Alpha] FLdA [Comp. at Point 1] FLH1 [Flow at Point 1] FLq1 [Static Compensation] FLH0 [OutPres Min Level] OPPL [OutPres Max Level] OPPH [OutPresError Delay] OPPd [HighFlow MaxLevel] HFPL [HighFlowError Delay] HFPd [PumpCycle MaxStarts] PCPn [PumpCycle Timeframe] PCPt [InletPres High Thd] IPPH [InletPres Low Thd] IPPL [InletPres Max Comp] IPPC [Anti-Jam Trigger Time] JtCt [Anti-Jam Torque] JtCL 445 Complete settings CSt- 446 Parameter Code [Anti-Jam Start Delay] JtCd [Anti-Jam Fwd Dec] JdEC [Anti-Jam Rv Dec] JdEr [Anti-Jam Fwd Acc] JACC [Anti-Jam Rv Acc] JACr [Anti-Jam Fwd Time] JFdt [Anti-Jam Rv Time] JrUt [Anti-Jam Fwd Speed] JFdS [Anti-Jam Rv Speed] JrUS [Anti-Jam Stop Time] JZSt [Anti-Jam Cycle Nb] JnbC [Anti-Jam Max Seq] JAMn [Anti-Jam Interval] JAMt [DryRun Error Delay] drYd [DryRun Restart Delay] drYr [Dry Run Factor] drYX [PumpLF Min Level] PLFL [PumpLF Power Factor] PLFX [PumpLF ActivDelay] PLFA [PumpLF Error Delay] PLFd [PumpLF Restart Delay] PLFr [LevelCtrl Random Factor] LCrx [Level 1st Pump Start] Lrl1 [Level 2nd Pump Start] Lrl2 [Level 3rd Pump Start] Lrl3 [Level 4th Pump Start] Lrl4 [Level 5th Pump Start] Lrl5 [Level 6th Pump Start] Lrl6 [Level 1st Pump Stop] Lpl1 [Level 2nd Pump Stop] Lpl2 [Level 3rd Pump Stop] Lpl3 [Level 4th Pump Stop] Lpl4 [Level 5th Pump Stop] Lpl5 [Level 6th Pump Stop] Lpl6 [Level 1st Pump at HSP] LHl1 [Level 2nd Pump at HSP] LHl2 [Level 3rd Pump at HSP] LHl3 [Level 4th Pump at HSP] LHl4 [Level 5th Pump at HSP] LHl5 [Level 6th Pump at HSP] LHl6 [LevelCtrl Low Speed] LCls [Min Delivery Height] LCdj [Max Delivery Height] LCDK [LevelCtrl S/D Interval] LCDT [Booster Stg Speed] bss [Booster Dstg Speed] bds [Booster Stg Delay] bsd EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- EAV64318 11/2016 Parameter Code [Booster Stg Bypass Speed] bsbs [Booster Stg Ramp Delay] bsrd [Booster Stg Bypass Time] bsbt [Booster Dstg Delay] bdd [Booster Dstg Bypass Spd] bdbs [Booster Dstg Ramp Delay] bdrd [Booster Dstg Bypass Time] bdbt [Booster S/D Interval] bsdt [Booster Working Range] bCwa [Booster Override Range] bCoa [Booster S/D Flow Hyst] BSDH [Booster Dstg Flow] BDF [FeedFwd Stage Delay] ffsd [FeedFwd Destage Delay] ffdd [FeedFwd Disturb Gain] ffg [FeedFwd Disturb Time] fftg [AFE Generator Mode] CLIG [Pump Fixed Freq] MPFS [Pump Op Point Filter] WPXF 447 Complete settings CSt- [Set 1] PS1- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Parameters switching] [Set 1] About This Menu Making an entry in this menu opens a settings window containing the selected parameters in the order in which they were selected. [Set 2] PS2- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Parameters switching] [Set 2] [Parameters switching] [Set 3] About This Menu Identical to [Set 1] PS1- (see page 448). [Set 3] PS3- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] About This Menu Identical to [Set 1] PS1- (see page 448). 448 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.49 [Generic functions] - [Stop after speed timeout] [Generic functions] - [Stop after speed timeout] [Stop after speed timeout] PrSP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Stop after speed timeout] Sleep/Wake-Up in Speed Control Mode The drive is in Speed control mode, when PID is not active, typically when: PID is not configured (the motor speed setpoint is controlled by an external PLC, for example). PID is in manual mode (manual application mode, for example). PID is not active because Channel 1 is not selected (forced local mode enabled, for example). When the drive is used in Speed Control (PID not used or not active), a speed condition is used to switch the application to the sleep state. When the drive is in sleep state, the motor is restarted if the sleep condition disappears. This function avoids prolonged operation at low speeds when neither useful nor compliant with the system constraints. It stops the motor after a period of operation at reduced speed. This time and speed can be adjusted. In Speed control mode, Sleep/Wake-up is managed according to the following rules: The motor is stopped when [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH and [Output frequency] rFr become and stay lower than [Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE during [Low Speed Timeout] tLS. The motor is restarted when [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH > [Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE. 1 2 3 4 5 EAV64318 11/2016 Nominal [Low Speed Timeout] tLS function action: after [Low Speed Timeout] tLS time, the motor is stopped according to the current deceleration ramp [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH becomes greater than [Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE and run order still present [Low Speed Timeout] tLS function is deactivated [Low Speed Timeout] tLS function is not activated because [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH becomes greater than [Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE before [Low Speed Timeout] tLS has expired [Low Speed Timeout] tLS function is not activated because [Output frequency] rFr becomes greater than [Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE before [Low Speed Timeout] tLS has expired [Low Speed Timeout] tLS function is not activated because [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH stays greater than [Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE 449 Complete settings CSt- [Low Speed Timeout] tLS Low speed timeout Setting Description 0.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 s [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE Sleep offset threshold. This parameter can be accessed if [Low Speed Timeout] tLS is not set to 0. Adjustable restart threshold (offset) following a stop after prolonged operation at [Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE, in Hz. The motor restarts if the reference rises above (LSP + SLE) and if a run command is still present. 450 Setting Description 1.0...[Max Frequency] tFr Setting range Factory setting: 1.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.50 [Generic functions] - [Active Front End] [Generic functions] - [Active Front End] [Active Front End] AFE- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Active Front End] About This Menu This menu is used to set the current limitation for active front end used in generator mode. If the active front end is running in motor mode, a warning [AFE Motor Limitation] CLIM is triggered if the current limitation of 120% is reached, a warning [AFE Regen Limitation] CLIg is triggered when the limitation set with parameter [AFE Generator Mode] CLIG is reached. NOTE: This menu can be accessed on ATV680. [AFE Generator Mode] CLIG AFE Generator Mode This parameter sets the current limitation in generator operation mode. If the parameter is set to [Low Harmonic] LHM the drive will operate in Low Harmonic but not regenerate energy to the mains. Setting Code / Value Description [Low Harmonic] LHM Low Harmonic mode. Factory setting [Low Harmonic & Regen] LHrM Low Harmonic and Regeneration mode (120%). 0.0...120.0 % EAV64318 11/2016 Current limitation in generator mode 451 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.51 [Generic monitoring] [Generic monitoring] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 452 Page [Process underload] ULd- Menu 453 [Process overload] OLd- Menu 455 [Stall monitoring] StPr- Menu 457 [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Menu 458 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Process underload] ULd- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic monitoring] [Process underload] Process Underload Detected Error A process underload is detected when the next event occurs and remains pending for a minimum time [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt, which is configurable: The motor is in steady state and the torque is below the set underload limit ([Unld.Thr.0.Speed] LUL, [Unld.Thr.Nom.Speed] LUn, [Unld. FreqThr. Det.] rMUd parameters). The motor is in steady state when the offset between the frequency reference and motor frequency falls below the configurable threshold [Hysteresis Freq] Srb. Between zero frequency and the rated frequency, the curve reflects the following equation: torque = LUL + (LUn - LUL) x (frequency)2 / (rated frequency)2The underload function is not active for frequencies below rMUD. 1 Underload zone. A relay or a digital output can be assigned to the signaling of this detected error in the [Input/Output] IO, [I/O assignment] IOAS- menus. [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt Underload detection time delay. A value of 0 deactivates the function and makes the other parameters inaccessible. Setting Description 0...100 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s [Unld.Thr.Nom.Speed] LUn Underload threshold at nominal motor speed [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS, as a % of the rated motor torque. This parameter can be accessed if [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt is not set to 0. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 20...100% Setting range Factory setting: 60% 453 Complete settings CSt- [Unld.Thr.0.Speed] LUL Underload threshold at zero frequency as a % of the rated motor torque. This parameter can be accessed if [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt is not set to 0. Setting Description 0...[Unld.Thr.Nom.Speed] LUn Setting range Factory setting: 0% [Unld. FreqThr. Det.] rMUd Minimum frequency underload detection threshold. This parameter can be accessed if [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt is not set to 0. Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz [Hysteresis Freq] Srb Maximum deviation between the frequency reference and the motor frequency, which defines a steady state operation. This parameter can be accessed if [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt or [Ovld Time Detect.] TOLis not set to 0. Setting Description 0.3...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.3 Hz [Underload Mangmt.] UdL Underload management. Behavior on switching to underload detection. This parameter can be accessed if [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt is not set to 0. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp [Fast stop] FST Fast stop [Underload T.B.Rest.] FtU Minimum time permitted between an underload being detected and any automatic restart. To allow an automatic restart, the value of [Fault Reset Time] tAr must exceed this parameter by at least 1 minute. This parameter can be accessed if [Underload Mangmt.] UdL is not set to [Ignore] No. 454 Setting Description 0...6 min Setting range Factory setting: 0 min EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Process overload] OLd- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic monitoring] [Process overload] About This Menu A process overload error is detected when the next event occurs and remains pending for a minimum time [Ovld Time Detect.] tOL, which is configurable: The drive is in current limitation mode. The motor is in steady state and the current is above the set overload threshold [Ovld Detection Thr.] LOC. The motor is in steady state when the offset between the frequency reference and motor frequency falls below the configurable threshold [Hysteresis Freq] Srb. A relay or a digital output can be assigned to the signaling of this detected error. [Ovld Time Detect.] tOL Overload reaction time. A value of 0 deactivates the function and makes the other parameters inaccessible. Setting Description 0...100 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s [Ovld Detection Thr.] LOC Overload threshold. Overload detection threshold, as a % of the rated motor current [Nom Motor Current] nCr. This value must be less than the limit current in order for the function to work. This parameter can be accessed if [Ovld Time Detect.] tOL is not set to 0. Setting Description 70...150% Setting range Factory setting: 110% [Hysteresis Freq] Srb Hysteresis for steady state. Maximum deviation between the frequency reference and the motor frequency, which defines a steady state operation. This parameter can be accessed if [Ovld Time Detect.] tOL or [Unld T. Del. Detect.] ULT is not set to 0. Setting Description 0.3...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.3 Hz [Ovld.Proces.Mngmt] OdL Behavior on switching to overload detection. This parameter can be accessed if [Ovld Time Detect.] tOL is not set to 0. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop 455 Complete settings CSt- [Overload T.B.Rest.] FtO Minimum time permitted between an overload being detected and any automatic restart. In order to allow an automatic restart, the value of [Fault Reset Time] tAr must exceed this parameter by at least 1 minute. This parameter can be accessed if [Ovld Time Detect.] tOL or [Ovld.Process.Mngmt] odL is not set to 0. 456 Setting Description 0...6 min Setting range Factory setting: 0 min EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Stall monitoring] StPr- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic monitoring] [Stall monitoring] About This Menu This function helps to prevent a motor overload by monitoring the motor current and the speed rise time. A stalling condition is when: An output frequency is smaller than the stalling frequency [Stall Frequency] StP3 And an output current is higher than the stalling current [Stall Current] StP2 During a time longer than the stalling time [Stall Max Time] StP1 When a stalling condition occurs, an [Motor Stall Error] StF error is triggered. [Stall Monitoring] StPC Stall monitoring activation. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function disabled Factory setting [Yes] YES Function enabled [Stall Max Time] StP1 Motor stall maximum time. This parameter can be accessed if [Stall Monitoring] StPC is not set to [No] nO. Setting Description 0.0...200 s Setting range Factory setting: 60.0 s [Stall Current] StP2 Stall monitoring current level. This parameter can be accessed if [Stall Monitoring] StPC is not set to [No] nO. The factory setting changes to 150.0% if [Dual rating] drt is set to [Heavy Duty] HIGH Setting Description 0.0...150.0% Setting range Factory setting: 150.0% [Stall Frequency] StP3 Stall monitoring frequency level. This parameter can be accessed if [Stall Monitoring] StPC is not set to [No] nO. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...[Max Frequency] tfr Setting range Factory setting: 2.0 Hz 457 Complete settings CSt- [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Generic monitoring] [Thermal monitoring] About This Menu Identical to [Thermal monitoring] tPP- Menu (see page 187). 458 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.52 [Input/Output] - [I/O assignment] [Input/Output] - [I/O assignment] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [DI1 assignment] L1A- Menu 460 [DI2 assignment] L2A- Menu 463 [DI3 assignment] L3A- Menu 463 [DI4 assignment] L4A- Menu 464 [DI5 assignment] L5A- Menu 464 [DI6 assignment] L6A- Menu 465 [DI11 assignment] L11A- Menu 465 [DI12 assignment] L12A- Menu 466 [DI13 assignment] L13A- Menu 466 [DI14 assignment] L14A- Menu 467 [DI15 assignment] L15A- Menu 467 [DI16 assignment] L16A- Menu 468 [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A- Menu 469 [DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A- Menu 470 [AI1 assignment] AI1A- Menu 471 [AI2 assignment] AI2A- Menu 472 [AI3 assignment] AI3A- Menu 472 [AI4 assignment] AI4A- Menu 472 [AI5 assignment] AI5A- Menu 473 [AIV1 assignment] Av1A- Menu 473 [AIV2 assignment] Av2A- Menu 473 [AIV3 assignment] Av3A- Menu 474 [DI50 Assignment] d50A- Menu 474 [DI51 Assignment] d51A- Menu 474 [DI52 Assignment] d52A- Menu 475 [DI53 Assignment] d53A- Menu 476 [DI54 Assignment] d54A- Menu 476 [DI55 Assignment] d55A- Menu 476 [DI56 Assignment] d56A- Menu 477 [DI57 Assignment] d57A- Menu 477 [DI58 Assignment] d58A- Menu 478 [DI59 Assignment] d59A- Menu 478 459 Complete settings CSt- [DI1 assignment] L1A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI1 assignment] [DI1 Low Assignment] L1L DI1 low assignment. 460 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned [Run] rUn Run enable [Forward] Frd Forward operation [Reverse] rrS Reverse operation [Ramp switching] rPS Ramp switching [+Speed] USP + speed [- speed] dSP - Speed [2 preset speeds] PS2 2 preset speeds [4 preset speeds] PS4 4 preset speeds [8 preset speeds] PS8 8 preset speeds [Ref. 2 switching] rFC Reference switching [Freewheel stop] nSt Freewheel stop [DC injection] dCI Injection DC stop [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop [Forced local] FLO Forced local mode [Fault reset] rSF Fault reset [Autotuning Assign] tUL Autotuning assignment [Auto / manual] PAU PID auto-manu [PID integral reset] PIS Integral shunting PID [2 preset PID ref]. Pr2 2 preset PID references [4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 4 preset PID references [Torque limitation] tLA Permanent torque limitation [External Error] EtF External error [2 parameter sets] CHA1 Parameter switching 1 [3 parameter sets] CHA2 Parameter switching 2 [Cmd switching] CCS Command channel switching [ErrorDetect Disable] InH Error detection disable [16 preset speeds] PS16 16 preset speeds [Ref 1B switching] rCb Reference channel switching (1 to 1B) [Drive Lock] LES Drive lock assignment [ProductRestart Assign] rPA Restart product [Idle] IdLS Stop and go : idle mode enable condition [R1]...[R3] r1...r3 Relay output R1...R3 [R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R6, if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted [DQ11 digital output]...[DQ12 digital output] dO11...dO12 Digital output DQ11...DQ12, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Preset spd2] FPS1 Function key preset speed 1 assignment [Preset spd3] FPS2 Function key preset speed 2 assignment [PID ref. 2] FPr1 Function key preset PI 1 assignment EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [PID ref. 3] FPr2 Function key preset PI 2 assignment [+Speed] FUSP Function key faster assignment [-Speed] FdSP Function key slower assignment [T/K] Ft Function key bumpless assignment [VSP] uSP Variable speed pump selection [Switch source] OPPW Outlet pressure switch select [Switch Source] SLPW Select an external condition to enter in sleep mode (for example. Flow switch) [Source Activation] PFEC Pipe fill enable condition [Source Selection] JEtC External Anti-Jam trigger condition [Switch Select] drYW Dry run no flow switch selection [Switch Selection] PLFW Pump low flow no flow switch selection [DI1 High Assignment] L1H DI1 high assignment. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned [Run] rUn Run enable [Forward] Frd Forward operation [Reverse] rrS Reverse operation [Ramp switching] rPS Ramp switching [+Speed] USP + speed [- speed] dSP - Speed [2 preset speeds] PS2 2 preset speeds [4 preset speeds] PS4 4 preset speeds [8 preset speeds] PS8 8 preset speeds [Ref. 2 switching] rFC Reference switching [DC injection] dCI Injection DC stop [Forced local] FLO Forced local mode [Fault reset] rSF Fault reset [Autotuning Assign] tUL Autotuning assignment [Auto / manual] PAU PID auto-manu [PID integral reset] PIS Integral shunting PID [2 preset PID ref]. Pr2 2 preset PID references [4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 4 preset PID references [Torque limitation] tLA Permanent torque limitation [External Error] EtF External error [2 parameter sets] CHA1 Parameter switching 1 [3 parameter sets] CHA2 Parameter switching 2 [Cmd switching] CCS Command channel switching [ErrorDetect Disable] InH Error detection disable [16 preset speeds] PS16 16 preset speeds [Ref 1B switching] rCb Reference channel switching (1 to 1B) [Drive Lock] LES Drive lock assignment [ProductRestart Assign] rPA Restart product [Idle] IdLS Stop and go : idle mode enable condition [R1]...[R3] r1...r3 Relay output R1...R3 [R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R6, if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted 461 Complete settings CSt- 462 Setting Code / Value Description [DQ11 digital output]...[DQ12 digital output] dO11...dO12 Digital output DQ11...DQ12, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Preset spd2] FPS1 Function key preset speed 1 assignment [Preset spd3] FPS2 Function key preset speed 2 assignment [PID ref. 2] FPr1 Function key preset PI 1 assignment [PID ref. 3] FPr2 Function key preset PI 2 assignment [+Speed] FUSP Function key faster assignment [-Speed] FdSP Function key slower assignment [T/K] Ft Function key bumpless assignment [VSP] uSP Variable speed pump selection [Switch source] OPPW Outlet pressure switch select [Switch Source] SLPW Select an external condition to enter in sleep mode (for example. Flow switch) [Source Activation] PFEC Pipe fill enable condition [Source Selection] JEtC External Anti-Jam trigger condition [Switch Select] drYW Dry run no flow switch selection [Switch Selection] PLFW Pump low flow no flow switch selection EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI2 assignment] L2A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI2 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). [DI2 Low Assignment] L2L DI2 low assignment. [DI2 High Assignment] L2H DI2 high assignment. [DI3 assignment] L3A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI3 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). [DI3 Low Assignment] L3L DI3 low assignment. [DI3 High Assignment] L3H DI3 high assignment. EAV64318 11/2016 463 Complete settings CSt- [DI4 assignment] L4A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI4 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). [DI4 Low Assignment] L4L DI4 low assignment. [DI4 High Assignment] L4H DI4 high assignment. [DI5 assignment] L5A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI5 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). [DI5 Low Assignment] L5L DI5 low assignment. [DI5 High Assignment] L5H DI5 high assignment. 464 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI6 assignment] L6A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI6 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). [DI6 Low Assignment] L6L DI6 low assignment. [DI6 High Assignment] L6H DI6 high assignment. [DI11 assignment] L11A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI11 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI11 Low Assignment] L11L DI11 low assignment. [DI11 High Assignment] L11H DI11 high assignment. EAV64318 11/2016 465 Complete settings CSt- [DI12 assignment] L12A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI12 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI12 Low Assignment] L12L DI12 low assignment. [DI12 High Assignment] L12H DI12 high assignment. [DI13 assignment] L13A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI13 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI13 Low Assignment] L13L DI13 low assignment. [DI13 High Assignment] L13H DI13 high assignment. 466 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI14 assignment] L14A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI14 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI14 Low Assignment] L14L DI14 low assignment. [DI14 High Assignment] L14H DI14 high assignment. [DI15 assignment] L15A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI15 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI15 Low Assignment] L15L DI15 low assignment. [DI15 High Assignment] L15H DI15 high assignment. EAV64318 11/2016 467 Complete settings CSt- [DI16 assignment] L16A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI16 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 460). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI16 Low Assignment] L16L DI16 low assignment. [DI16 High Assignment] L16H DI16 high assignment. 468 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the [DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5 parameter. [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A DI5 pulse input assignment. It displays all the functions associated with the pulse input in order to verify, for example, for compatibility problems. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory Setting [AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1 [AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2 [Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1 [Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2 [Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing [PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2 [Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man) [PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency [Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing [Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3 [Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1 [Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier [Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier [Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function [InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor [Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor [Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor [LevelCtrl Sensor] LCSA Level control analog sensor 469 Complete settings CSt- [DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [Pulse Input DI6 Assign] About This Menu Identical to [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A- (see page 131). Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the [DI6 Frequency Measured] PFC6 parameter. [Pulse Input DI6 Assign] PI6A Pulse Input DI6 Assignment. 470 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI1 assignment] AI1A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AI1 assignment] [AI1 Assignment] AI1A Analog input AI1 functions assignment. Read-only parameter, cannot be configured. It displays all the functions associated with input AI1 in order to verify, for example, for compatibility problems. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned [AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1 [AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2 [Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1 Factory Setting [Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2 [Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing [PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2 [Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man) [PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency [Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing [Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B [Subtract Ref Freq 3] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3 [Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1 [Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier [Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier [Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function [InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor [Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor [Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor [LevelCtrl Sensor] LCSA Level control analog sensor 471 Complete settings CSt- [AI2 assignment] AI2A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AI2 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [AI1 assignment] AI1A- menu (see page 471). [AI2 Assignment] AI2A AI2 assignment. [AI3 assignment] AI3A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AI3 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [AI1 assignment] AI1A- menu (see page 471). [AI3 assignment] AI3A AI3 assignment. [AI4 assignment] AI4A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AI4 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [AI1 assignment] AI1A- menu (see page 471). [AI4 Assignment] AI4A AI4 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. 472 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI5 assignment] AI5A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AI5 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [AI1 assignment] AI1A- menu (see page 471). [AI5 Assignment] AI5A AI5 assignment. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [AIV1 assignment] Av1A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AIV1 assignment] [AIV1 Assignment] Av1A Virtual analog input 1 function assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned [Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing [PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2 [Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing [Subtract Ref Freq 3] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3 [Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier [Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier [InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor [Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor [Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor [AIV2 assignment] Av2A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AIV2 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [AIV1 assignment] AV1A- menu (see page 473) [AIV2 Assignment] Av1A Virtual analog input 2 function assignment. EAV64318 11/2016 473 Complete settings CSt- [AIV3 assignment] Av3A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AIV3 assignment] About This Menu Identical to [AIV1 assignment] AV1A- menu (see page 473) [AIV3 Assignment] Av1A Virtual analog input 3 function assignment. [DI50 Assignment] d50A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI50 Assignment] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [DI50 Low Assignment] d50L DI50 low assignment. [DI50 High Assignment] d50H DI50 high assignment. [DI51 Assignment] d51A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI51 Assignment] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [DI51 Low Assignment] d51L DI51 low assignment. [DI51 High Assignment] d51H DI51 high assignment. 474 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI52 Assignment] d52A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI52 Assignment] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [DI52 Low Assignment] d52L DI52 low assignment. Settings Code/Value [No] nO Description Not assigned [Freewheel stop] nSt Freewheel stop [Ext Error assign] EtF External error assignment [Drive Lock] LES Drive lock assignment [Monitor Circuit A] IFAA Monitoring circuit A assignment [Monitor Circuit B] IFAB Monitoring circuit B assignment [Monitor Circuit C] IFAC Monitoring circuit C assignment [Monitor Circuit D] IFAD Monitoring circuit D assignment [Cabinet Circuit A] CFAA Cabinet circuit A assignment [Cabinet Circuit B] CFAB Cabinet circuit B assignment [Cabinet Circuit C] CFAC Cabinet circuit C assignment [Motor Winding A] TFAA Motor winding A assignment [Motor Winding B] TFAB Motor winding B assignment [Motor Bearing A] TFAC Motor bearing A assignment [Motor Bearing B] TFAD Motor bearing B assignment Code/Value Description [DI52 High Assignment] d52H DI52 high assignment. Settings EAV64318 11/2016 [No] nO Not assigned [Forced local] FLO Forced local mode [Fault reset] rSF Fault reset [Eternal Error] Etf External error [Drive Lock] LES Drive lock assignment [Product Restart Assign] rPA Restart product [Monitor Circuit A] IFAA Monitoring circuit A assignment [Monitor Circuit B] IFAB Monitoring circuit B assignment [Monitor Circuit C] IFAC Monitoring circuit C assignment [Monitor Circuit D] IFAD Monitoring circuit D assignment [Cabinet Circuit A] CFAA Cabinet circuit A assignment [Cabinet Circuit B] CFAB Cabinet circuit B assignment [Cabinet Circuit C] CFAC Cabinet circuit C assignment [Motor Winding A] TFAA Motor winding A assignment [Motor Winding B] TFAB Motor winding B assignment [Motor Bearing A] TFAC Motor bearing A assignment [Motor Bearing B] TFAD Motor bearing B assignment [Mains Contactor] LLC Mains contactor control 475 Complete settings CSt- [DI53 Assignment] d53A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI53 Assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI52 Assignment] d52A- Menu. (see page 475) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [DI53 Low Assignment] d53L DI53 low assignment. [DI53 High Assignment] d53H DI53 high assignment. [DI54 Assignment] d54A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI54 Assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI52 Assignment] d52A- Menu. (see page 475) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [DI54 Low Assignment] d54L DI54 low assignment. [DI54 High Assignment] d54H DI54 high assignment. [DI55 Assignment] d55A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI55 Assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI52 Assignment] d52A- Menu. (see page 475) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [DI55 Low Assignment] d55L DI55 low assignment. [DI55 High Assignment] d55H DI55 high assignment. 476 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI56 Assignment] d56A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI56 Assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI52 Assignment] d52A- Menu. (see page 475) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [DI56 Low Assignment] d56L DI56 low assignment. [DI56 High Assignment] d56H DI56 high assignment. [DI57 Assignment] d57A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI57 Assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI52 Assignment] d52A- Menu. (see page 475) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [DI57 Low Assignment] d57L DI57 low assignment. [DI57 High Assignment] d57H DI57 high assignment. EAV64318 11/2016 477 Complete settings CSt- [DI58 Assignment] d58A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI58 Assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI52 Assignment] d52A- Menu. (see page 475) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [DI58 Low Assignment] d58L DI58 low assignment. [DI58 High Assignment] d58H DI58 high assignment. [DI59 Assignment] d59A- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI59 Assignment] About This Menu Identical to [DI52 Assignment] d52A- Menu. (see page 475) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [DI59 Low Assignment] d59L DI59 low assignment. [DI59 High Assignment] d59H DI59 high assignment. 478 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.53 [Input/Output] - [DI/DQ] [Input/Output] - [DI/DQ] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [DI1 Configuration] di1- Menu 480 [DI2 Configuration] dI2- Menu 482 [DI3 Configuration] dI3- Menu 483 [DI4 Configuration] dI4- Menu 483 [DI5 Configuration] dI5- Menu 484 [DI6 Configuration] dI6- Menu 484 [DI11 Configuration] dI11- Menu 485 [DI12 Configuration] dI12- Menu 485 [DI13 Configuration] dI13- Menu 486 [DI14 Configuration] dI14- Menu 486 [DI15 Configuration] dI15- Menu 487 [DI16 Configuration] dI16- Menu 487 [DI5 Pulse Config] PAI5- Menu 488 [DI6 Pulse Config] PAI6- Menu 490 [DQ11 Configuration] dO11- Menu 491 [DQ12 Configuration] dO12- Menu 492 [DI50 Configuration] dI50- Menu 492 [DI51 Configuration] dI51- Menu 493 [DI52 Configuration] dI52- Menu 494 [DI53 Configuration] dI53- Menu 495 [DI54 Configuration] dI54- Menu 496 [DI55 Configuration] dI55- Menu 497 [DI56 Configuration] dI56- Menu 498 [DI57 Configuration] dI57- Menu 499 [DI58 Configuration] dI58- Menu 500 [DI59 Configuration] dI59- Menu 501 479 Complete settings CSt- [DI1 Configuration] di1- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI1 Configuration] [DI1 Low Assignment] L1L DI1 low assignment. 480 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned [Run] rUn Run enable [Forward] Frd Forward operation [Reverse] rrS Reverse operation [Ramp switching] rPS Ramp switching [+Speed] USP + speed [- speed] dSP - Speed [2 preset speeds] PS2 2 preset speeds [4 preset speeds] PS4 4 preset speeds [8 preset speeds] PS8 8 preset speeds [Ref Freq 2 switching] rFC Reference switching [Freewheel stop] nSt Freewheel stop [DC injection] dCI Injection DC stop [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop [Forced local] FLO Forced local mode [Fault reset] rSF Fault reset [Autotuning] tUL Autotuning assignment [Auto / manual] PAU PID auto-manu [PID integral Disabled] PIS Integral shunting PID [2 preset PID ref]. Pr2 2 preset PID references [4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 4 preset PID references [Torque limitation] tLA Permanent torque limitation [External Error] EtF External error [2 parameter sets] CHA1 Parameter switching 1 [3 parameter sets] CHA2 Parameter switching 2 [Cmd switching] CCS Command channel switching [ErrorDetect Disable] InH Error detection disable [16 preset speeds] PS16 16 preset speeds [Ref 1B switching] rCb Reference channel switching (1 to 1B) [Drive Lock] LES Drive lock assignment [ProductRestart Assign] rPA Restart product [Idle] IdLS Stop and go : idle mode enable condition [R1]...[R3] r1...r3 Relay output R1...R3 [R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R6, if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted [DQ11 digital output]...[DQ12 digital dO11...dO12 output] Digital output DQ11...DQ12, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Preset spd2] FPS1 Function key preset speed 1 assignment [Preset spd3] FPS2 Function key preset speed 2 assignment [PID ref. 2] FPr1 Function key preset PI 1 assignment [PID ref. 3] FPr2 Function key preset PI 2 assignment [+Speed] FUSP Function key faster assignment [-Speed] FdSP Function key slower assignment EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [T/K] Ft Function key bumpless assignment [VSP] uSP Variable speed pump selection [Switch source] OPPW Outlet pressure switch select [Source Activation] PFEC Pipe fill enable condition [Source Selection] JEtC External Anti-Jam trigger condition [Switch Select] drYW Dry run no flow switch selection [Switch Selection] PLFW Pump low flow no flow switch selection [DI1 High Assignment] L1H DI1 high assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned [Run] rUn Run enable [Forward] Frd Forward operation [Reverse] rrS Reverse operation [Ramp switching] rPS Ramp switching [+Speed] USP + speed [- speed] dSP - Speed [2 preset speeds] PS2 2 preset speeds [4 preset speeds] PS4 4 preset speeds [8 preset speeds] PS8 8 preset speeds [Ref. 2 switching] rFC Reference switching [DC injection] dCI Injection DC stop [Forced local] FLO Forced local mode [Fault reset] rSF Fault reset [Autotuning Assign] tUL Autotuning assignment [External Error] EtF External error [2 parameter sets] CHA1 Parameter switching 1 [3 parameter sets] CHA2 Parameter switching 2 [Cmd switching] CCS Command channel switching [ErrorDetect Disable] InH Error detection disable [16 preset speeds] PS16 16 preset speeds [Ref 1B switching] rCb Reference channel switching (1 to 1B) [Drive Lock] LES Drive lock assignment [ProductRestart Assign] rPA Restart product [Idle] IdLS Stop and go : idle mode enable condition [R1]...[R3] r1...r3 Relay output R1...R3 [R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R6, if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted [DQ11 digital output]...[DQ12 digital output] dO11...dO12 Digital output DQ11...DQ12, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [Preset spd2] FPS1 Function key preset speed 1 assignment [Preset spd3] FPS2 Function key preset speed 2 assignment [PID ref. 2] FPr1 Function key preset PI 1 assignment [PID ref. 3] FPr2 Function key preset PI 2 assignment [+Speed] FUSP Function key faster assignment [-Speed] FdSP Function key slower assignment [T/K] Ft Function key bumpless assignment 1 EAV64318 11/2016 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output to its indication. 481 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [VSP] uSP Variable speed pump selection [Switch source] OPPW Outlet pressure switch select [Switch Source] SLPW Select an external condition to enter in sleep mode (for example. Flow switch) [Source Activation] PFEC Pipe fill enable condition [Source Selection] JEtC External Anti-Jam trigger condition [Switch Select] drYW Dry run no flow switch selection [Switch Selection] PLFW Pump low flow no flow switch selection 1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output to its indication. [DI1 Delay] L1d DI1 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 0 ms [DI2 Configuration] dI2- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI2 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). [DI2 Low Assignment] L2L DI2 low assignment. [DI2 High Assignment] L2H DI2 high assignment. [DI2 Delay] L2d DI2 delay. 482 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI3 Configuration] dI3- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI3 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). [DI3 Low Assignment] L3L DI3 low assignment. [DI3 High Assignment] L3H DI3 high assignment. [DI3 Delay] L3d DI3 delay. [DI4 Configuration] dI4- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI4 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). [DI4 Low Assignment] L4L DI4 low assignment. [DI4 High Assignment] L4H DI4 high assignment. [DI4 Delay] L4d DI4 delay. EAV64318 11/2016 483 Complete settings CSt- [DI5 Configuration] dI5- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI5 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). [DI5 Low Assignment] L5L DI5 low assignment. [DI5 High Assignment] L5H DI5 high assignment. [DI5 Delay] L5d DI5 delay. [DI6 Configuration] dI6- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI6 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). [DI6 Low Assignment] L6L DI6 low assignment. [DI6 High Assignment] L6H DI6 high assignment. [DI6 Delay] L6d DI6 delay. 484 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI11 Configuration] dI11- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI11 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI11 Low Assignment] L11L DI11 low assignment. [DI11 High Assignment] L11H DI11 high assignment. [DI11 Delay] L11d DI11 delay. [DI12 Configuration] dI12- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI12 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI12 Low Assignment] L12L DI12 low assignment. [DI12 High Assignment] L12H DI12 high assignment. [DI12 Delay] L12d DI12 delay. EAV64318 11/2016 485 Complete settings CSt- [DI13 Configuration] dI13- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI13 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI13 Low Assignment] L13L DI13 low assignment. [DI13 High Assignment] L13H DI13 high assignment. [DI13 Delay] L13d DI13 delay. [DI14 Configuration] dI14- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI14 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI14 Low Assignment] L14L DI14 low assignment. [DI14 High Assignment] L14H DI14 high assignment. [DI14 Delay] L14d DI14 delay. 486 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI15 Configuration] dI15- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI15 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI15 Low Assignment] L15L DI15 low assignment. [DI15 High Assignment] L15H DI15 high assignment. [DI15 Delay] L15d DI15 delay. [DI16 Configuration] dI16- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI16 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 480). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DI16 Low Assignment] L16L DI16 low assignment. [DI16 High Assignment] L16H DI16 high assignment. [DI16 Delay] L16d DI16 delay. EAV64318 11/2016 487 Complete settings CSt- [DI5 Pulse Config] PAI5- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI5 Pulse Config] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the [DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5 parameter. [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A Di5 pulse input assignment. It displays all the functions associated with the pulse input in order to verify, for example, for compatibility problems. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned Factory Setting [AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1 [AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2 [Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1 [Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2 [Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing [PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2 [Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man) [PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency [Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing [Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3 [Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1 [Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier [Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier [Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function [InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor [Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor [Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor [LevelCtrl Sensor] LCSA Level control analog sensor [DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5 DI5 pulse input low frequency. Pulse input scaling parameter of 0% in Hz x 10 unit. 488 Setting Description 0.00...30000.00 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.00 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5 DI5 pulse input high frequency. Pulse input scaling parameter of 100% in Hz x 10 unit. Setting Description 0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range Factory setting: 30.00 kHz [DI5 Frequency Filter] PFI5 Interference filtering pulse input cut-off time of the low-filter. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...1,000 ms Setting range Factory setting: 0 ms 489 Complete settings CSt- [DI6 Pulse Config] PAI6- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI6 Pulse Config] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the [DI6 Frequency Measured] PFC6 parameter. [DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A Filtered customer pulse input frequency reference. Identical to [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A (see page 131). [DI6 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL6 DI6 pulse input low frequency. Identical to [DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5 (see page 132). [DI6 PulseInput High Freq] PIH6 DI6 pulse input high frequency. Identical to [DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5 (see page 132). [DI6 Frequency Filter] PFI6 Interference filtering pulse input cut-off time of the low-filter. Identical to [DI5 Frequency Filter] PFI5 (see page 132). 490 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DQ11 Configuration] dO11- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DQ11 Configuration] About This Menu Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DQ11 Assignment] dO11 Digital output 11 assignment. Identical to [R2 Assignment] r2 (see page 523) [DQ11 actv delay] d11d DQ11 activation delay time. The delay cannot be set for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt and [Mains Contactor] LLC assignments, and remains at 0. The change in state only takes effect once the configured time has elapsed when the information becomes true. Setting Description 0...60,000 ms Setting range 0...9,999 ms then 10.00...60.00 s on the Graphic Display Terminal Factory setting: 0 ms [DQ11 status] d11S DQ11 status (output active level). Setting Code / Value Description [1] POS State 1 when the information is true Factory Setting [0] nEG State 0 when the information is true The configuration [1] POS cannot be modified for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt, [Brake Sequence] bLC, and [Mains Contactor] LLC assignments. [DQ11 hold delay] d11H DQ11 holding delay time. The holding time cannot be set for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt, [Brake Sequence] bLC, and [Mains Contactor] LLC assignments, and remains at 0. The change in state only takes effect once the configured time has elapsed when the information becomes false. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...9,999 ms Setting range Factory setting: 0 ms 491 Complete settings CSt- [DQ12 Configuration] dO12- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DQ12 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DQ11 Configuration] dO11- Menu (see page 491). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [DQ12 Assignment] dO12 Digital output 12 assignment. [DQ12 actv delay] d12d DQ12 activation delay time. [DQ12 status] d12S DQ12 status (output active level). [DQ12 hold delay] d12H DQ12 holding delay time. [DI50 Configuration] dI50- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI50 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- Menu. (see page 480) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: DI50 up to DI59 Inputs are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [DI50 Low Assignment] d50L DI50 low assignment. [DI50 High Assignment] d50H DI50 high assignment. [DI50 delay] d50d DI50 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. 492 Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 5 ms EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI51 Configuration] dI51- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI51 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- Menu. (see page 480) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: DI50 up to DI59 Inputs are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [DI51 Low Assignment] d51L DI51 low assignment. [DI51 High Assignment] d51H DI51 high assignment. [DI51 delay] d51d DI51 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 5 ms 493 Complete settings CSt- [DI52 Configuration] dI52- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI52 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- Menu. (see page 480) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: DI50 up to DI59 Inputs are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [DI52 Low Assignment] d52L DI52 low assignment. [DI52 High Assignment] d52H DI52 high assignment. [DI52 delay] d52d DI52 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. 494 Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 5 ms EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI53 Configuration] dI53- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI53 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- Menu. (see page 480) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: DI50 up to DI59 Inputs are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [DI53 Low Assignment] d53L DI53 low assignment. [DI53 High Assignment] d53H DI53 high assignment. [DI53 delay] d53d DI53 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 5 ms 495 Complete settings CSt- [DI54 Configuration] dI54- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI54 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- Menu. (see page 480) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: DI50 up to DI59 Inputs are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [DI54 Low Assignment] d54L DI54 low assignment. [DI54 High Assignment] d54H DI54 high assignment. [DI54 delay] d54d DI54 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. 496 Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 5 ms EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI55 Configuration] dI55- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI55 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- Menu. (see page 480) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: DI50 up to DI59 Inputs are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [DI55 Low Assignment] d55L DI55 low assignment. [DI55 High Assignment] d55H DI55 high assignment. [DI55 delay] d55d DI55 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 5 ms 497 Complete settings CSt- [DI56 Configuration] dI56- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI56 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- Menu. (see page 480) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: DI50 up to DI59 Inputs are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [DI56 Low Assignment] d56L DI56 low assignment. [DI56 High Assignment] d56H DI56 high assignment. [DI56 delay] d56d DI56 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. 498 Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 5 ms EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI57 Configuration] dI57- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI57 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- Menu. (see page 480) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: DI50 up to DI59 Inputs are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [DI57 Low Assignment] d57L DI57 low assignment. [DI57 High Assignment] d57H DI57 high assignment. [DI57 delay] d57d DI57 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 5 ms 499 Complete settings CSt- [DI58 Configuration] dI58- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI58 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- Menu. (see page 480) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: DI50 up to DI59 Inputs are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [DI58 Low Assignment] d58L DI58 low assignment. [DI58 High Assignment] d58H DI58 high assignment. [DI58 delay] d58d DI58 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. 500 Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 5 ms EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [DI59 Configuration] dI59- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI59 Configuration] About This Menu Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- Menu. (see page 480) Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: DI50 up to DI59 Inputs are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [DI59 Low Assignment] d59L DI59 low assignment. [DI59 High Assignment] d59H DI59 high assignment. [DI59 delay] d59d DI59 delay. NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter has elapsed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...200 ms Setting range Factory setting: 5 ms 501 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.54 [Input/Output] - [Analog I/O] [Input/Output] - [Analog I/O] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 502 Page [AI1 configuration] AI1- Menu 503 [AI2 configuration] AI2- Menu 506 [AI3 configuration] AI3- Menu 508 [AI4 configuration] AI4- Menu 509 [AI5 configuration] AI5- Menu 511 [AQ1 configuration] AO1- Menu 512 [AQ2 configuration] AO2- Menu 516 [Virtual AI1] Au1- Menu 518 [Virtual AI2] Au2- Menu 519 [Virtual AI3] Au3- Menu 519 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI1 configuration] AI1- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AI1 configuration] About This Menu The input can be delinearized by configuring an intermediate point on the input/output curve of this input: R Reference C / VI Current or Voltage Input 1 [Y Interm. point] 2 [Min value] (0%) 3 [X Interm. point] 4 [Max value] (100%) NOTE: For [X Interm. point], 0% corresponds to [Min value] and 100% to [Max value]. [AI1 Assignment] AI1A Analog input AI1 functions assignment. Read-only parameter, cannot be configured. It displays all the functions associated with input AI1 in order to verify, for example, for compatibility problems. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned [AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1 [AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2 [Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1 Factory Setting [Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2 [Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing [PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2 [Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man) [PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency [Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing [Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B [Subtract Ref Freq 3] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3 [Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1 [Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier [Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier [Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function [InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor [Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor [Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor [LevelCtrl Sensor] LCSA Level control analog sensor 503 Complete settings CSt- [AI1 Type] AI1t Configuration of analog input AI1. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc Factory setting [Current] 0A 0-20 mA [PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial) [KTY] KtY 1 KTY84 [PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires [PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires [AI1 min value] UIL1 AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc [AI1 max value] UIH1 AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc [AI1 min. value] CrL1 AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A. Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 mA [AI1 max. value] CrH1 AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A. Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 20.0 mA [AI1 filter] AI1F AI1 cutoff time of the low filter. 504 Setting Description 0.00...10.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.00 s EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI1 X Interm. point] AI1E Input delinearization point coordinate. Percentage of the physical input signal. 0% corresponds to [AI1 min value] (U1LI) 100% corresponds to [AI1 max value] (U1HI) Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 0% [AI1 Y Interm. point] AI1S Input delinearization point coordinate (frequency reference). Percentage of the internal frequency reference corresponding to the [AI1 X Interm. point] (AI1E) percentage of physical input signal. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 0% 505 Complete settings CSt- [AI2 configuration] AI2- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AI2 configuration] [AI2 Assignment] AI2A AI2 functions assignment. Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 503). [AI2 Type] AI2t Configuration of analog input AI2. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc Factory setting [Current] 0A 0-20 mA [PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial) [KTY] KtY 1 KTY84 [PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires [PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires [Water Prob] leuel Water level [3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires [3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires [AI2 min value] UIL2 AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 504). [AI2 max value] UIH2 AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 504). [AI2 min. value] CrL2 AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 504). [AI2 max. value] CrH2 AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 504). [AI2 filter] AI2F AI2 filter. Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 504). 506 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI2 X Interm. point] AI2E AI2 delinearization input level. Identical to [AI1 X Interm. point] AI1E (see page 505). [AI2 Y Interm. point] AI2S AI2 delinearization output level. Identical to [AI1 Y Interm. point] AI1S (see page 505). EAV64318 11/2016 507 Complete settings CSt- [AI3 configuration] AI3- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AI3 configuration] [AI3 Assignment] AI3A AI3 functions assignment. Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 503). [AI3 Type] AI3t Configuration of analog input AI3. Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 506) with factory setting: [Current] 0A. [AI3 min value] UIL3 AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 504). This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U. [AI3 max value] UIH3 AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 504). This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U. [AI3 min. value] CrL3 AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 504). This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A. [AI3 max. value] CrH3 AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 504). This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A. [AI3 filter] AI3F AI3 cutoff time of the low filter. Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 504). [AI3 X Interm. point] AI3E AI3 delinearization input level. Identical to [AI1 X Interm. point] AI1E (see page 505). [AI3 Y Interm. point] AI3S AI3 delinearization output level. Identical to [AI1 Y Interm. point] AI1S (see page 505). 508 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI4 configuration] AI4- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AI4 configuration] [AI4 Assignment] AI4A AI4 functions assignment. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 503). [AI4 Type] AI4t Configuration of analog input AI4. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc [Current] 0A 0-20 mA [Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc Factory setting [AI4 min value] UIL4 AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 504). [AI4 max value] UIH4 AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 504). [AI4 min. value] CrL4 AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 504). [AI4 max. value] CrH4 AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 504). [AI4 filter] AI4F AI4 cutoff time of the low filter. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 504). [AI4 X Interm. point] AI4E AI4 delinearization input level. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Identical to [AI1 X Interm. point] AI1E (see page 505). EAV64318 11/2016 509 Complete settings CSt- [AI4 Y Interm. point] AI4S AI4 delinearization output level. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Identical to [AI1 Y Interm. point] AI1S (see page 505). 510 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI5 configuration] AI5- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AI5 configuration] [AI5 Assignment] AI5A AI5 functions assignment. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 503). [AI5 Type] AI5t Configuration of analog input AI5. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t. (see page 509) [AI5 min value] UIL5 AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 504). [AI5 max value] UIH5 AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 504). [AI5 min. value] CrL5 AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%. Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 504). [AI5 max. value] CrH5 AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%. Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 504). [AI5 filter] AI5F AI5 cutoff time of the low filter. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 504). [AI5 X Interm. point] AI5E AI5 delinearization input level. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Identical to [AI1 X Interm. point] AI1E (see page 505). [AI5 Y Interm. point] AI5S AI5 delinearization output level. This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. Identical to [AI1 Y Interm. point] AI1S (see page 505). EAV64318 11/2016 511 Complete settings CSt- [AQ1 configuration] AO1- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AQ1 configuration] Minimum and Maximum Output Values The minimum output value, in volts, corresponds to the lower limit of the assigned parameter and the maximum value corresponds to its upper limit. The minimum value may be greater than the maximum value. PA Parameter assigned C / VO Current or voltage output UL Upper limit LL Lower limit 1 [Min Output] AOLx or UOLx 2 [Max Output] AOHx or UOHx 512 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Scaling of the Assigned Parameter The scale of the assigned parameter can be adapted in accordance with the requirements by modifying the values of the lower and upper limits with two parameters for each analog output. These parameters are given in %. 100% corresponds to the total variation range of the configured parameter, so: 100% = upper limit - lower limit. For example, [Sign. torque] Stq which varies between –3 and +3 times the rated torque, 100% corresponds to 6 times the rated torque. UL LL NS 1 2 The [Scaling AQx min] ASLx parameter modifies the lower limit: new value = lower limit + (range x ASLx). The value 0% (factory setting) does not modify the lower limit. The [Scaling AQx max] ASHx) parameter modifies the upper limit: new value = lower limit + (range x ASLx). The value 100% (factory setting) does not modify the upper limit. [Scaling AQx min] ASLx must always be lower than [Scaling AQx max] ASHx. Upper limit of the assigned parameter Lower limit of the assigned parameter New scale ASHx ASLx Application Example The value of the motor current at the AQ1 output is to be transferred with 0...20 mA, range 2 in motor, In motor being the equivalent of a 0.8 In drive. The [Motor Current] OCr parameter varies from 0 to 2 times the rated drive current, or a range of 2.5 times the rated drive current. [Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1 must not modify the lower limit, which therefore remains at its factory setting of 0%. [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 must modify the upper limit by 0.5x the rated motor torque, or 100 - 100/5 = 80% (new value = lower limit + (range x [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1). EAV64318 11/2016 513 Complete settings CSt- [AQ1 Assignment] AO1 AQ1 assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned [Motor Current] OCr Current in the motor, from 0 to 2 In (In = rated drive current indicated in the Installation manual and on the drive nameplate) [Motor Frequency] OFr Output frequency, from 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr Factory Setting [Ramp out.] OrP From 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr [Motor torq.] trq Motor torque, from 0 to 3 times the rated motor torque [Sign. torque] Stq Signed motor torque, between –3 and +3 times the rated motor torque. The + sign corresponds to the motor mode and the – sign to the generator mode (braking). [sign ramp] OrS Signed ramp output, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max Frequency] tFr [PID ref.] OPS PID controller reference between [Min PID reference] PIP1 and [Max PID reference] PIP2 [PID feedbk] OPF PID controller feedback between [Min PID feedback] PIF1 and [Max PID feedback] PIF2 [PID error] OPE PID controller detected error between –5% and +5% of [Max PID feedback] PIF2 – [Min PID feedback] PIF1 [PID output] OPI PID controller output between [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP [Drive power] OPr Motor power, between 0 and 2.5 times [Nominal Motor Power] nPr [Mot thermal] tHr Motor thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state [Drv thermal] tHd Drive thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state [Sig. o/p frq.] OFS Signed output frequency, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max Frequency] tFr [Motor volt.] UOP Voltage applied to the motor, between 0 and [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS [Inlet Pressure Value] PS1u Inlet pressure value [Outlet Pressure Value] PS2u Outlet pressure value [Installation Flow] FS1u Installation flow value [Pump Flow] FS2u Pump flow value [AQ1 Type] AO1t AQ1 type. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc [Current] 0A 0-20 mA Factory setting [AQ1 min output] AOL1 AQ1 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Current] 0A. 514 Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 mA EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AQ1 max output] AOH1 AQ1 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Current] 0A. Setting Description 0.0...20.0 mA Setting range Factory setting: 20.0 mA [AQ1 min Output] UOL1 AQ1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc [AQ1 max Output] UOH1 AQ1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Setting Description 0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc [Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1 AQ1 scaling parameter of 0%. Scaling of the lower limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation. Setting Description 0.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 0.0% [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 AQ1 scaling parameter of 100%. Scaling of the upper limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation. Setting Description 0.0...100.0% Setting range Factory setting: 100.0% [AQ1 Filter] AO1F AQ1 cutoff time of the low-filter. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.00...10.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.00 s 515 Complete settings CSt- [AQ2 configuration] AO2- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AQ2 configuration] [AQ2 assignment] AO2 AQ2 assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned [Motor Current] OCr Current in the motor, from 0 to 2 In (In = rated drive current indicated in the Installation manual and on the drive nameplate) Factory Setting [Motor Frequency] OFr Output frequency, from 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr [Ramp out.] OrP From 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr [Motor torq.] trq Motor torque, from 0 to 3 times the rated motor torque [Sign. torque] Stq Signed motor torque, between –3 and +3 times the rated motor torque. The + sign corresponds to the motor mode and the – sign to the generator mode (braking). [sign ramp] OrS Signed ramp output, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max Frequency] tFr [PID ref.] OPS PID controller reference between [Min PID reference] PIP1 and [Max PID reference] PIP2 [PID feedbk] OPF PID controller feedback between [Min PID feedback] PIF1 and [Max PID feedback] PIF2 [PID error] OPE PID controller detected error between –5% and +5% of [Max PID feedback] PIF2 – [Min PID feedback] PIF1 [PID output] OPI PID controller output between [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP [Drive power] OPr Motor power, between 0 and 2.5 times [Nominal Motor Power] nPr [Mot thermal] tHr Motor thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state [Drv thermal] tHd Drive thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state [Sig. o/p frq.] OFS Signed output frequency, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max Frequency] tFr [Motor volt.] UOP Voltage applied to the motor, between 0 and [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS [Inlet Pressure Value] PS1u Inlet pressure value [Outlet Pressure Value] PS2u Outlet pressure value [Installation Flow] FS1u Installation flow value [AQ2 Type] AO2t AQ2 type. Setting Code / Value Description [Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc [Current] 0A 0-20 mA Factory setting [AQ2 min output] AOL2 AQ2 current scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AQ1 min output] AOL1 (see page 514). 516 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AQ2 max output] AOH2 AQ2 current scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Current] 0A. Identical to [AQ1 max output] AOH1 (see page 515). [AQ2 min Output] UOL2 AQ2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AQ1 min Output] UOL1 (see page 515). [AQ2 max Output] UOH2 AQ2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%. This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Voltage] 10U. Identical to [AQ1 max Output] UOH1 (see page 515). [Scaling AQ2 min] ASL2 AQ2 scaling parameter of 0%. Identical to [Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1 (see page 515). [Scaling AQ2 max] ASH2 AQ2 scaling parameter of 100%. Identical to [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 (see page 515). [AQ2 Filter] AO2F AQ2 cutoff time of the low-filter. Identical to [AQ1 Filter] AO1F (see page 515). EAV64318 11/2016 517 Complete settings CSt- [Virtual AI1] Au1- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [Virtual AI1] [AIV1 Assignment] Av1A Virtual AI1 function assignment. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Not assigned [Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing [PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback [Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2 [Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing [Subtract Ref Freq 3] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3 [Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier [Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier [InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor [OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor [Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor [Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor [AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1 Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1. 518 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not assigned Factory setting [Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus [Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been inserted [Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been inserted [Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Virtual AI2] Au2- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [Virtual AI2] About This Menu Identical to [Virtual AI1] Au1- menu. (see page 518) [AIV2 Assignment] AV2A Virtual AI2 function assignment. [AIV2 Channel Assign] AiC2 Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV2. [Virtual AI3] Au3- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [Virtual AI3] About This Menu Identical to [Virtual AI1] Au1- menu. (see page 518) [AIV3 Assignment] AV3A Virtual AI3 function assignment. [AIV3 Channel Assign] AiC3 Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV3. EAV64318 11/2016 519 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.55 [Input/Output] - [Relay] [Input/Output] - [Relay] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 520 Page [R1 configuration] r1- Menu 521 [R2 configuration] r2- Menu 523 [R3 configuration] r3- Menu 524 [R4 configuration] r4- Menu 525 [R5 configuration] r5- Menu 526 [R6 configuration] r6- Menu 527 [R60 configuration] r60- Menu 528 [R61 configuration] r61- Menu 529 [R62 configuration] r62- Menu 530 [R63 configuration] r63- Menu 531 [R64 configuration] r64- Menu 532 [R65 configuration] r65- Menu 533 [R66 configuration] r66- Menu 534 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [R1 configuration] r1- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R1 configuration] [R1 Assignment] r1 R1 assignment. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value [No] nO Description Not assigned [Operating State Fault] FLt Operating state fault Factory setting [Drive Running] rUn Drive running [Mot Freq High Thd] FtA Motor frequency threshold ([Motor Freq Thd] FTD) reached [High Speed Reached] FLA High speed reached [Current Thd Reached] CtA Motor current threshold ([High Current Thd] CTD) reached [Ref Freq Reached] SrA Frequency reference reached [Motor Therm Thd Reached] tSA Motor thermal threshold ([Motor Therm Thd] TTD) reached [PID Error Warning] PEE PID error warning [PID Feedback Warning] PFA PID feedback warning [AI2 4-20 Loss Warning] AP2 AI2 4-20 mA loss warning [Mot Freq High Thd 2] F2A Second frequency threshold ([Freq. threshold 2] F2D) reached [Drv Therm Thd Reached] tAd Drive thermal threshold reached [Ref Freq High Thd Reached] rtAH Frequency reference high threshold reached [Ref Freq Low Thd Reached] rtAL Frequency reference low threshold reached [Mot Freq Low Thd] FtAL Frequency low threshold ([Low Freq.Threshold] FTDL) reached [Motor Freq Low Thd 2] F2AL Second frequency low threshold ([2 Freq. Threshold] F2DL) reached [Low Current Reached] CtAL Current low threshold ([Low I Threshold] CTDL) reached [Process Undld Warning] ULA Underload warning [Process Overload Warning] OLA Overload warning [Forward] MFrd Run forward [Reverse] MrrS Run reverse [HMI Cmd] BMP Control via the Graphic Display Terminal is active. [Neg Torque] AtS Actual torque sign [Cnfg.0 act.] CnF0 Configuration 0 active [set 1 active] CFP1 Parameter set 1 active [set 2 active] CFP2 Parameter set 2 active [set 3 active] CFP3 Parameter set 3 active [DC Bus Charged] dbL DC bus charged [In braking] BRS In braking sequence [Power removal state] PrM Power removal state [I present] MCP Motor current present [Warning Grp 1] AG1 Warning group 1 [Warning Grp 2] AG2 Warning group 2 [Warning Grp 3] AG3 Warning group 3 [Warning Grp 4] AG4 Warning group 4 [Warning Grp 5] AG5 Warning group 5 [External Error Warning] EFA External error warning [Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning [Preventive UnderV Active] UPA Undervoltage prevention warning 521 Complete settings CStSetting Code / Value Description [Drive Thermal Warning] tHA Drive thermal state warning [IGBT Thermal Warning] tJA Thermal junction warning [AI3 4-20 Loss Warning] AP3 AI3 4-20 mA loss warning [Ready] rdY Ready to start [AI1 4-20 Loss Warning] AP1 AI1 4-20 mA loss warning [Pump 1 Cmd] mpo1 Pump 1 command [R1 Delay time] r1d R1 activation delay time. The change in state takes effect once the configured time has elapsed when the information becomes true. The delay cannot be set for the [Operating State Fault] FLt assignment; and remains at 0. Setting Description 0...60,000 ms Setting range Factory setting: 0 ms [R1 Active at] r1S R1 status (output active level). Setting Code / Value Description 1 POS State 1 when the information is true Factory setting 0 nEG State 0 when the information is true Configuration [1] POS cannot be modified for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt assignment. [R1 Holding time] r1H R1 holding delay time. The change in state takes effect once the configured time has elapsed when the information becomes false. The holding time cannot be set for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt assignment, and remains at 0. 522 Setting Description 0...9,999 ms Setting range Factory setting: 0 ms EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [R2 configuration] r2- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R2 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R1 configuration] r1- Menu (see page 521). [R2 Assignment] r2 R2 assignment. Identical to [R1 Assignment] r1 (see page 521) in addition to: Setting Code / Value Description [No] NO Not assigned Factory setting [Brake Sequence] BLC Brake sequence [Mains Contactor] LLC Mains contactor control [DC charging] DCO DC charging [M/S Device Warn] MSDA M/S device warning [Jockey] JOkY Jockey [Priming] PrIM Priming [Pump 1 Cmd] mpo1 Pump 1 command [Pump 2 Cmd] mpo2 Pump 2 command [Pump 3 Cmd] mpo3 Pump 3 command [Pump 4 Cmd] mpo4 Pump 4 command [Pump 5 Cmd] mpo5 Pump 5 command [Pump 6 Cmd] mpo6 Pump 6 command [CB Start Pulse] CBEP Circuit Breaker start pulse. [CB Stop Pulse] CBDP Circuit Breaker stop pulse. [R2 Delay time] r2d R2 activation delay time. [R2 Active at] r2S R2 status (output active level). [R2 Holding time] r2H R2 holding delay time. EAV64318 11/2016 523 Complete settings CSt- [R3 configuration] r3- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R3 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R1 configuration] r1- Menu (see page 521). [R3 Assignment] r3 R3 assignment. Identical to [R2 Assignment] r2 (see page 523). [R3 Delay time] r3d R3 activation delay time. [R3 Active at] r3S R3 status (output active level). [R3 Holding time] r3H R3 holding delay time. 524 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [R4 configuration] r4- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R4 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R1 configuration] r1- Menu (see page 521). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted. [R4 Assignment] r4 R4 assignment. Identical to [R2 Assignment] r2 (see page 523). [R4 Delay time] r4d R4 activation delay time. [R4 Active at] r4S R4 status (output active level). [R4 Holding time] r4H R4 holding delay time. EAV64318 11/2016 525 Complete settings CSt- [R5 configuration] r5- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R5 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R1 configuration] r1- Menu (see page 521). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted. [R5 Assignment] r5 R5 assignment. Identical to [R2 Assignment] r2 (see page 523). [R5 Delay time] r5d R5 activation delay time. [R5 Active at] r5S R5 status (output active level). [R5 Holding time] r5H R5 holding delay time. 526 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [R6 configuration] r6- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R6 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R1 configuration] r1- Menu (see page 521). Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted. [R6 Assignment] r6 R6 assignment. Identical to [R2 Assignment] r2 (see page 523). [R6 Delay time] r6d R6 activation delay time. [R6 Active at] r6S R6 status (output active level). [R6 Holding time] r6H R6 holding delay time. EAV64318 11/2016 527 Complete settings CSt- [R60 configuration] r60- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R60 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R2 configuration] r2- Menu (see page 523). Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: R60 up to R66 Relays are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [R60 Assignment] r60 R60 assignment. [R60 Delay time] r60d R60 activation delay time. [R60 Active at] r60S R60 status (output active level). [R60 Holding time] r60H R60 holding delay time. 528 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [R61 configuration] r61- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R61 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R2 configuration] r2- Menu (see page 523). Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: R60 up to R66 Relays are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [R61 Assignment] r61 R61 assignment. [R61 Delay time] r61d R61 activation delay time. [R61 Active at] r61S R61 status (output active level). [R61 Holding time] r61H R61 holding delay time. EAV64318 11/2016 529 Complete settings CSt- [R62 configuration] r62- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R62 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R2 configuration] r2- Menu (see page 523). Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: R60 up to R66 Relays are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [R62 Assignment] r62 R62 assignment. [R62 Delay time] r62d R62 activation delay time. [R62 Active at] r62S R62 status (output active level). [R62 Holding time] r62H R62 holding delay time. 530 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [R63 configuration] r63- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R63 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R2 configuration] r2- Menu (see page 523). Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: R60 up to R66 Relays are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [R63 Assignment] r63 R63 assignment. [R63 Delay time] r63d R63 activation delay time. [R63 Active at] r63S R63 status (output active level). [R63 Holding time] r63H R63 holding delay time. EAV64318 11/2016 531 Complete settings CSt- [R64 configuration] r64- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R64 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R2 configuration] r2- Menu (see page 523). Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: R60 up to R66 Relays are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [R64 Assignment] r64 R64 assignment. [R64 Delay time] r64d R64 activation delay time. [R64 Active at] r64S R64 status (output active level). [R64 Holding time] r64H R64 holding delay time. 532 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [R65 configuration] r65- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R65 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R2 configuration] r2- Menu (see page 523). Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: R60 up to R66 Relays are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [R65 Assignment] r65 R65 assignment. [R65 Delay time] r65d R65 activation delay time. [R65 Active at] r65S R65 status (output active level). [R65 Holding time] r65H R65 holding delay time. EAV64318 11/2016 533 Complete settings CSt- [R66 configuration] r66- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R66 configuration] About This Menu Identical to [R2 configuration] r2- Menu (see page 523). Following parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. NOTE: R60 up to R66 Relays are used inside the Drive Systems enclosure for control and monitoring circuits. [R66 Assignment] r66 R66 assignment. [R66 Delay time] r66d R66 activation delay time. [R66 Active at] r66S R66 status (output active level). [R66 Holding time] r66H R66 holding delay time. 534 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.56 [Error/Warning handling] [Error/Warning handling] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Auto fault reset] Atr- Menu 536 [Fault reset] rSt- Menu 537 [Catch on the fly] FLr- Menu 539 [Error detection disable] InH- Menu 540 [External error] EtF- Menu 542 [Output phase loss] OPL- Menu 544 [Input phase loss] IPL- Menu 545 [4-20mA loss] LFL- Menu 546 [Fallback speed] LFF- Menu 548 [Fieldbus monitoring] CLL- Menu 549 [Embedded Modbus TCP] EMtC- Menu 550 [Communication module] COMO- Menu 551 [Undervoltage handling] USb- Menu 553 [Ground Fault] GrFL- Menu 555 [Motor thermal monit] tHt- Menu 556 [Drive overload monit] obr- Menu 557 [Warn grp 1 definition] A1C- Menu 558 [Warn grp 2 definition] A2C- Menu 560 [Warn grp 3 definition] A3C- Menu 560 [Warn grp 4 definition] A4C- Menu 560 [Warn grp 5 definition] A5C- Menu 560 535 Complete settings CSt- [Auto fault reset] Atr- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Auto fault reset] [Auto Fault Reset] Atr Automatic fault reset. This function can be used to automatically perform individual or multiple Fault Resets. If the cause of the error that has triggered the transition to the operating state Fault disappears while this function is active, the drive resumes normal operation. While the Fault Reset attempts are performed automatically, the output signal [Operating state Fault] is not available. If the attempts to perform the Fault Reset are not successful, the drive remains in the operating state Fault and the output signal [Operating state Fault] becomes active. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions. Verify that the fact that the output signal "Operating state Fault" is not available while this function is active does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. The drive fault relay remains activated if this function is active. The speed reference and the operating direction must be maintained. It is recommended to use 2-wire control ([2/3-wire control] tCC is set to [2 wire] 2C and [2-wire type] tCt is set to [Level] LEL, refer to [2/3-wire control] tCC. If the restart has not taken place once the configurable time [Fault Reset Time] tAr has elapsed, the procedure is aborted and the drive remains locked until it is turned off and then on again. The detected error codes, which permit this function, are listed in the Diagnostics part of the manual. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function inactive Factory setting [Yes] YES Automatic restart, after locking in error state, if the detected error has disappeared and the other operating conditions permit the restart. The restart is performed by a series of automatic attempts separated by increasingly longer waiting periods: 1 s, 5 s, 10 s, then 1 minute for the following attempts. [Fault Reset Time] tAr Maximum time for automatic restart function. This parameter appears if [Auto Fault Reset] Atr is set to [Yes] YES. It can be used to limit the number of consecutive restarts on a recurrent detected error. 536 Setting Code / Value Description [5 minutes] 5 5 minutes Factory setting [10 minutes] 10 10 minutes [30 minutes] 30 30 minutes [1 hour] 1h 1 hour [2 hours] 2h 2 hours [3 hours] 3h 3 hours [Unlimited] Ct Continuous EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Fault reset] rSt- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Fault reset] [Fault Reset Assign] rSF Fault reset input assignment. Detected errors are cleared manually when the assigned input or bit changes to 1 if the cause of the detected error has disappeared. The STOP/RESET key on the Graphic Display Terminal performs the same function. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level digital inputs Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. 537 Complete settings CSt- [Product Restart] rP The Restart function performs a Fault Reset and then restarts the drive. During this Restart procedure, the drive goes through the same steps as if it had been switched off and on again. Depending on the wiring and the configuration of the drive, this may result in immediate and unanticipated operation. WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION The Restart function performs a Fault Reset and restarts the drive. Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Product restart. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr mode. This parameter can be used to reset all detected errors without having to disconnect the drive from the supply mains. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function inactive Factory setting [Yes] YES Reinitialization. Press and hold down the OK key for 2 s. The parameter changes back to [No] nO automatically as soon as the operation is complete. The drive can only be reinitialized when locked. [Prod Restart Assign] rPA Product restart assignment. The Restart function performs a Fault Reset and then restarts the drive. During this Restart procedure, the drive goes through the same steps as if it had been switched off and on again. Depending on the wiring and the configuration of the drive, this may result in immediate and unanticipated operation. The Restart function can be assigned to a digital input WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION The Restart function performs a Fault Reset and restarts the drive. Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr mode. 538 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Catch on the fly] FLr- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Catch on the fly] [Catch On Fly] FLr Catch on the fly. Used to enable a smooth restart if the run command is maintained after the following events: Loss of line supply or disconnection. Clearance of current detected error or automatic restart. Freewheel stop. The speed given by the drive resumes from the estimated or measured speed of the motor at the time of the restart, then follows the ramp to the reference speed. This function requires 2-wire level control. When the function is operational, it activates at each run command, resulting in a slight delay of the current (0.5 s max). FLr is forced to [No] nO if Motor Control Type Ctt is set to [FVC] FVC or [Sync.CL] FSY, or [Auto DC Injection] AdC is set to [Continuous] Ct, or [Brake assignment] bLC is not set to [No] no, or [BL Mode] bqM is not set to [No] no. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Function inactive Factory setting [Yes] YES Function active [Catch on Fly Sensitivity] VCb Catch on fly sensitivity. This parameter can only be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPR. Setting the value of parameter [Catch on Fly Sensitivity] VCb too low may cause a wrong estimation of the speed of the motor. WARNING LOSS OF CONTROL Only reduce gradually the value of parameter [Catch on Fly Sensitivity] VCb. During commissioning, verify that the drive and the system operate as intended by performing tests and simulations in a controlled environment under controlled conditions Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.10...100.00 V Setting range Factory setting: 0.20 V 539 Complete settings CSt- [Error detection disable] InH- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Error detection disable] [ErrorDetect Disabled] InH Disable error detection. In rare cases, the monitoring functions of the drive may be unwanted because they impede the purpose of the application. A typical example is a smoke extractor fan operating as a part of a fire protection system. If a fire occurs, the smoke extractor fan should operate as long as possible, even if, for example, the permissible ambient temperature of the drive is exceeded. In such applications, damage to or destruction of the device may be acceptable as collateral damage, for example, to keep other damage from occurring whose hazard potential is assessed to be more severe. A parameter is provided to disable certain monitoring functions in such applications so that automatic error detection and automatic error responses of the device are no longer active. You must implement alternative monitoring functions for disabled monitoring functions that allow operators and/or master control systems to adequately respond to conditions which correspond to detected errors. For example, if overtemperature monitoring of the drive is disabled, the drive of a smoke extractor fan may itself cause a fire if errors go undetected. An overtemperature condition can be, for example, signaled in a control room without the drive being stopped immediately and automatically by its internal monitoring functions. DANGER MONITORING FUNCTIONS DISABLED, NO ERROR DETECTION Only use this parameter after a thorough risk assessment in compliance with all regulations and standards that apply to the device and to the application. Implement alternative monitoring functions for disabled monitoring functions that do not trigger automatic error responses of the drive, but allow for adequate, equivalent responses by other means in compliance with all applicable regulations and standards as well as the risk assessment. Commission and test the system with the monitoring functions enabled. During commissioning, verify that the drive and the system operate as intended by performing tests and simulations in a controlled environment under controlled conditions. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr. If the assigned input or bit state is: 0: error detection is enabled. 1: error detection is disabled. Current errors are cleared on a rising edge (change from 0 to 1) of the assigned input or bit. Detection of following errors can be disabled: AnF, bOF, CnF, COF, dLF, EnF, EPF1, EPF2, FCF2, ETHF, InFA, InFB, InFV, LFF1, LFF3, ObF, OHF, OLC, OLF, OPF1, OPF2, OSF, PHF, SLF1, SLF2, SLF3, SOF, SPF, SSF, TFd, TJF, TnF, ULF, USF. 540 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. 541 Complete settings CSt- [External error] EtF- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [External error] [Ext Error Assign] EtF External error assignment. If the assigned bit state is: 0: there is no external error. 1: there is an external error 542 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP regardless of configuration [DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 (Low level)] L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level digital inputs [DI52 (Low level)]… [DI59 (Low level)] d52L…d59L NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. Cabinet low level digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Ext Error Resp] EPL Drive response to external error. Type of stop in the event of an external detected error. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO External detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Per STT] Stt Stop according to configuration of [Type of stop] Stt (see page 412), without tripping. In this case, the detected error relay does not open and the drive is ready to restart as soon as the detected error disappears, according to the restart conditions of the active command channel (for example, according to [2/3-wire control] tCC and [2-wire type] tCt (see page 242)if control is via the terminals). Configuring a warning for this detected error is recommended (assigned to a digital output, for example) in order to indicate the cause of the stop. [Fallback speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed(1) [Speed maintained] rLS The drive maintains the speed being applied when the detected error occurred, as long as the detected error is active and the run command has not been removed(1) [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop [DC Injection] dCI DC injection stop. This type of stop cannot be used with some other functions. (1) Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or digital output to its indication. EAV64318 11/2016 543 Complete settings CSt- [Output phase loss] OPL- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Output phase loss] [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL Output phase loss assignment. DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH If output phase monitoring is disabled, phase loss and, by implication, accidental disconnection of cables, are not detected. Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. NOTE: [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL is set to [Function Inactive] nO when [Motor control type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU. Setting Code / Value Description [Function Inactive] nO Function inactive [OPF Error Triggered] YES Tripping on [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL with freewheel stop Factory setting [No Error Triggered] OAC No detected error triggered, but management of the output voltage in order to avoid an overcurrent when the link with the motor is re-established and catch on the fly performed (even if this function has not been configured).The drive switches to [Output cut ]SOC state after [OutPhL Time] Odt time. Catch on fly is possible as soon as the drive is in stand by output cut [Output cut] SOC state. [OutPhaseLoss Delay] Odt Output (motor) phase loss detection time. Time delay for taking the [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL detected error into account. 544 Setting Description 0.5...10 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.5 s EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Input phase loss] IPL- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Input phase loss] [InPhaseLoss Assign] IPL Loss of input phase error response. If one supply mains phase is missing and if this leads to performance decrease, an [Input phase loss] PHF error is triggered. If 2 or 3 supply mains phases are missing, the drive operate until an [Supply Mains UnderV] USF error is triggered. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO The input phase loss monitoring function is disabled to be used when the drive is supplied via a single-phase supply or by the DC bus [Freewheel] YES The drive stops in freewheel in case of a supply mains phase loss has been detected 545 Complete settings CSt- [4-20mA loss] LFL- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [4-20mA loss] [AI1 4-20mA Loss] LFL1 Response to 4-20mA loss on AI1. Drive behavior on AI1 4-20 event. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored. This is the only possible configuration if [AI1 min. value] CrL1 is not greater than 3 mA Factory setting [Freewheel] YES Freewheel stop [Per STT] Stt Stop according to configuration of [Type of stop] Stt, without tripping. In this case, the error relay does not open and the drive is ready to restart as soon as the detected error disappears, according to the restart conditions of the active command channel (for example, according to [2/3-wire control] tCC and [2-wire type] tCt if control is via the terminals). Configuring a warning for this detected error is recommended (assigned to a digital output, for example) in order to indicate the cause of the stop [fallback spd] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed (1) [Spd maint.] rLS The drive maintains the speed being applied when the detected error occurred, as long as the detected error is active and the run command has not been removed (1) [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop [DC injection] dCI DC injection stop. This type of stop cannot be used with some other functions (1) Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or digital output to its indication. [AI2 4-20mA loss] LFL2 Response to 4-20mA loss on AI2. Drive behavior on AI2 4-20 event. Identical to [AI1 4-20mA Loss] LFL1 [AI3 4-20mA loss] LFL3 Response to 4-20mA loss on AI3. Drive behavior on AI3 4-20 event. Identical to [AI1 4-20mA Loss] LFL1 [AI4 4-20mA loss] LFL4 Response to 4-20mA loss on AI4. Drive behavior on AI4 4-20 event. Identical to [AI1 4-20mA Loss] LFL1 This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. 546 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [AI5 4-20mA loss] LFL5 Response to 4-20mA loss on AI5. Drive behavior on AI5 4-20 event. Identical to [AI1 4-20mA Loss] LFL1 This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted. [Fallback Speed] LFF Fall back speed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz 547 Complete settings CSt- [Fallback speed] LFF- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Fallback speed] [Fallback Speed] LFF Fall back speed. 548 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Fieldbus monitoring] CLL- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Fieldbus monitoring] [Modbus Error Resp] SLL Response to Modbus interruption. WARNING LOSS OF CONTROL If this parameter is set to nO, Modbus communication monitoring is disabled. Only use this setting after a thorough risk assessment in compliance with all regulations and standards that apply to the device and to the application. Only use this setting for tests during commissioning. Verify that communication monitoring has been re-enabled before completing the commissioning procedure and performing the final commissioning test. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Behavior of the drive in the event of a communication interruption with integrated Modbus. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Per STT] Stt Stop according to configuration of [Type of stop] Stt, without tripping. In this case, the error relay does not open and the drive is ready to restart as soon as the detected error disappears, according to the restart conditions of the active command channel (for example, according to [2/3-wire control] tCC and [2-wire type] tCt if control is via the terminals)(1) [fallback spd] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed(1) [Spd maint.] rLS The drive maintains the speed being applied when the detected error occurred, as long as the detected error is active and the run command has not been removed(1) [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop [DC injection] dCI DC injection stop. This type of stop cannot be used with some other functions (1) Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or digital output to its indication. [Fallback Speed] LFF Fall back speed. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz 549 Complete settings CSt- [Embedded Modbus TCP] EMtC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Embedded Modbus TCP] [Eth Error Response] EtHL Ethernet error response. WARNING LOSS OF CONTROL If this parameter is set to nO, Ethernet communication monitoring is disabled. Only use this setting after a thorough risk assessment in compliance with all regulations and standards that apply to the device and to the application. Only use this setting for tests during commissioning. Verify that communication monitoring has been re-enabled before completing the commissioning procedure and performing the final commissioning test. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. The error response to a communication interruption is effective if the communication channel is involved in the active command channel. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed (1) [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp 1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output to its indication. [Fallback Speed] LFF Fall back speed. 550 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Communication module] COMO- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Communication module] [Fieldbus Interrupt Resp] CLL WARNING LOSS OF CONTROL If this parameter is set to nO, fieldbus communication monitoring is disabled. Only use this setting after a thorough risk assessment in compliance with all regulations and standards that apply to the device and to the application. Only use this setting for tests during commissioning. Verify that communication monitoring has been re-enabled before completing the commissioning procedure and performing the final commissioning test. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Response to fieldbus module communication interruption. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Per STT] Stt Stop according to configuration of [Type of stop] Stt, without tripping. In this case, the error relay does not open and the drive is ready to restart as soon as the detected error disappears, according to the restart conditions of the active command channel (for example, according to [2/3-wire control] tCC and [2-wire type] tCt if control is via the terminals)(1) [fallback spd] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed(1) [Spd maint.] rLS The drive maintains the speed being applied when the detected error occurred, as long as the detected error is active and the run command has not been removed(1) [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop [DC injection] dCI DC injection stop. This type of stop cannot be used with some other functions (1) Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or digital output to its indication. EAV64318 11/2016 551 Complete settings CSt- [CANopen Error Resp] COL WARNING LOSS OF CONTROL If this parameter is set to nO, CANopen communication monitoring is disabled. Only use this setting after a thorough risk assessment in compliance with all regulations and standards that apply to the device and to the application. Only use this setting for tests during commissioning. Verify that communication monitoring has been re-enabled before completing the commissioning procedure and performing the final commissioning test. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Response to CANopen error. Behavior of the drive in the event of a communication interruption with CANopen®. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed (1) [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp 1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output to its indication. [Fallback Speed] LFF Fall back speed. 552 Setting Description 0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range Factory setting: 0.0 Hz EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Undervoltage handling] USb- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Undervoltage handling] [Undervoltage Resp] USb Response to undervoltage. Setting Code / Value Description [Error Triggered] 0 The drive trips and the external detected error signal are triggered (the detected error relay assigned to [Operating State Fault] FLt will be opened) Factory setting [Error Triggered w/o Relay] 1 The drive trips but the external detected error signal is not triggered (the detected error relay assigned to [Operating State Fault] FLt remains closed) [Warning Triggered] 2 The warning and detected error relay remain closed. The warning can be assigned to a digital output or a relay [Mains Voltage] UrES Rated voltage of the mains supply in Vac. The factory setting value of this parameter depends of drive rating. Settings Code / Value Description [200 Vac] 200 200 Vac [220 Vac] 220 220 Vac [230 Vac] 230 230 Vac [240 Vac] 240 240 Vac [380 Vac] 380 380 Vac [400 Vac] 400 400 Vac [415 Vac] 415 415 Vac [440 Vac] 440 440 Vac [460 Vac] 460 460 Vac [480 Vac] 480 480 Vac [525 Vac] 525 525 Vac [575 Vac] 575 575 Vac [600 Vac] 600 600 Vac [690 Vac] 690 690 Vac [Undervoltage Level] USL Undervoltage level. The factory setting is determined by the drive voltage rating. Setting Description 100...345 V Setting range, according to drive rating Factory setting: According to drive rating [UnderVolt Timeout] USt Undervoltage timeout. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0.2...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.2 s 553 Complete settings CSt- [CtrlStopPLoss] StP Controlled stop on power loss. Behavior in the event of the undervoltage prevention level being reached. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No action Factory setting [DC Maintain] MMS This stop mode uses the inertia of the application to maintain the control block powered, and thus to keep operational I/O state and fieldbus link as long as possible. [Ramp stop] rMP Stop following an adjustable deceleration ramp [Max stop time] StM in order to help to prevent from uncontrolled stop of the application. [Freewheel Stop] LnF Lock (freewheel stop) without triggering an error [UnderV. Restart Tm] tSM Undervoltage restart time. This parameter can be accessed if [CtrlStopPLoss] StP is set to [Ramp stop] rMP. The time delay before authorizing the restart after a complete stop for [CtrlStopPLoss] StP is set to [Ramp stop] rMP if the voltage has returned to normal. Setting Description 1.0...999.9 s Setting range Factory setting: 1.0 s [Prevention Level] UPL Undervoltage prevention level. This parameter can be accessed if [CtrlStopPLoss] StP is set to [No] nO. The adjustment range and factory setting are determined by the drive voltage rating and the [Mains Voltage] UrES value. Setting Description 141...414 V Setting range Factory setting: According to drive rating [Max Stop Time] StM Maximum stop time. This parameter can be accessed if [CtrlStopPLoss] StP is set to [Ramp stop] rMP. This parameter defines the deceleration ramp time in case of mains loss. During this controlled stop, the drive is powered thanks to the inertia of the application, the motor is in generator mode. It is recommended to verify that the deceleration set is compatible with the application inertia. Setting Description 0.01...60.00 s Setting range Factory setting: 1.00 s [DC Bus Maintain Time] tbS DC bus maintain time. This parameter can be accessed if [CtrlStopPLoss] StP is set to [DC Maintain] MMS. 554 Setting Description 1...9999 s Setting range Factory setting: 9999 s EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Ground Fault] GrFL- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Ground Fault] About This Menu This menu can be accessed if [Access Level] is set to [Expert] EPr [Ground Fault Activation] GrFL Ground fault error response. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [ErrorDetect Disable] InH Disables error detection [Yes] yES Use product internal value Factory setting 0.0...100.0% _ Setting range, in % of the drive nominal current 555 Complete settings CSt- [Motor thermal monit] tHt- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Motor thermal monit] [Motor Th Current] ItH Motor thermal monitoring current to be set to the rated current indicated on the nameplate. Setting Description 0.2...1.1_In(1) Setting range Factory setting: According to drive rating (1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate. [Motor Thermal Mode] tHt Motor thermal monitoring mode. NOTE: An error is detected when the thermal state reaches 118% of the rated state and reactivation occurs when the state falls back below 100%. 556 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No thermal monitoring [Self cooled] ACL Self ventilated motor Factory setting [Force-cool] FCL Fan-cooled motor EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Drive overload monit] obr- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Drive overload monit] Drive Overload Monitoring When [Drive Overload Monit] TLOL is set to [I2t Current Reduction] I2T, the drive will adapt automatically its overload capabilities. The current limitation will be automatically reduced depending of the machine cycles. If [Dual Rating] DRT is set to [Normal rating] NORMAL, the maximum overload capabilities are: 110% of drive nominal current for 60 seconds. 135% of drive nominal current for 2 seconds. If [Dual Rating] DRT is set to [High rating] HIGH, the maximum overload capabilities are: 150% of drive nominal current for 60 seconds. 180% of drive nominal current for 2 seconds. If the drive currents is greater than the 2 or 60 seconds limits given above, the current limitation of the drive will be reduced automatically and the [Current Reduction] TLOW warning will be activated. The current limitation can be reduced up to drive nominal current. NOTE: The overload state is stored when the product is powered off. At next power on, the drive will react according to the value of [I2t Actual Load Value] TLOA. [DriveTemp ErrorResp] oHl Drive overtemperature error response. Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed (1) [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp 1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output to its indication. [Drv Thermal Warning] tHa Drive thermal state warning. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...118% Setting range Factory setting: 100% 557 Complete settings CSt- [[Warn grp 1 definition] A1C- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Warning groups config] [Warn grp 1 definition] About This Menu The following submenus group the warnings into 1 to 5 groups, each of which can be assigned to a relay or a digital output for remote signaling. When one or a number of warnings selected in a group occur, this warning group is activated. List of Warnings 558 Setting Code / Value Description [Fallback Frequency] FrF Fallback frequency [Speed Maintained] rLS Speed maintained [Type of stop] Stt Type of stop [Ref Frequency Warning] SrA Reference frequency warning [Life Cycle Warn 1] LCA1 Life cycle warning 1 [Life Cycle Warn 2] LCA2 Life cycle warning 2 [Drive Running Warning] drYA Drive running warning [Low Flow Warning] LFA Low flow warning [High Flow Warning] HFPA High flow warning [InPress Warning] IPPA Inlet pressure warning [Low OutPres Warning] OPLA Low OutPres warning [High OutPres Warning] OPHA High OutPres warning [Pump Cycle warning] PCPA Pumpcycle warning [Anti-Jam Warning] JAMA Anti-Jam warning [Pump Low Flow Warn] PLFA Pump low flow warning [LowPres Warning] LPA LowPres warning [Flow Limit Activated] FSA Flow limit activated [PID Error Warning] PEE PID error warning [PID Feedback Warning] PFA PID feedback warning [PID High Fdbck Warning] PFAH PID high warning [PID Low Fdbck Warning] PFAL PID low warning [Regulation Warning] PISH Regulation warning [AI2 Th Warning] tP2A AI2 thermal sensor warning [AI3 Th Warning] tP3A AI3 thermal sensor warning [AI4 Th Warning] tP4A AI4 thermal sensor warning [AI5 Th Warning] tP5A AI5 thermal sensor warning [AI1 4-20 Loss Warning] AP1 AI1 4-20 loss warning [AI2 4-20 Loss Warning] AP2 AI2 4-20 loss warning [AI3 4-20 Loss Warning] AP3 AI3 4-20 loss warning [AI4 4-20 Loss Warning] AP4 AI4 4-20 loss warning [AI5 4-20 Loss Warning] AP5 AI5 4-20 loss warning [Drive Thermal Warning] tHA Drive thermal state warning [IGBT Thermal Warning] tJA IGBT thermal warning [Fan Counter Warning] FCtA Fan counter warning [Fan Feedback Warning] FFdA Fan feedback warning [Ext. Error Warning] EFA External error warning [Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning [Preventive UnderV Active] UPA Preventive undervoltage active [Mot Freq High Thd] FtA Motor frequency high threshold reached EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Mot Freq Low Thd] FtAL Motor frequency low threshold reached [Mot Freq Low Thd 2] F2AL Motor frequency low threshold 2 reached [High speed reached] FLA High speed reached [Ref Freq High Thd reached] rtAH Reference frequency high threshold reached [Ref Freq Low Thd reached] rtAL Reference frequency low threshold reached [2nd Frequency Thd Reached] F2A Second frequency threshold reached [Current Thd Reached] CtA Current threshold reached [Low Current Reached] CtAL Low Current Reached [Process Undld Warning] ULA Process underload warning [Process Overload Warning] OLA Process overload warning [Drv Therm Thd reached] tAd Drive thermal threshold reached [Motor Therm Thd Reached] tSA Motor thermal threshold reached [Cust Warning 1] CAS1 Customer Warning 1 [Cust Warning 2] CAS2 Customer Warning 2 [Cust Warning 3] CAS3 Customer Warning 3 [Cust Warning 4] CAS4 Customer Warning 4 [Cust Warning 5] CAS5 Customer Warning 5 [AFE Mains Undervoltage] ura AFE mains undervoltage [Power Cons Warning] POWd Power consumption warning [Switch OutPres Warning] OPSA Switch OutPres warning [Ethernet Internal Warning] inwm Ethernet internal warning [MultiPump Capacity Warn] mpca Multi-Pump available capacity warning [Lead Pump Warn] mpla Lead Pump not available [High Level Warning] Lcha High level warning [Low Level Warning] Lcla Low level warning [Level Switch Warning] Lcwa Level switch warning [M/P Device Warn] MPDA Multipump device warning [MonitorCircuit A Warn] iWa Monitoring circuit A warning [MonitorCircuit B Warn] iWb Monitoring circuit B warning [MonitorCircuit C Warn] iWC Monitoring circuit C warning [MonitorCircuit D Warn] iWd Monitoring circuit D warning [CabinetCircuit A Warn] CWa Cabinet circuit A warning [CabinetCircuit B Warn] CWb Cabinet circuit B warning [CabinetCircuit C Warn] CWC Cabinet circuit C warning [MotorWinding A Warn] tWa Motor winding A warning [MotorWinding B Warn] tWb Motor winding B warning [MotorBearing A Warn] tWC Motor winding C warning [MotorBearing B Warn] tWd Motor winding D warning [Circuit Breaker Warn] CbW Circuit breaker warning [AFE Motor Limitation] Clim AFE motor limitation [AFE Generator Limitation] Clig AFE generator limitation [AFE Thermal State Warn] tHsa AFE sensor thermal warning [AFE IGBT Thermal Warn] tHja AFE IGBT thermal warning [Cabinet Fan Fdbck Warn] ffCa Cabinet fan feedback warning [Cabinet Fan Counter Warn] fCCa Cabinet fan counter warning [Cabinet Overheat Warn] CHa Cabinet overheat warning [CMI Jumper Warn] Cmij CMI jumper warning [AFE Fan Counter Warn] fCba AFE fan counter warning [AFE Fan Fdbck Warn] ffba AFE fan feedback warning 559 Complete settings CSt- [Warn grp 2 definition] A2C- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Warning groups config] [Warn grp 2 definition] About This Menu Identical to [Warn grp 1 definition] A1C (see page 558) [Warn grp 3 definition] A3C- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Warning groups config] [Warn grp 3 definition] About This Menu Identical to [Warn grp 1 definition] A1C (see page 558) [Warn grp 4 definition] A4C- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Warning groups config] [Warn grp 4 definition] About This Menu Identical to [Warn grp 1 definition] A1C (see page 558) [Warn grp 5 definition] A5C- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Warning groups config] [Warn grp 5 definition] About This Menu Identical to [Warn grp 1 definition] A1C (see page 558) 560 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.57 [Maintenance] [Maintenance] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Diagnostics] dAU- Menu 562 [Drive warranty mgnt] dWMA- Menu 563 [Customer event 1] CE1- Menu 564 [Customer event 2] CE2- Menu 565 [Customer event 3] CE3- Menu 565 [Customer event 4] CE4- Menu 566 [Customer event 5] CE5- Menu 566 [Customer events] CUEv- Menu 567 [Fan management] FAMA- Menu 568 [Maintenance] CSMA- Menu 569 561 Complete settings CSt- [Diagnostics] dAU- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Diagnostics] About This Menu This menu allows you to make simple test sequences for diagnostics. [FAN Diagnostics] FNT Diagnostics of internal fan(s). This starts a test sequence. [LED Diagnostics] HLT Diagnostics of product LED(s). This starts a test sequence. [IGBT Diag w motor]IWT Diagnostics of internal fan(s). This starts a test sequence with the motor (open circuit/short-circuit). [IGBT Diag w/o motor]IWOT Diagnostics of product IGBT(s). This starts a test sequence without the motor (short-circuit). 562 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Drive warranty mgnt] dWMA- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Drive warranty mgnt] About This Menu The product life cycle date is initialized during product manufacturing. A [Life Cycle Warn 1] LCA1 is triggered 2 months before the end of the warranty period. At the end of the warranty period a [Life Cycle Warn 2] LCA2 is triggered. This function requires date and time data coming from Graphic Display Terminal or a time server configured trough Ethernet. [LifeCycle Warning] LCAC Life cycle warning configuration. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No [YES] YES Yes Factory setting [Warranty Expired] LCAd Life cycle date. End of warranty date (YYYY/MM/DD). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description YYYY/MM/DD Setting range Factory setting: _ 563 Complete settings CSt- [Customer event 1] CE1- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Customer event 1] About This Menu This menu allows you to define customized customer events based on the time. [Config Warning 1] CCA1 Configuration of customer warning 1. Setting Code / Value Description [Not Configured] nO Not configured Factory setting [Counter] CPt Counter [Date And Time] dt Date and time [Counter Limit 1] CCL1 Configuration counter limit 1. Setting Description 0...4294967295 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s [Counter Source 1] CCS1 Configuration counter source 1. Setting Code / Value Description [Mains/Control ON] 0 Mains or control supply on [Mains Supply ON] 1 Mains supply on [Drv In Run State] Drive in running state Factory setting 2 [Current Counter 1] CC1 Current counter 1. Setting Description 0...4294967295 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s [Date Time Warn 1] Cdt1 Date time warning 1. This parameter can be accessed with the Graphic Display Terminal only. 564 Setting Description hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY Setting range Factory setting: 00:00 01/01/2000 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Customer event 2] CE2- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Customer event 2] About This Menu Identical to [Customer event 1] CE1- menu (see page 564). [Config Warning 2] CCA2 Configuration of customer warning 2. [Counter Limit 2] CCL2 Configuration counter limit 2. [Counter Source 2] CCS2 Configuration counter source 2. [Current Counter 2] CC2 Current counter 2. [Date Time Warn 2] Cdt2 Date time warning 2. This parameter can be accessed with the Graphic Display Terminal only. [Customer event 3] CE3- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Customer event 3] About This Menu Identical to [Customer event 1] CE1- menu (see page 564). [Config Warning 3] CCA3 Configuration of customer warning 3. [Counter Limit 3] CCL3 Configuration counter limit 3. [Counter Source 3] CCS3 Configuration counter source 3. [Current Counter 3] CC3 Current counter 3. [Date Time Warn 3] Cdt3 Date time warning 3. This parameter can be accessed with the Graphic Display TerminalGraphic display terminal only. EAV64318 11/2016 565 Complete settings CSt- [Customer event 4] CE4- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Customer event 4] About This Menu Identical to [Customer event 1] CE1- menu (see page 564). [Config Warning 4] CCA4 Configuration of customer warning 4. [Counter Limit 4] CCL4 Configuration counter limit 4. [Counter Source 4] CCS4 Configuration counter source 4. [Current Counter 4] CC4 Current counter 4. [Date Time Warn 4] Cdt4 Date time warning 4. This parameter can be accessed with the Graphic Display TerminalGraphic display terminal only. [Customer event 5] CE5- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Customer event 5] About This Menu Identical to [Customer event 1] CE1- menu (see page 564). [Config Warning 5] CCA5 Configuration of customer warning 5. [Counter Limit 5] CCL5 Configuration counter limit 5. [Counter Source 5] CCS5 Configuration counter source 5. [Current Counter 5] CC5 Current counter 5. [Date Time Warn 5] Cdt5 Date time warning 5. This parameter can be accessed with the Graphic Display Terminal only. 566 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Customer events] CUEv- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Warning Clearing] CAr Customer warning clearing. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [No Warning Clearing] nO No warning clearing Factory setting [Clear Event 1 Warning] rA1 Clear event 1 warning [Clear Event 2 Warning] rA2 Clear event 2 warning [Clear Event 3 Warning] rA3 Clear event 3 warning [Clear Event 4 Warning] rA4 Clear event 4 warning [Clear Event 5 Warning] rA5 Clear event 5 warning 567 Complete settings CSt- [Fan management] FAMA- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Fan management] About This Menu If [Fan Mode] FFM is set to [Never] Stp, the fan of the drive is disabled. Service life of Electronic component is reduced. NOTICE DAMAGE TO THE DRIVE The ambient temperature must be limited to 40°C (104°F). Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Fan speed and [Fan Operation Time] FPbt are monitored values. An abnormal low speed or the fan trigger a warning [Fan Feedback Warning] FFdA. As soon as [Fan Operation Time] FPbt reach the predefined value of 45,000 hours, a warning [Fan Counter Warning] FCtA is triggered. [Fan Operation Time] FPbt counter can be set to 0 by using the [Counter Reset] rPr parameter. Additional fan management on ATV660 and ATV680: If any of the cabinet fan is running at an abnormal low speed a warning [Cabinet Fan Fdbck Warn] FFCA is trigged. If [Cabinet Fan Oper Time] FCT has reached the predefined value of 30,000 hours, a warning [Cabinet Fan Counter Warn] FCCA is triggered. Additional fan management on ATV680 only: If any of the AFE fan bricks is running at an abnormal low speed the [AFE Fan Fdbck Warn] FFbA is trigged. If [AFE Fan Operation Time] FBAT has reached the predefined value of 45,000 hours, a warning [AFE Fan Counter Warn] FCbA is triggered. [Fan Mode] FFM Fan activation mode. NOTE: For ATV660 and ATV680, this parameter is forced to [Standard] STD. 568 Setting Code / Value Description [Standard] Std The fan is activated during the all run time of the motor. According to the drive rating, this could be the only available setting Factory setting [Always] rUn The fan is always activated [Economy] eco The fan is activated only if necessary, according to the internal thermal state of the drive EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Maintenance] CSMA- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Time Counter Reset] rPr Time counter reset. NOTE: The list of possible values depends on the product size. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [Run Time Reset] rtH Run time reset [Power ON Time Reset] PtH Power ON time reset [Reset Fan Counter] FtH Reset fan counter [Clear NSM] nsm Clear number of motor starts [Efficiency MAX] EFYK Efficiency max [Efficiency MIN] EFYJ Efficiency min [Flow Rate MAX] FS1K Flow rate max [Flow Rate MIN] FS1J Flow rate min [Reset Total Quantity] FS1C Reset total quantity [AFE Fan Operation Time] fbat Fan operation time (1) [Clear Cabinet Fan] fCt Clear cabinet fan operation time NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680. [Clear AFE Power ON Time] bpth Clear AFE power ON time (1) [Clear BRTH] brth Clear AFE run time (1) [Clear AFE Nb. start] bnsa Clear AFE brick number of start (1) 1 EAV64318 11/2016 This selection can be accessed on ATV680. 569 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.58 [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Monitoring circuit] [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Monitoring circuit] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 570 Page [Monitoring circuit A] CMCA- Menu 571 [Monitoring circuit B] CMCb- Menu 573 [Monitoring circuit C] CMCC- Menu 573 [Monitoring circuit D] CMCd- Menu 574 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Monitoring circuit A] CMCA- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Monitoring circuit A] About This Menu The use of this function is part of the wiring for monitoring and control functions inside the enclosure. The Monitoring Circuits give the possibility to manage 2 levels of monitoring: A Warning level: the drive triggers an event without stopping the application. If [MonitorCircuit ErrorResp] Ifrx is set to [Ignore] NO the [MonitorCircuit Warn] IWX will be triggered. An Error level: the drive triggers an event and stops the application. If [MonitorCircuit ErrorResp] Ifrx is set to a different value [MonitorCircuit Error] IFX will be triggered. This menu is used to assign a value on a cabinet digital input active at a High Level d52H…d59H or a low level d52L…d59L, and to control its behavior. These parameters can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr. [MonitorCircuit A Assign] iFAA Monitoring circuit A assignment Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] no Not assigned Factory setting [DI52 High Assignment]...[DI59 High Assignment] d52H...d59H Cabinet high assignment digital inputs [DI52 Low Assignment]...[DI59 Low Assignment] d52H...d59H Cabinet low assignment digital inputs [MonitorCircuit A Monitor] iFMA Monitoring circuit A error monitoring type This parameter can be accessed if [MonitorCircuit A Assign] IFAA is not set to [No] nO Setting Code / Value Description [Always Active] All Always active Factory setting [Ready & Run State] rrY Ready and Run state [Run State] run Run state [MonitorCircuit A Delay] iFdA Monitoring circuit A delay after Run This parameter can be accessed if [MonitorCircuit A Assign] IFAA is not set to [No] nO EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...300 s Setting range Factory setting: 0 s 571 Complete settings CSt- [MonitorCircuit A ErrorResp] iFrA Response to monitoring circuit A error This parameter can be accessed if [MonitorCircuit A Assign] IFAA is not set to [No] nO Setting Code / Value Description [Ignore] nO Detected error ignored [Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop Factory setting [Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error triggered after stop [Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed (1) [Spd maintained] rLS Speed maintained as long as the detected error persists and the run command has not been removed (1) [Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp [Fast stop] FSt Fast stop [DC injection] dCI DC injection 1 572 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output to its indication. EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Monitoring circuit B] CMCb- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Monitoring circuit B] About This Menu Identical to [Monitoring circuit A] CMCA- menu (see page 571) [MonitorCircuit B Assign] iFAb Monitoring circuit B assignment [MonitorCircuit B Monitor] iFMb Monitoring circuit B error monitoring type [MonitorCircuit B Delay] iFdb Monitoring circuit B delay after Run [MonitorCircuit B ErrorResp] iFrb Response to monitoring circuit B error [Monitoring circuit C] CMCC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Monitoring circuit C] About This Menu Identical to [Monitoring circuit A] CMCA- menu (see page 571) [MonitorCircuit C Assign] iFAC Monitoring circuit C assignment [MonitorCircuit C Monitor] iFMC Monitoring circuit C error monitoring type [MonitorCircuit C Delay] iFdC Monitoring circuit C delay after Run [MonitorCircuit C ErrorResp] iFrC Response to monitoring circuit C error EAV64318 11/2016 573 Complete settings CSt- [Monitoring circuit D] CMCd- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Monitoring circuit D] About This Menu Identical to [Monitoring circuit A] CMCA- menu (see page 571) [MonitorCircuit D Assign] iFAd Monitoring circuit D assignment [MonitorCircuit D Monitor] iFMd Monitoring circuit D error monitoring type [MonitorCircuit D Delay] iFdd Monitoring circuit D delay after Run [MonitorCircuit D ErrorResp] iFrd Response to monitoring circuit D error 574 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.59 [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Cabinet circuit] [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Cabinet circuit] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Cabinet circuit A] CCMA- Menu 576 [Cabinet circuit B] CCMb- Menu 577 [Cabinet circuit C] CCMC- Menu 577 575 Complete settings CSt- [Cabinet circuit A] CCMA- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Cabinet circuit A] About This Menu These functions can be used to manage warnings or detected errors inside the cabinet enclosure. The cabinet circuits give the possibility to manage 2 levels of monitoring: A Warning level: the drive triggers an event without stopping the application. If [CabinetCircuit ErrorResp] Cfrx is set to [Ignore] NO the [CabinetCircuit Warn] CWX will be triggered. An Error level: the drive triggers an event and stops the application. If [CabinetCircuit ErrorResp] Cfrx is set to a different value [CabinetCircuit Error] CFX will be triggered. Identical to [Monitoring circuit A] CMCA- menu (see page 571) [CabinetCircuit A Assign] CFAA Cabinet circuit A assignment [CabinetCircuit A Monitor] CFMA Cabinet circuit A error monitoring type [CabinetCircuit A Delay] CFdA Cabinet circuit A delay after Run [CabinetCircuit A ErrorResp] CFrA Response to Cabinet circuit A error 576 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Cabinet circuit B] CCMb- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Cabinet circuit B] About This Menu Identical to [Cabinet circuit A] CCMA- menu (see page 571) [CabinetCircuit B Assign] CFAb Cabinet circuit B assignment [CabinetCircuit B Monitor] CFMb Cabinet circuit B error monitoring type [CabinetCircuit B Delay] CFdb Cabinet circuit B delay after Run [CabinetCircuit B ErrorResp] CFrb Response to Cabinet circuit B error [Cabinet circuit C] CCMC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Cabinet circuit C] About This Menu Identical to [Cabinet circuit A] CCMA- menu (see page 571) [CabinetCircuit C Assign] CFAC Cabinet circuit C assignment [CabinetCircuit C Monitor] CFMC Cabinet circuit C error monitoring type [CabinetCircuit C Delay] CFdC Cabinet circuit C delay after Run [CabinetCircuit C ErrorResp] CFrC Response to Cabinet circuit C error EAV64318 11/2016 577 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.60 [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Motor winding] [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Motor winding] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 578 Page [Motor winding A] CtIA- Menu 579 [Motor winding B] CtIb- Menu 580 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- [Motor winding A] CtIA- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Motor winding A] About This Menu These functions will be mainly used with additional thermal relays to monitor the motor winding temperature. These functions give the possibility to manage 2 levels of monitoring: A Warning level: the drive triggers an event without stopping the application. If [MotorWinding/Bearing ErrorResp] tFrX is set to [Ignore] NO the [MotorWinding/Bearing Warn] CWX will be triggered. An Error level: the drive triggers an event and stops the application. If [MotorWinding/Bearing ErrorResp] tFrX is set to a different value [MotorWinding/Bearing Error] TFX will be triggered. Identical to [Monitoring circuit A] CMCA- menu (see page 571) [MotorWinding A Assign] tFAA Motor winding A assignment [MotorWinding A Monitor] tFMA Motor winding A monitoring [MotorWinding A Delay] tFdA Motor winding A delay after Run [MotorWinding A ErrorResp] tFrA Response to Motor winding A error EAV64318 11/2016 579 Complete settings CSt- [Motor winding B] CtIb- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Motor winding B] About This Menu Identical to [Motor winding A] CtIA- menu (see page 579) [MotorWinding B Assign] tFAb Motor winding B assignment [MotorWinding B Monitor] tFMb Motor winding B monitoring [MotorWinding B Delay] tFdb Motor winding B delay after Run [MotorWinding B ErrorResp] tFrb Response to Motor winding B error 580 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.61 [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Motor bearing] [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Motor bearing] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Motor bearing A] CtIC- Menu 582 [Motor bearing B] CtId- Menu 582 581 Complete settings CSt- [Motor bearing A] CtIC- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Motor bearing A] About This Menu Identical to [Motor winding A] CtIA- menu (see page 579) [MotorBearing A Assign] tFAC Motor bearing A assignment [MotorBearing A Monitor] tFMC Motor winding A monitoring [MotorBearing A Delay] tFdC Motor bearing A delay after Run [MotorBearing A ErrorResp] tFrC Response to Motor bearing A error [Motor bearing B] CtId- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Motor bearing B] About This Menu Identical to [Motor winding A] CtIA- menu (see page 579) [MotorBearing B Assign] tFAd Motor bearing B assignment [MotorBearing B Monitor] tFMd Motor winding B monitoring [MotorBearing B Delay] tFdd Motor bearing B delay after Run [MotorBearing B ErrorResp] tFrd Response to Motor bearing B error 582 EAV64318 11/2016 Complete settings CSt- Section 7.62 [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Circuit breaker] [Cabinet I/O functions] - [Circuit breaker] [Circuit breaker] CCb- Menu Access [Complete settings] [Cabinet I/O functions] [Circuit breaker] About This Menu This menu is used to control the circuit breaker behavior This menu can be accessed on ATV660 or ATV680, equipped with Cabinet IO, and if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPR. [CB start pulse activated] CbEP Circuit breaker start pulse assignment Setting Code / Value r61...r66 [R61 Assignment]...[R66 Assignment] Description Cabinet I/O relays outputs [CB stop pulse activated] CbdP Circuit breakers stop pulse assignment Setting Code / Value r61...r66 [R61 Assignment]...[R66 Assignment] Description Cabinet I/O relays outputs [CB status] CbS Circuit breaker status If [CB start pulse activated] CbEP and [CB stop pulse activated] CbdP are not configured the [CB Invalid Config] CBCI status is displayed. Both values must be set in order to configure the circuit breaker. The [CB stop disable] CBSD status is displayed until [CB Disable stop delay] Cbt5 is reached. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [CB Not Configured] nO Circuit breaker not configured [CB Invalid Config] CbCI Circuit breaker invalid configuration [CB In Start Pulse] CbSt Circuit breaker in start pulse [CB Not Closed] CbnC Circuit breaker not closed [CB Open] CbOS Circuit breaker in open [CB In Stop Pulse] CbSP Circuit breaker in stop pulse [CB Not Open] CbnO Circuit breaker not open [CB Closed] CbCS Circuit breaker closed [CB stop disable] CbSd Circuit breaker stop is disable 583 Complete settings CSt- [CB start pulse time] Cbt1 Circuit Breaker start pulse time. Setting Description 0.1...60.0 s Setting range Factory setting: 0.5 s [CB stop pulse time] Cbt2 Circuit Breaker stop pulse time. Identical to [CB start pulse time] Cbt1 [CB Switch-on delay] Cbt3 Circuit Breaker Switch-on delay. This parameter is used to set a minimal delay between a star pulse and a stop pulse. Identical to [CB start pulse time] Cbt1 [CB Switch-off delay] Cbt4 Circuit Breaker Switch-off delay. This parameter is used to set a minimal delay between a stop pulse and a start pulse. Identical to [CB start pulse time] Cbt1 [CB Disable stop delay] Cbt5 Circuit Breaker Disable stop delay. Setting Description 0.0...360.0 s Setting range Factory setting: 60.0 s [CB Error Resp] Cbsr The Circuit breaker gives the possibility to manage 2 levels of monitoring: A Warning level: the drive triggers an event without stopping the application. An Error level: the drive triggers an event and stops the application. If after a start command, no voltage is detected after the [Mains V. time out] LCT, the [CB Error Resp] CbSR is triggered and the [CB Not Closed] CBNC status is displayed. If after a stop command, the voltage is still detected after [Mains V. time out] LCT, the [CB Error Resp] CbSR is triggered and the [CB Not Open] CBNO status is displayed. 584 Setting Code / Value Description [Error] FLt The drive stops the application [Warning] WAr A warning is triggered and the drive remains in operation enable. EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Communication COMEAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 8 [Communication] COM- [Communication] COM- Introduction [Communication] COM- menu presents the fieldbus submenus. What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Modbus Fieldbus] Md1- Menu 586 [Com. scanner input] ICS- Menu 588 [Com. scanner output] OCS- Menu 589 [Modbus HMI] Md2- Menu 590 [Embd Eth Config] EtE- Menu 591 [Eth Module Config] EtO- Menu 592 [CANopen] CnO- Menu 592 [DeviceNet] dnC- Menu 592 [Profibus] PbC- Menu 592 [Profinet] PnC- Menu 592 585 Communication COM- [Modbus Fieldbus] Md1- Menu Access [Communication] [Comm parameters] [Modbus SL] [Modbus Fieldbus] About This Menu This menu is related to the Modbus serial communication port on the bottom of the control block. Refer to the Modbus serial manual. [Modbus Address] Add Drive Modbus address. Setting Description [OFF] Off ...247 Setting range Factory setting: [OFF] Off [Bd.RateModbus] tbr Baud rate Modbus. Setting Code / Value Description [4800 bps] 4k8 4,800 Bauds [9600 bps] 9k6 9,600 Bauds [19200 bps] 19k2 19,200 Bauds Factory setting [38.4 Kbps] 38k4 38,400 Bauds [Term Word Order] tWO Terminal Modbus: word order. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPR. Setting Code / Value Description [OFF] OFF Low word first [ON] On High word first Factory setting [Modbus Format] tFO Modbus communication format. Setting Code / Value Description [8-O-1] 8o1 8 bits odd parity 1 stop bit [8-E-1] 8E1 8 bits even parity 1 stop bit Factory setting [8-N-1] 8n1 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit [8-N-2] 8n2 8 bits no parity 2 stop bits [Modbus Timeout] ttO Modbus timeout. 586 Setting Description 0.1 ...30.0 s Setting range Factory setting: 10.s EAV64318 11/2016 Communication COM- [Mdb Com Stat] COM1 Modbus communication status. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [r0t0] r0t0 Modbus no reception, no transmission [r0t1] r0t1 Modbus no reception, transmission [r1t0] r1t0 Modbus reception, no transmission [r1t1] r1t1 Modbus reception and transmission 587 Communication COM- [Com. scanner input] ICS- Menu Access [Communication] [Comm parameters] [Modbus SL] [Modbus Fieldbus] [Com. scanner input] [Scan. IN1 address] nMA1 Address of the first input word. Setting Description 0...65535 Setting range Factory setting: 3201 (EtA) [Scan. IN2 address] nMA2 Address of the second input word. Setting Description 0...65535 Setting range Factory setting: 8604 (rFrd) [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3 Address of the third input word. Setting Description 0...65535 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Scan. IN4 address] nMA4 Address of the fourth input word. Identical to [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3. [Scan. IN5 address] nMA5 Address of the fifth input word. Identical to [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3. [Scan. IN6 address] nMA6 Address of the sixth input word. Identical to [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3. [Scan. IN7 address] nMA7 Address of the seventh input word. Identical to [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3. [Scan. IN8 address] nMA8 Address of the eighth input word. Identical to [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3. 588 EAV64318 11/2016 Communication COM- [Com. scanner output] OCS- Menu Access [Communication] [Comm parameters] [Modbus SL] [Modbus Fieldbus] [Com. scanner output] [Scan.Out1 address] nCA1 Address of the first output word. Setting Description 0...65535 Setting range Factory setting: 8501(CMd) [Scan.Out2 address] nCA2 Address of the second output word. Setting Description 0...65535 Setting range Factory setting: 8602(LFrd) [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3 Address of the third output word. Setting Description 0...65535 Setting range Factory setting: 0 [Scan.Out4 address] nCA4 Address of the fourth output word. Identical to [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3. [Scan.Out5 address] nCA5 Address of the fifth output word. Identical to [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3. [Scan.Out6 address] nCA6 Address of the sixth output word. Identical to [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3. [Scan.Out7 address] nCA7 Address of the seventh output word. Identical to [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3. [Scan.Out8 address] nCA8 Address of the eighth output word. Identical to [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3. EAV64318 11/2016 589 Communication COM- [Modbus HMI] Md2- Menu Access [Communication] [Comm parameters] [Modbus SL] [Modbus HMI] About This Menu This menu is related to the Modbus serial communication port on the front of the control block. It is used by default for the Graphic Display Terminal. The Graphic Display Terminal is compliant with baud rate equal to or lower than 19,200 bps. [HMI Baud Rate] tbr2 Baud rate Modbus. Setting Code / Value Description [4800 bps] 4k8 4,800 Bauds [9600 bps] 9k6 9,600 Bauds [19200 bps] 19k2 19,200 Bauds Factory setting [38.4 Kbps] 38k4 38,400 Bauds [Term 2 word order] tWO2 Terminal Modbus 2: Word order. This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPR. Setting Code / Value Description [LOW] OFF Low word first [HIGH] On High word first Factory setting Setting Code / Value Description [8-O-1] 8o1 8.o.1. [8-E-1] 8E1 8.E.1. Factory setting [8-N-1] 8n1 8.n.1. [8-N-2] 8n2 8.n.2. [HMI Format] tFO2 HMI format. [Mdb com start] COM2 Modbus communication status. 590 Setting Code / Value Description [r0t0] r0t0 Modbus no reception, no transmission [r0t1] r0t1 Modbus no reception, transmission [r1t0] r1t0 Modbus reception, no transmission [r1t1] r1t1 Modbus reception and transmission EAV64318 11/2016 Communication COM- [Embd Eth Config] EtE- Menu Access [Communication] [Comm parameters] [Embd Eth Config] About This Menu Refer to the Ethernet embedded manual. [Device Name] PAn The FDR (Fast Device Replacement) service is based on identification of the device by a “Device Name”. In the case of the Altivar drive, this is represented by the [Device Name] PAn parameter. Check that all the network devices have different “Device Names”. [IP Mode Ether. Embd] IM00 IP mode Ethernet embedded. Setting Code / Value Description [Fixed] ManU Fixed address [BOOTP] bOOtP BOOTP [DHCP] dHCP DHCP Factory setting [IP address] IC0 IP Address (IC01, IC02, IC03, IC04). Setting Description 0...255 Setting range Factory setting: 0.0.0.0 [Mask] IM0 Subnet mask (IM01, IM02, IM03, IM04). Setting Description 0...255 Setting range Factory setting: 0.0.0.0 [Gateway] IG0 Gateway address (IG01, IG02, IG03, IG04). EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...255 Setting range Factory setting: 0.0.0.0 591 Communication COM- [Eth Module Config] EtO- Menu Access [Communication] [Comm parameters] [Eth Module Config] About This Menu Refer to the Ethernet-IP Modbus TCP fieldbus module manual. [CANopen] CnO- Menu Access [Communication] [Comm parameters] [CANopen] About This Menu Refer to the CANopen fieldbus module manual. [DeviceNet] dnC- Menu Access [Communication] [Comm parameters] [DeviceNet] About This Menu Refer to the DeviceNet fieldbus module manual. [Profibus] PbC- Menu Access [Communication] [Comm parameters] [Profibus] About This Menu Refer to the Profibus DP fieldbus module manual. [Profinet] PnC- Menu Access [Communication] [Comm parameters] [Profinet] About This Menu Refer to the PROFINET fieldbus module manual. 592 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process File management FMtEAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 9 [File management] FMt- [File management] FMt- Introduction [File management] FMt- menu presents the management of drive configuration files. What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Transfer config file] tCF- Menu 594 [Factory settings] FCS- Menu 594 [Parameter group list] FrY- Menu 595 [Factory settings] FCS- Menu 596 [Pre-settings] PrES- Menu 597 593 File management FMt- [Transfer config file] tCF- Menu Access [File management] [Transfer config file] [Copy to the drive] OPF This allows to select a previously saved drive configuration from the Graphic Display Terminal memory and transfer it to the drive. The drive needs to be restarted after a configuration file transfer. [Copy from the drive] SAF This allows to save the actual drive configuration into the Graphic Display Terminal memory. NOTE: The Graphic Display Terminal can store up to 16 configuration files. [Factory settings] FCS- Menu Access [File management] [Factory settings] About This Menu This parameter allows to select the configuration to restore in case of factory setting operation. [Config. Source] FCSI 594 Setting Code / Value Description [Macro-Conf] InI Factory setting parameter set Factory setting [Config 1] CFG1 Customer parameter set 1 [Config 2] CFG2 Customer parameter set 2 [Config 3] CFG3 Customer parameter set 3 EAV64318 11/2016 File management FMt- [Parameter group list] FrY- Menu Access [File management] [Factory settings] [Parameter group list] About This Menu Selection of menus to be loaded. NOTE: In factory configuration and after a return to "factory settings", [Parameter group list] FrY will be empty. [All] ALL All parameters in all menus. [Drive Configuration] drM Load [Complete settings] CSt- menu. [Motor Param] MOt Load [Motor parameters] MPA- menu. [Comm. Menu] COM Load [Communication] COM- menu. This parameter can be accessed if [Config. Source] FCSI is set to [Macro-Conf] ini. [Display Config.] dIS Load [Display screen type] MSC- menu. This parameter can be accessed if [Config. Source] FCSI is set to [Macro-Conf] ini. EAV64318 11/2016 595 File management FMt- [Factory settings] FCS- Menu Access [File management] [Factory settings] [Go to Factory settings] GFS WARNING UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Verify that restoring the factory settings is compatible with the type of wiring used. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. It is only possible to revert to the factory settings if at least one group of parameters has previously been selected. [Save Configuration] SCSI Save configuration. The active configuration to be saved does not appear for selection. For example, if it is [Config 0] Str0, only [ Config 1] Str1, [Config 2] Str2 and [ Config 3] Str3 appear. The parameter changes back to[No] nO as soon as the operation is complete. 596 Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [Config 0] Str0 Store customer parameter set 0 [Config 1] Str1 Store customer parameter set 1 [Config 2] Str2 Store customer parameter set 2 [Config 3] Str3 Store customer parameter set 3 EAV64318 11/2016 File management FMt- [Pre-settings] PrES- Menu Access [File management] [Factory settings] [Pre-settings] About This Menu ATV660 and ATV680 give possibility to defined pre-settings for drive parameters. It allows pre configuration and protection from modifications of: Drive functions Cabinet I/O functions This pre-setting is done during the manufacturing of the drive system. [Pre-settings Status] PSS Drive Systems pre-settings status. Setting Code / Value Description [Not locked] nACt Pre-setting configuration is not locked. Parameters defined in the presetting list can be modified [Locked] Act Pre-setting configuration is locked. Parameters defined in the pre-setting list cannot be modified [Pre-settings Unlock] PSrt Drive Systems pre-settings unlock. This parameter can be used, by a Schneider Electric representative, to unlock the pre-setting configuration. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description 0...65535 Setting range Factory setting: 0 597 File management FMt- 598 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process My preferences MYPEAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 10 [My preferences] MYP- [My preferences] MYP- Introduction [My preferences] MYP- menu presents the possible settings for the user-defined HMI and parameter access. What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following sections: Section EAV64318 11/2016 Topic Page 10.1 [Language] 600 10.2 [Password] 601 10.3 [Parameter access] 603 10.4 [Customization] 606 10.5 [Date & Time settings] 610 10.6 [Access level] 611 10.7 [Webserver] 612 10.8 [Functions key mgnt] 613 10.9 [LCD settings] 614 10.10 [Stop and go] 615 10.11 [QR code] 617 10.12 [QR code] - [My link 1] 618 10.13 [QR code] - [My link 2] 619 10.14 [QR code] - [My link 3] 620 10.15 [QR code] - [My link 4] 621 10.16 [Pairing password] 622 599 My preferences MYP- Section 10.1 [Language] [Language] [Language] LnG- Menu Access [My preferences] [Language] About This Menu This menu allows to select the Graphic Display Terminal language. 600 EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- Section 10.2 [Password] [Password] [Password] COd- Menu Access [My preferences] [Password] About This Menu Enables the configuration to be protected with an access code or a password to be entered in order to access a protected configuration: The drive is unlocked when the password is set to [No password defined] nO or when the correct password has been entered. All menus can be accessed. Before protecting the configuration with a password, you must: Define the [Upload rights] ULr and [Download rights] dLr. Make a careful note of the password and keep it in a place where you are able to find it. [Password status] PSSt Password status. Setting Code / Value Description [No password defined] nO No password defined Factory setting [Password is unlocked] UL Password is unlocked [Password is locked] LOC Password is locked [Password] PWd 6-digits password. The password must be entered in order to unlock the drive. Once the correct code has been entered, the drive is unlocked until the next time the supply mains is disconnected. [Upload rights] ULr Upload rights. Code / Value Description [Permitted] ULr0 Commissioning tools or the Graphic Display Terminal can save the whole configuration (password, monitoring, configuration) Factory setting [Not allowed] ULr1 Commissioning tools or the Graphic Display Terminal cannot save the configuration if the drive is not protected by a password or if the correct password has been entered Setting EAV64318 11/2016 601 My preferences MYP- [Download rights] DLr Download rights. 602 Setting Code / Value Description [Locked drv] DLr0 Lock drive: the configuration can be download to the drive only if the drive is protected by a password, which is the same as the password of the configuration to be downloaded [Unlock. drv] DLr1 Unlock drive: the configuration can be downloaded to the drive or a configuration can be modified if the drive is unlocked or is not protected by a password Factory setting [Not allowed] DLr2 The configuration can never be downloaded [Lock/unlock] DLr3 Combination of [Locked drv] dLr0 and [Unlock. drv] dLr1 EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- Section 10.3 [Parameter access] [Parameter access] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Restricted channels] PCd- Menu 604 [Restricted param] PPA- Menu 604 [Visibility] VIS- Menu 605 603 My preferences MYP- [Restricted channels] PCd- Menu Access [My preferences] [Parameter access] [Restricted access] [Restricted channels] About This Menu Following channels can be selected to disable the accessibility to the related parameters. [HMI] COn Graphic Display Terminal. [PC Tool] PWS DTM-based commissioning software. [Modbus] Mdb Embedded Modbus serial. [CANopen] CAn CANopen fieldbus module. [Com. Module] nEt Fieldbus option module. [Restricted param] PPA- Menu Access [My preferences] [Parameter access] [Restricted access] [Restricted param] About This Menu In these screens, all parameters in the [Complete settings] CSt- menu can be protected and are displayed for selection, except for the Expert parameters. Press the All key to select all the parameters. Press the All key again to deselect all the parameters. Content of the [Complete settings] CSt- menu. No selections can be made in this screen if there are no parameters. 604 EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- [Visibility] VIS- Menu Access [My preferences] [Parameter access] [Visibility] About This Menu Selection to display all parameters or only the active parameters. [Parameters] PVIS Parameters. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Active] ACt Only active parameters can be accessed Factory setting [All] ALL All parameters can be accessed 605 My preferences MYP- Section 10.4 [Customization] [Customization] What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 606 Page [My menu config.] MYC- Menu 607 [Display screen type] MSC- Menu 607 [Param. Bar Select] PbS- Menu 608 [Customer parameters] CYP- Menu 608 [Service message] SEr- Menu 609 EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- [My menu config.] MYC- Menu Access [My preferences] [Customization] [My menu config.] About This Menu This menu allows to customize the [My Menu] MYMn- menu (see page 52). [Parameter Selection] UMP Content of the [Complete settings] CSt- menu. No selection can be made in this screen if there are no parameters. [Selected List] UML This menu allows to sort the selected parameters. [My Menu] MYMn Used to define the name of the customized menu. [Display screen type] MSC- Menu Access [My preferences] [Customization] [Display screen type] About This Menu This parameter allows to select the type of display for the default screen. [Display value type] Mdt Type of screen display. Setting Code / Value Description [Digital] dEC Digital values Factory setting [Bar graph] bAr Bar graph [List] LISt List of values [Vu Meter] vUMEt Vu meter [Parameter Selection] MPC Customized selection. This view allows to select the parameters to display on the default screen. EAV64318 11/2016 607 My preferences MYP- [Param. Bar Select] PbS- Menu Access [My preferences] [Customization] [Param. Bar Select] About This Menu This view allows to select the parameters to display on the top line of the Graphic Display Terminal screen. [Customer parameters] CYP- Menu Access [My preferences] [Customization] [Customer parameters] About This Menu This menu allows to rename up to 15 parameters. [Parameter Selection] SCP Parameter selection. This view allows to select up to 15 parameters. [Custom Selection] CPM Customized selection. This view allows to set for each selected parameter: The name The unit if relevant (a custom unit is available) A multiplier (1...1000) if relevant A divisor (1...1000) if relevant An offset (-99.00...99.00) if relevant 608 EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- [Service message] SEr- Menu Access [My preferences] [Customization] [Service message] About This Menu This menu allows to define a user-defined service message (5 lines, 23 digits per line). This message can be displayed in [theDiagnostics] dIA-, [Diag. data] ddt- menu and [Service message] SEr- submenus. [LINE 1] SML01 Line 1. [LINE 2] SML02 Line 2. [LINE 3] SML03 Line 3. [LINE 4] SML04 Line 4. [LINE 5] SML05 Line 5. EAV64318 11/2016 609 My preferences MYP- Section 10.5 [Date & Time settings] [Date & Time settings] [Date/time settings] RTC- Menu Access [My preferences] [Date/time settings] About This Menu This view allows to set date and time. This information is used for the time stamping of all logged data. If a time server is connected over Ethernet and configured in the webserver, date and time data are updated automatically according to the configuration. Date and time information shall be available (time server available and configured, or Graphic Display Terminal plugged) at drive power up to enable the time stamping of the logged data. Modifying these settings will modify previously logged data value in case of average data based on time. 610 EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- Section 10.6 [Access level] [Access level] [Access level] LAC- Menu Access [My preferences] [Access level] About This Menu WARNING UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION A single input can activate several functions at the same time (reverse and 2nd ramp for example). Verify that activating a digital input to several functions does not result in unsafe conditions. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. [Access Level] LAC Level of access control. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Basic] bAS Access to all menus. Access to the [Simply start] SYS-, [Dashboard] dSH-, [Diagnostics] dIA- and [My preferences] MYP- menus only. [Standard] Std Access to all menus. Factory setting [Expert] EPr Access to all menus and to additional parameters. 611 My preferences MYP- Section 10.7 [Webserver] [Webserver] [Webserver] WbS- Menu Access [My preferences] [Webserver] About This Menu This menu allows to manage Web services. [EnableWebserver] EWEE Enable Web services for the embedded Ethernet adapter. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Webserver disabled [Yes] YES Webserver enabled Factory setting [EnableWebserver] EWE Enable Web services for the Ethernet based modules. This parameter can be accessed if Ethernet-IP or PROFINET fieldbus module has been inserted. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO Webserver disabled [Yes] YES Webserver enabled Factory setting [Reset EmbWeb] rWPE Reset the embedded Ethernet webserver to its default configuration. The default password is ADMIN. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [Yes] YES Yes [Reset OptWeb Passwd] rWPO Reset the password of the Ethernet-IP Modbus TCP fieldbus module webserver. This parameter can be accessed if Ethernet-IP Modbus TCP fieldbus module has been inserted. Setting Code / Value Description [No] nO No Factory setting [Yes] YES Yes [Webserver default password] wdp 8-digits password. A unique password is provided and must be entered at the first connection of the webserver in order to have access to the administrator accout (username = ADMIN). 612 EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- Section 10.8 [Functions key mgnt] [Functions key mgnt] [Functions key mgnt] FKG- Menu Access [My preferences] [Functions key mgnt] About This Menu This menu allows to assign functions to the Graphic Display Terminal function keys. [F1 key assignment] Fn1 Function key 1. Following possible assignments cannot be accessed in [I/O profile] IO configuration. Setting Code / Value Description [Not assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [Preset Speed 1] FPS1 Function key preset speed 1 assignment [Preset Speed 2] FPS2 Function key preset speed 2 assignment [PID Ref Frequency 1] FPr1 Function key preset PID 1 assignment [PID Ref Frequency 2] FPr2 Function key preset PID 2 assignment [+Speed] FuSP Function key faster assignment [-Speed] FdSP Function key slower assignment [F2 key assignment] Fn2 Function key 2. Identical to [F1 key assignment] Fn1. [F3 key assignment] Fn3 Function key 3. Identical to [F1 key assignment] Fn1. [F4 key assignment] Fn4 Function key 4. Identical to [F1 key assignment] Fn1. EAV64318 11/2016 613 My preferences MYP- Section 10.9 [LCD settings] [LCD settings] [LCD settings] CnL- Menu Access [My preferences] [LCD settings] About This Menu This menu allows to set the Graphic Display Terminal related parameters. [Screen Contrast] CSt Screen contrast setting. Setting Description 0...100% Setting range Factory setting: 50% [Standby] SbY Stand-by delay. NOTE: Disabling the automatic standby function of the display terminal backlight will reduce the backlight service time. Setting Description nO...10 min Automatic backlight OFF time Factory setting: 10 min [Display Terminal locked] KLCK Graphic Display Terminal key locked. Press ESC and Home keys to Lock manually & unlock the Graphic Display Terminal keys. The Stop key remains active when the Graphic Display Terminal is locked. Setting Description nO...10 min Setting range Factory setting: 5 min [Red Backlight] bCKL Graphic Display Terminal red backlight function disabeled in case or an error triggered. 614 Setting Code / Value Description [No] no Red backlight disabled [Yes] yes Red backlight enabled Factory setting EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- Section 10.10 [Stop and go] [Stop and go] [Stop and go] StG- Menu Access [My preferences] [Stop and go] About This Menu This function is available for drives from frame size 4 to 7. When the function is active, the DC bus voltage is no longer maintained at operational level in order to save energy. When the drive is in energy saving state, the next run command shall be delayed up to 1 second during the DC bus charge. [Energy Saving Delay] IdLM Wait time before going to [Energy Saving] IdLE mode after motor is stopped. At power-on, if [Energy Saving Delay] IdLM is not set to [No] nO, the drive goes directly to [Energy Saving] IdLE The value [No] nO deactivate the function. EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Description [No] nO...32,400 s Setting range Factory setting: nO 615 My preferences MYP- [Energy Saving Assign] IdLS Energy saving mode digital input assignment. At active state rising edge, the drive switches to energy saving state if the motor is stopped without a run command active. A falling edge switch the drive to normal operation. 616 Setting Code / Value Description [Not Assigned] nO Not assigned Factory setting [DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6 [DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted [DI52 (High level)]… [DI59 (High level)] d52H…d59H Cabinet high level assignment digital inputs NOTE: This selection can be accessed on ATV660 and ATV680 equipped with Cabinet IO. [CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration [CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration [C101]...[C110] C101...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial regardless of configuration [C201]...[C210] C201...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.01...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C301]...[C310] C301...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.01...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of configuration [C501]...[C510] C501...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.01...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet in [I/O profile] IO configuration [C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet regardless of configuration EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- Section 10.11 [QR code] [QR code] [QR code] qrC- Menu Access [My preferences] [QR code] About This Menu This menu gives access to a QR Codes on the Graphic Display Terminal. [QR Code] qCC Scan of this QR code brings to a landing page on Internet with the information on: Technical product datasheet, Link for Schneider Electric App available for services. EAV64318 11/2016 617 My preferences MYP- Section 10.12 [QR code] - [My link 1] [QR code] - [My link 1] [My link 1] myl1- Menu Access [My preferences] [QR code] [My link 1] About This Menu This menu gives access to a QR Code customized with the commissioning software. [MyLink 1] ql1 618 EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- Section 10.13 [QR code] - [My link 2] [QR code] - [My link 2] [My link 2] myl2- Menu Access [My preferences] [QR code] [My link 2] About This Menu This menu gives access to a QR Code customized with the commissioning software. [MyLink 2] ql2 EAV64318 11/2016 619 My preferences MYP- Section 10.14 [QR code] - [My link 3] [QR code] - [My link 3] [My link 3] myl3- Menu Access [My preferences] [QR code] [My link 3] About This Menu This menu gives access to a QR Code customized with the commissioning software. [MyLink 3] ql3 620 EAV64318 11/2016 My preferences MYP- Section 10.15 [QR code] - [My link 4] [QR code] - [My link 4] [My link 4] myl4- Menu Access [My preferences] [QR code] [My link 4] About This Menu This menu gives access to a QR Code customized with the commissioning software. [MyLink 4] ql4 EAV64318 11/2016 621 My preferences MYP- Section 10.16 [Pairing password] [Pairing password] [Pairing password] PPi Access [My preferences] [Pairing password] About This Menu This function can only be accessed in Expert mode.This function is used to detect whenever an option module has been replaced or the software has been modified in any way. When a pairing password is entered, the parameters of the option modules currently inserted are stored. On every subsequent powerup, these parameters are verified and, in the event of a discrepancy, the drive locks in [Boards Compatibility] HCF. Before the drive can be restarted, it is necessary to revert to the original situation or reenter the pairing password. The following parameters are verified: The type of option modules. The software version of the drive and the option modules. The serial number for the control block boards. [Pairing password] PPI Operation as a pair password. Setting Description [OFF] OFF...9,999 Setting range Factory setting: OFF The [OFF] OFF value signifies that the pairing password function is inactive. The [ON] On value signifies that the pairing password function is active and that a password is required to start the drive in the event of a [Boards Compatibility] HCF detected error. As soon as the password has been entered, the drive is unlocked and the code changes to [ON] On. 622 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Maintenance and Diagnostics EAV64318 10/2016 Part III Maintenance and diagnostics Maintenance and diagnostics What Is in This Part? This part contains the following chapters: Chapter EAV64318 11/2016 Chapter Name Page 11 Maintenance 625 12 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 627 623 Maintenance and Diagnostics 624 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Maintenance EAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 11 Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Limitation of Warranty The warranty does not apply if the product has been opened, except by Schneider Electric services. Servicing DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Read and understand the instructions in Safety Information chapter before performing any procedure in this chapter. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. NOTICE RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE DRIVE Perform the following activities. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. Environment Part concerned Action Periodicity Mechanical impact on the product Housing - control block (led - display) Verify the drive visual aspect At least each year Corrosion Terminals - connector screws - EMC plate Inspect and clean if required Dust Terminals - fans blowholes Temperature Around the product Verify and correct if required Cooling Fan Verify the fan operation Vibration Terminal connections Replace the fan After 3 to 5 years, depending on the operating conditions Verify tightening at recommended torque At least each year Spares and Repairs Serviceable product. Please contact your Schneider Electric representative. EAV64318 11/2016 625 Maintenance Long Time Storage If the drive was not connected to mains for an extended period of time, the capacitors must be restored to their full performance before the motor is started. NOTICE REDUCED CAPACITOR PERFORMANCE Apply mains voltage to the drive for one hour before starting the motor if the drive has not been connected to mains for the following periods of time: 12 months at a maximum storage temperature of +50°C (+122°F) 24 months at a maximum storage temperature of +45°C (+113°F) 36 months at a maximum storage temperature of +40°C (+104°F) Verify that no Run command can be applied before the period of one hour has elapsed. Verify the date of manufacture if the drive is commissioned for the first time and run the specified procedure if the date of manufacture is more than 12 months in the past. Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage. If the specified procedure cannot be performed without a Run command because of internal mains contactor control, perform this procedure with the power stage enabled, but the motor being at standstill so that there is no appreciable mains current in the capacitors. Fan Replacement It is possible to order a new fan for the drive maintenance, see the catalog numbers on www.schneiderelectric.com. 626 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar Process Diagnostics and Troubleshooting EAV64318 10/2016 Chapter 12 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Overview This chapter describes the various types of diagnostics and provides troubleshooting assistance. DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Read and understand the instructions in Safety Information chapter before performing any procedure in this chapter. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. What Is in This Chapter? This chapter contains the following sections: Section EAV64318 11/2016 Topic Page 12.1 Warning Codes 628 12.2 Error Codes 630 12.3 FAQ 695 627 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Section 12.1 Warning Codes Warning Codes Warning Codes List of Available Warnings 628 Setting Code / Value Description [AI1 4-20 Loss Warning] AP1 4-20 loss warning on analog input AI1 [AI2 4-20 Loss Warning] AP2 4-20 loss warning on analog input AI2 [AI3 4-20 Loss Warning] AP3 4-20 loss warning on analog input AI3 [AI4 4-20 Loss Warning] AP4 4-20 loss warning on analog input AI4 [AI5 4-20 Loss Warning] AP5 4-20 loss warning on analog input AI5 [Cust Warning 1] CAS1 Customer warning 1 [Cust Warning 2] CAS2 Customer warning 2 [Cust Warning 3] CAS3 Customer warning 3 [Cust Warning 4] CAS4 Customer warning 4 [Cust Warning 5] CAS5 Customer warning 5 [Current Thd Reached] CtA Motor current high threshold reached [Low Current Reached] CtAL Motor current low threshold reached [Dry Run Warning] drAY Dry run monitoring function warning [Ext. Error Warning] EFA External error warning [2nd Frequency Thd Reached] F2A Second frequency threshold reached [Motor Freq Low Thd 2] F2AL Motor frequency low threshold 2 reached [Fan Counter Warning] FCtA Fan counter warning [Fan Feedback Warning] FFdA Fan feedback warning [High Speed Reached] FLA High speed reached [Fallback Frequency] FrF Fallback frequency reaction [Flow Limit Activated] FSA Flow limitation monitoring function is active [Motor Freq High Thd] FtA Motor frequency high threshold reached [Motor Freq Low Thd] FtAL Motor frequency low threshold reached [High Flow Warning] HFPA High flow monitoring function warning [InPress Warning] IPPA Inlet pressure monitoring function warning level reached [Anti-Jam Warning] JAMA Anti-Jam maximum cycle counter reached [Life Cycle Warn 1] LCA1 Life cycle warning 1 [Life Cycle Warn 2] LCA2 Life cycle warning 2 [Low Flow Warning] LFA Low flow monitoring function warning level reached [LowPres Warning] LPA Low pressure monitoring function warning level reached [No Warning stored] noA No warning stored [Process Overload Warning] OLA Process overload warning [High OutPres Warning] OPHA High outlet pressure warning [Low OutPress Warning] OPLA Low outlet pressure warning [Switch OutPres Warning] OPSA High outlet pressure switch warning [PumpCycle warning] PCPA Pumpcycle warning [PID Error Warning] PEE PID error warning [PID Feedback Warning] PFA PID feedback warning [PID High Fdbck Warning] PFAH PID feedback high threshold warning [PID Low Fdbck Warning] PFAL PID feedback low threshold warning [Regulation Warning] PISH PID feedback regulation warning EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting EAV64318 11/2016 Setting Code / Value Description [Pump Low Flow] PLFA Pump low flow warning level reached [Power Cons Warning] POWd Power consumption warning [Speed Maintained] rLS Speed maintained function is active [Ref Freq High Thd reached] rtAH Reference frequency high threshold reached [Ref Freq Low Thd reached] rtAL Reference frequency low threshold reached [Ref Frequency Warning] SrA Reference frequency reached [Type of stop] Stt Detected error without stop according to [Type of stop] Stt [Drv Therm Thd Reached] tAd Drive thermal threshold reached [Drive Thermal Warning] tHA Drive thermal state warning [IGBT Thermal Warning] tJA IGBT thermal state warning [AI2 Th Warning] tP2A Thermal sensor warning on analog input AI2 [AI3 Th Warning] tP3A Thermal sensor warning on analog input AI3 [AI4 Th Warning] tP4A Thermal sensor warning on analog input AI4 [AI5 Th Warning] tP5A Thermal sensor warning on analog input AI5 [Motor Therm Thd Reached] tSA Motor thermal threshold reached [Process Undld Warning] ULA Process underload warning [Preventive UnderV Active] UPA Preventive undervoltage active [Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning [Ethernet Internal Warning] inwm Ethernet internal warning [AFE Mains Undervoltage] ura AFE mains undervoltage [MonitorCircuit A Warn] iWa Monitoring circuit A warning [MonitorCircuit B Warn] iWb Monitoring circuit B warning [MonitorCircuit C Warn] iWC Monitoring circuit C warning [MonitorCircuit D Warn] iWd Monitoring circuit D warning [CabinetCircuit A Warn] CWa Cabinet circuit A warning [CabinetCircuit B Warn] CWb Cabinet circuit B warning [CabinetCircuit C Warn] CWC Cabinet circuit C warning [MotorWinding A Warn] tWa Motor winding A warning [MotorWinding B Warn] tWb Motor winding B warning [MotorBearing A Warn] tWC Motor winding C warning [MotorBearing B Warn] tWd Motor winding D warning [Circuit Breaker Warn] CbW Circuit breaker warning [AFE Motor Limitation] Clim AFE motor limitation [AFE Generator Limitation] Clig AFE generator limitation [AFE Thermal State Warn] tHsa AFE sensor thermal warning [AFE IGBT Thermal Warn] tHja AFE IGBT thermal warning [Cabinet Fan Fdbck Warn] ffCa Cabinet fan feedback warning [Cabinet Fan Counter Warn] fCCa Cabinet fan counter warning [Cabinet Overheat Warn] CHa Cabinet overheat warning [CMI Jumper Warn] Cmij CMI jumper warning [AFE Fan Counter Warn] fCba AFE fan counter warning [AFE Fan Fdbck Warn] ffba AFE fan feedback warning 629 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Section 12.2 Error Codes Error Codes What Is in This Section? This section contains the following topics: Topic 630 Page Overview 633 [AFE Modulation Rate Error] ACF1 634 [AFE Current Control Error] ACF2 634 [Angle error] ASF 635 [Circuit Breaker Error] CbF 635 [CabinetCircuit A Error] CFA 636 [CabinetCircuit B Error] CFB 636 [CabinetCircuit C Error] CFC 637 [Incorrect Configuration] CFF 637 [Invalid Configuration] CFI 638 [Conf Transfer Error] CFI2 638 [Pre-settings Transfer Error] CFI3 639 [Cabinet Overheat Error] CHF 639 [Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF 640 [CANopen Com Interrupt] COF 640 [Precharge Capacitor] CrF 641 [AFE contactor fdbk error] CrF3 641 [Channel Switch Error] CSF 642 [Dry Run Error] drYF 642 [EEPROM Control] EEF1 643 [EEPROM Power] EEF2 643 [External Error] EPF1 644 [Fieldbus Error] EPF2 644 [Embd Eth Com Interrupt] EtHF 645 [FDR 1 Error] FDR1 645 [FDR 2 Error] FDR2 646 [Firmware Update Error] FWEr 646 [Boards Compatibility] HCF 647 [High Flow Error] HFPF 647 [MonitorCircuit A Error] IFA 648 [MonitorCircuit B Error] IFB 648 [MonitorCircuit C Error] IFC 649 [MonitorCircuit D Error] IFd 649 [Input Overheating] iHF 650 [Internal Link Error] ILF 650 [Internal Error 0] InF0 651 [Internal Error 1] InF1 651 [Internal Error 2] InF2 652 [Internal Error 3] InF3 652 [Internal Error 4] InF4 653 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Topic EAV64318 11/2016 Page [Internal Error 6] InF6 653 [Internal Error 7] InF7 654 [Internal Error 8] InF8 654 [Internal Error 9] InF9 655 [Internal Error 10] InFA 655 [Internal Error 11] InFb 656 [Internal Error 12] InFC 656 [Internal Error 13] InFD 657 [Internal Error 14] InFE 657 [Internal Error 15] InFF 658 [Internal Error 16] InFG 658 [Internal Error 17] InFH 659 [Internal Error 18] InFi 659 [Internal Error 20] InFk 660 [Internal Error 21] InFl 660 [Internal Error 22] InFM 661 [Internal Error 23] InFN 661 [Internal Error 25] InFP 662 [Internal Error 27] InFr 662 [Internal Error 28] InFS 663 [Internal Error 29] InFt 663 [Internal Error 30] InFU 664 [Internal Error 31] InFV 664 [Inlet Pressure Error] iPPF 665 [Anti Jam Error] JAMF 665 [Input Contactor] LCF 666 [High Level Error] LCHF 666 [High Level Error] LCLF 667 [AI1 4-20mA loss] LFF1 667 [AI2 4-20mA loss] LFF2 668 [AI3 4-20mA loss] LFF3 668 [AI4 4-20mA loss] LFF4 669 [AI5 4-20mA loss] LFF5 669 [Mains Freq Out Of Range] MFF 670 [M/P Device Error] MPDF 670 [Lead Pump Error] mpLF 671 [DC Bus Overvoltage] ObF 671 [AFE Bus unbalancing] ObF2 672 [Overcurrent] OCF 672 [Drive Overheating] OHF 673 [Process Overload] OLC 673 [Motor Overload] OLF 674 [Single Output Phase Loss] OPF1 674 [Output Phase Loss] OPF2 675 [Out Pressure High] OPHF 675 [Out Pressure Low] OPLF 676 631 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Topic 632 Page [Supply Mains Overvoltage] OSF 676 [PumpCycle Start Error] PCPF 677 [PID Feedback Error] PFMF 677 [Program Loading Error] PGLF 678 [Program Running Error] PGrF 678 [Input phase loss] PHF 679 [Pump Low Flow Error] PLFF 679 [Safety Function Error] SAFF 680 [Motor short circuit] SCF1 680 [Ground Short Circuit] SCF3 681 [IGBT Short Circuit] SCF4 681 [Motor Short Circuit] SCF5 682 [AFE ShortCircuit error] SCF6 682 [Modbus Com Interruption] SLF1 683 [PC Com Interruption] SLF2 683 [HMI Com Interruption] SLF3 684 [Motor Overspeed] SOF 684 [Motor Stall Error] StF 685 [AI2 Thermal Sensor Error] t2CF 685 [AI3 Thermal Sensor Error] t3CF 686 [AI4 Thermal Sensor Error] t4CF 686 [AI5 Thermal Sensor Error] t5CF 687 [MotorWinding A Error] tFA 687 [MotorWinding B Error] tFB 688 [MotorBearing A Error] tFC 688 [MotorBearing B Error] tFD 689 [AI2 Th Detected Error] tH2F 689 [AI3 Th Detected Error] tH3F 690 [AI4 Th Detected Error] tH4F 690 [AI5 Th Detected Error] tH5F 691 [IGBT Overheating] tJF 691 [AFE IGBT over-heat error] tJF2 692 [Autotuning Error] tnF 692 [Process Underload] ULF 693 [AFE Mains Undervoltage] UrF 693 [Supply Mains UnderV] USF 694 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Overview Clearing the Detected Error This table presents the steps to follow if intervention on the drive system is required: Step Action 1 Disconnect all power, including external control power that may be present. 2 Lock that all power disconnects in the open position. 3 Wait 15 minutes to allow the DC bus capacitors to discharge (the drive LEDs are not indicators of the absence of DC bus voltage). 4 Measure the voltage of the DC bus between the PA/+ and PC/- terminals to ensure that the voltage is less than 42 Vdc. 5 If the DC bus capacitors do not discharge completely, contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Do not repair or operate the drive. 6 Find and correct the cause of the detected error. 7 Restore power to the drive to confirm that the detected error has been rectified. After the cause has been removed, the detected error can be cleared by: Switching off the drive. Using the [Product Restart] rP parameter. Using the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr- function. A digital input or control bit set to the [Fault reset] rSt- function. Pressing the STOP/RESET key on the Graphic Display Terminal if the active command channel is set to [Ref. Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC. EAV64318 11/2016 633 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [AFE Modulation Rate Error] ACF1 Probable Cause Mains voltage is on a low limit, the modulation rate of the AFE increase, to protect the DC link capacitors the [AFE Modulation Rate Error] ACF1 is triggered. Remedy Verify mains voltage. Verify parameter setting for mains voltage. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [AFE Current Control Error] ACF2 Probable Cause Mains voltage interruption. Remedy Verify mains voltage. Reduce number of voltage drop-downs. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 634 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Angle error] ASF Probable Cause For synchronous motors, wrong setting of the speed loop when the reference goes through 0. Remedy Verify the speed loop parameters. Verify the motor phases and the maximum current allowed by the drive. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Circuit Breaker Error] CbF Probable Cause The DC bus voltage level is not correct compared to the circuit breaker logic control (start or stop pulse) after the configured timeout [Mains V. time out] LCt. Remedy Verify the circuit breaker logic control (pulse time for start and stop). Verify the mechanical state of the circuit breaker. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 635 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [CabinetCircuit A Error] CFA Probable Cause The monitoring function has detected an error. The digital input assigned to [CabinetCircuit A Assign] CFAA is active for duration longer than [CabinetCircuit A Delay] FdA. Remedy Identify the cause of detection.. Check the connected device (door switch, thermal switch,…) and its wiring. Verify the [CabinetCircuit A Assign] CFAA parameter assignment. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [CabinetCircuit B Error] CFB Probable Cause The monitoring function has detected an error. The digital input assigned to [CabinetCircuit B Assign] CFAB is active for duration longer than [CabinetCircuit B Delay] FdB. Remedy Identify the cause of detection.. Check the connected device (door switch, thermal switch,…) and its wiring. Verify the [CabinetCircuit B Assign] CFAB parameter assignment. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 636 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [CabinetCircuit C Error] CFC Probable Cause The monitoring function has detected an error. The digital input assigned to [CabinetCircuit C Assign] CFAC is active for duration longer than [CabinetCircuit C Delay] FdC. Remedy Identify the cause of detection.. Check the connected device (door switch, thermal switch,…) and its wiring. Verify the [CabinetCircuit C Assign] CFAC parameter assignment. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Incorrect Configuration] CFF Probable Cause Option module changed or removed. Control block replaced by a control block configured on a drive with a different rating. The current configuration is inconsistent. Remedy Verify that there is no detected error on the option module. In the event of the control block being changed deliberately, see the remarks below. Return to factory settings or retrieve the backup configuration if it is valid. Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. EAV64318 11/2016 637 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Invalid Configuration] CFI Probable Cause Invalid configuration. The configuration loaded in the drive via the commissioning tool or fieldbus is inconsistent. Remedy Verify the previously loaded configuration. Load a compatible configuration. Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. [Conf Transfer Error] CFI2 Probable Cause The configuration has not been transferred properly. The configuration loaded is not compatible with the drive. Remedy Check the configuration loaded previously. Load a compatible configuration. Use PC software commissioning tool to transfer a compatible configuration Perform a factory setting Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. 638 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Pre-settings Transfer Error] CFI3 Probable Cause The preset configuration has not been transferred properly. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. [Cabinet Overheat Error] CHF Probable Cause The cabinet thermal switch is at active state, the fan cabinet has been switched on but there is no fan feedback. The digital inputs DI50 and DI51 of drives equipped with Cabinet IO are configured as cabinet temperature monitoring. If the enclose thermo switch opens in case of over temperature, the [Cabinet Overheat Error] CHF is triggered. This error can be triggered only in RUN state. On other state, the [Cabinet Overheat Warn] CHA is active. Remedy Verify fan cabinet and its wiring. Verify the temperature in the enclosure is not too high. Verify the setting of the thermoswitch (must be 60°C (140°F)) Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. EAV64318 11/2016 639 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF Probable Cause Communication interruption on fieldbus module. This error is triggered when the communication between the fieldbus module and the master (PLC) is interrupted. Remedy Verify the environment (electromagnetic compatibility). Verify the wiring. Verify the timeout. Replace the option module. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [CANopen Com Interrupt] COF Probable Cause Communication interruption on the CANopen® fieldbus Remedy Verify the communication fieldbus. Verify the timeout. Refer to the CANopen® user manual. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 640 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Precharge Capacitor] CrF Probable Cause Charging circuit control detected error or charging resistor damaged. Remedy Turn off the drive and then turn on again. Verify the internal connections. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [AFE contactor fdbk error] CrF3 Probable Cause The mains contactor feedback is inactive during DC Bus charging phase. The mains contactor feedback becomes inactive without mains phase loss detection while the drive is in operation (Ready or Run state). Remedy Check the feedback circuit. Check the mechanical state of the mains contactor. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 641 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Channel Switch Error] CSF Probable Cause Switch to a not valid channel. Remedy Verify the function parameters. Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. [Dry Run Error] drYF Probable Cause The dry run monitoring function has detected an error. NOTE: After the error has been triggered, even if the detected error has been cleared, it is not possible to restart the pump before the end of the [DryRun Restart Delay] dryr. Remedy Verify that the pump is well primed. Verify that there is no air leak in the suction line. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 642 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [EEPROM Control] EEF1 Probable Cause An error of the internal memory of the control block has been detected. Remedy Verify the environment (electromagnetic compatibility). Switch off the product. Return to factory settings. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [EEPROM Power] EEF2 Probable Cause An error of the internal memory of the power board has been detected. Remedy Verify the environment (electromagnetic compatibility). Switch off the product. Return to factory settings. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 643 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [External Error] EPF1 Probable Cause Event triggered by an external device, depending on user. An external error has been triggered via Embedded Ethernet. Remedy Remove the cause of the external error. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Fieldbus Error] EPF2 Probable Cause An external error has been triggered via fieldbus. Remedy Remove the cause of the external error. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 644 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Embd Eth Com Interrupt] EtHF Probable Cause Communication interruption on the Ethernet IP ModbusTCP bus. Remedy Check the communication bus. Refer to the Ethernet user manual. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [FDR 1 Error] FDR1 Probable Cause Communication interruption between the drive and the PLC Configuration file incompatible, empty or corrupted. Drive rating not consistent with the configuration file Remedy Verify the drive and PLC connection Verify the communication workload Restart the transfer of configuration file from drive to PLC Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 645 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [FDR 2 Error] FDR2 Probable Cause Communication interruption between the drive and the PLC Configuration file incompatible, empty or corrupted. Drive rating not consistent with the configuration file Remedy Verify the drive and PLC connection Verify the communication workload Restart the transfer of configuration file from drive to PLC Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Firmware Update Error] FWEr Probable Cause Firmware update function has detected an error. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. 646 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Boards Compatibility] HCF Probable Cause The [Pairing password] PPI parameter has been enabled and an option module has been changed. Remedy Refit the original option module. Confirm the configuration by entering the [Pairing password] PPI if the module was changed deliberately. Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. [High Flow Error] HFPF Probable Cause The high flow monitoring function has detected an error. Remedy Verify that the system works in its flow capabilities. Verify that there is no pipe burst at the outlet of the system. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 647 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [MonitorCircuit A Error] IFA Probable Cause The digital input assigned to [MonitorCircuit A Assign] IFAA is active for longer than [MonitorCircuit A Delay] IFdA. Remedy Check the connected device and its wiring. Verify the [MonitorCircuit A Assign] IFAA parameter assignment. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [MonitorCircuit B Error] IFB Probable Cause The digital input assigned to [MonitorCircuit B Assign] IFAb is active for longer than [MonitorCircuit B Delay] IFdB. Remedy Check the connected device and its wiring. Verify the [MonitorCircuit B Assign] IFAB parameter assignment. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 648 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [MonitorCircuit C Error] IFC Probable Cause The digital input assigned to [MonitorCircuit C Assign] IFAC is active for longer than [MonitorCircuit C Delay] IFdC. Remedy Check the connected device and its wiring. Verify the [MonitorCircuit C Assign] IFAC parameter assignment. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [MonitorCircuit D Error] IFd Probable Cause The digital input assigned to [MonitorCircuit D Assign] IFAD is active for longer than [MonitorCircuit D Delay] IFdD. Remedy Check the connected device and its wiring. Verify the [MonitorCircuit D Assign] IFAD parameter assignment. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 649 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Input Overheating] iHF Probable Cause The AFE brick temperature is too high. Remedy Verify the drive ventilation and the ambient temperature. Wait for the drive to cool down before restarting. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Internal Link Error] ILF Probable Cause Communication interruption between option module and the drive. Remedy Verify the environment (electromagnetic compatibility). Verify the connections. Replace the option module. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 650 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 0] InF0 Probable Cause Communication interruption between microprocessors of the control board. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 1] InF1 Probable Cause The power board rating is not valid. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 651 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 2] InF2 Probable Cause The power board is incompatible with the control block software. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 3] InF3 Probable Cause Internal communication detected error. Remedy Verify the wiring on drive control terminals (internal 10V supply for analog inputs overloaded). Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 652 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 4] InF4 Probable Cause Internal data inconsistent. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 6] InF6 Probable Cause The option module installed in the drive is not recognized. The removable control terminal modules (if existing) are not present or not recognized. The embedded Ethernet adapter is not recognized. Remedy Verify the catalog number and compatibility of the option module. Plug the removable control terminal modules after the drive has been switched off. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 653 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 7] InF7 Probable Cause Communication interruption with CPLD component of Control board. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 8] InF8 Probable Cause The internal power switching supply is not correct. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 654 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 9] InF9 Probable Cause An error on the current circuit measurement has been detected. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 10] InFA Probable Cause The input stage is not operating correctly. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 655 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 11] InFb Probable Cause The internal drive thermal sensor is not operating correctly. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Internal Error 12] InFC Probable Cause Internal current supply error. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 656 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 13] InFD Probable Cause Differential current deviation. Remedy Check connection of DigiLink cable (GG45). Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 14] InFE Probable Cause Internal microprocessor detected error. Remedy Verify that the error code can be cleared. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 657 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 15] InFF Probable Cause Serial memory flash format error. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 16] InFG Probable Cause Communication interruption with the Extension module of output relays module or internal error of the Extension module of output relays Remedy Replace the option module. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 658 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 17] InFH Probable Cause Communication interruption with the Extension module of digital & analog I/O or internal error of the Extension module of digital & analog I/O. Remedy Replace the option module. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 18] InFi Probable Cause Communication interruption with Safety function module or internal error of the Safety function module. Remedy Replace the option module. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 659 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 20] InFk Probable Cause Option module interface board error. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 21] InFl Probable Cause Internal Real Time Clock error. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 660 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 22] InFM Probable Cause An error on the embedded Ethernet adapter has been detected. Unstability of external 24 Vdc supply. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Verify the 24 Vdc stability. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 23] InFN Probable Cause A communication interruption between the control block and AFE or BU bricks has been detected. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 661 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 25] InFP Probable Cause Incompatibility between Control Board hardware version and firmware version. Remedy Update the firmware package. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 27] InFr Probable Cause Diagnostics in CPLD have detected an error. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 662 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 28] InFS Probable Cause An error on the AFE brick has been detected. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 29] InFt Probable Cause An error on the inverter brick has been detected. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. EAV64318 11/2016 663 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Internal Error 30] InFU Probable Cause An error on the rectifier brick has been detected. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Internal Error 31] InFV Probable Cause An error on the brick architecture has been detected (brick missing). Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 664 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Inlet Pressure Error] iPPF Probable Cause The inlet pressure monitoring function has detected an error. Remedy Search for a possible cause of low pressure at the inlet of system. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Anti Jam Error] JAMF Probable Cause The Anti-Jam monitoring function has exceeded the maximum number of sequences allowed in the time window. Remedy Search for a clogging substance in the impeller. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 665 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Input Contactor] LCF Probable Cause The drive is not switched on even though [Mains V. time out ] LCt timeout has elapsed. Remedy Verify the input contactor and its wiring. Verify the [Mains V. time out ] LCt timeout. Verify the supply mains/contactor/drive wiring. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [High Level Error] LCHF Probable Cause The maximum level switch is active during filling process. Remedy Verify the parameter [Max Level Switch Assign] LCWL. Verify the state of the corresponding drive digital input and its wiring. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 666 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Low Level Error] LCLF Probable Cause The minimum level switch is active during emptying process. Remedy Verify the parameter [Min Level Switch Assign] LCWH. Verify the state of the corresponding drive digital input and its wiring. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [AI1 4-20mA loss] LFF1 Probable Cause Loss of the 4-20 mA on analog input AI1. This error is triggered when the measured current is below 2 mA. Remedy Verify the connection on the analog inputs. Verify the setting of [AI1 4-20mA loss] LFL1 parameter. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 667 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [AI2 4-20mA loss] LFF2 Probable Cause Loss of the 4-20 mA on analog input AI2. This error is triggered when the measured current is below 2 mA. Remedy Verify the connection on the analog inputs. Verify the setting of [AI2 4-20mA loss] LFL2 parameter. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [AI3 4-20mA loss] LFF3 Probable Cause Loss of the 4-20 mA on analog input AI3. This error is triggered when the measured current is below 2 mA. Remedy Verify the connection on the analog inputs. Verify the setting of [AI3 4-20mA loss] LFL3 parameter. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 668 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [AI4 4-20mA loss] LFF4 Probable Cause Loss of the 4-20 mA on analog input AI4. This error is triggered when the measured current is below 2mA. Remedy Verify the connection on the analog inputs. Verify the setting of [AI4 4-20mA loss] LFL4 parameter. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [AI5 4-20mA loss] LFF5 Probable Cause Loss of the 4-20 mA on analog input AI5. This error is triggered when the measured current is below 2 mA. Remedy Verify the connection on the analog inputs. Verify the setting of [AI5 4-20mA loss] LFL5 parameter. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 669 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Mains Freq Out Of Range] MFF Probable Cause [Mains Frequency] FAC on the AFE brick is out of range. Remedy Verify the mains frequency. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [M/P Device Error] MPDF Probable Cause A device on the MultiDrive Link architecture is missing. Remedy Check the communication network. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 670 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Lead Pump Error] mpLF Probable Cause The selected lead pump is not available while in run. Remedy Verify the state of the corresponding drive digital input for the pump availability information (for example [Pump 1 Ready Assign] MPI1 for the pump 1). Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [DC Bus Overvoltage] ObF Probable Cause Deceleration time too short or driving load. Supply mains voltage too high. Remedy Increase the deceleration time. Configure the [Dec ramp adapt.]brA function if it is compatible with the application. Verify the supply mains voltage. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 671 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [AFE Bus unbalancing] ObF2 Probable Cause AFE DC bus unbalancing. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Overcurrent] OCF Probable Cause Parameters in the [Motor data] MOA- menu are not correct. Inertia or load too high. Mechanical locking. Remedy Verify the parameters. Verify the size of the motor/drive/load. Verify the state of the mechanism. Decrease [Current limitation] CLI. Increase the switching frequency. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 672 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Drive Overheating] OHF Probable Cause Drive temperature too high. Remedy Verify the motor load, the drive ventilation, and the ambient temperature. Wait for the drive to cool down before restarting. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Process Overload] OLC Probable Cause Process overload. Remedy Verify and remove the cause of the overload. Verify the parameters of the [Process overload] OLd- function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 673 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Motor Overload] OLF Probable Cause Triggered by excessive motor current. Remedy Verify the setting of the motor thermal monitoring Verify the motor load. Wait for the motor to cool down before restarting Verify the setting of the following parameters: [Motor Th Current] ITH [Motor Thermal Mode] THT [Motor Therm Thd] TTD [MotorTemp ErrorResp] OLL Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Single Output Phase Loss] OPF1 Probable Cause Loss of one phase at drive output. Remedy Verify the wiring from the drive to the motor. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 674 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Output Phase Loss] OPF2 Probable Cause Motor not connected or motor power too low. Output contactor opened. Instantaneous instability in the motor current. Remedy Verify the wiring from the drive to the motor. If an output contactor is being used, set [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL to [No Error Triggered] OAC. If the drive is connected to a low-power motor or not connected to a motor: In factory settings mode, motor phase loss detection is active [Output Phase Loss] OPL = [OPF Error Triggered] YES. Deactivate motor phase loss detection [Output Phase Loss] OPL = [Function Inactive] nO. Verify and optimize the following parameters: [IR compensation] UFr, [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS and [Rated mot. current] nCr and perform [Autotuning] tUn. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Out Pressure High] OPHF Probable Cause The outlet pressure monitoring function has detected a high pressure error. Remedy Search for a possible cause of high pressure at the outlet of system. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 675 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Out Pressure Low] OPLF Probable Cause The outlet pressure monitoring function has detected a low pressure error. Remedy Verify that there is no pipe broken at the outlet of the system. Search for a possible cause of low pressure at the outlet of system. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Supply Mains Overvoltage] OSF Probable Cause Supply mains voltage too high. Disturbed supply mains. Remedy Verify the supply mains voltage. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 676 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [PumpCycle Start Error] PCPF Probable Cause The Pumpcycle monitoring function has exceeded the maximum number of start sequences allowed in the time window. Remedy Search for a possible cause of repetitive start of system. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [PID Feedback Error] PFMF Probable Cause The PID feedback error was out of the allowed range around the set point during the time window. Remedy Check for mechanical breakdown of pipes. Check for water leakage. Check for open discharge valve. Check for fire hydrant opened. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 677 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Program Loading Error] PGLF Probable Cause Verify that the error code can be cleared. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. [Program Running Error] PGrF Probable Cause Verify that the error code can be cleared. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 678 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Input phase loss] PHF Probable Cause Drive incorrectly supplied or a tripped fused. One phase missing. 3-phase drive used on a single-phase supply mains. Unbalanced load. Remedy Check the power connection and the fuses. Use a 3-phase supply mains. Disable the detected error by [Input phase loss] IPL = [No] nO if single phase supply mains or DC bus supply is used. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Pump Low Flow Error] PLFF Probable Cause The pump low flow monitoring function has detected an error. Remedy Check valve is closed on discharge. Pipes are damaged on the discharge. Search for a possible cause of low flow at the outlet of system. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 679 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Safety Function Error] SAFF Probable Cause Debounce time exceeded. Internal hardware error. STOA and STOB have a different status (high/low) for more than 1 second. Remedy Verify the wiring of the digital inputs STOA and STOB. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Motor short circuit] SCF1 Probable Cause Short-circuit or grounding at the drive output. Remedy Verify the cables connecting the drive to the motor, and the motor insulation. Adjust the switching frequency. Connect chokes in series with the motor. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 680 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Ground Short Circuit] SCF3 Probable Cause Significant ground leakage current at the drive output if several motors are connected in parallel. Remedy Verify the cables connecting the drive to the motor, and the motor insulation. Adjust the switching frequency. Connect chokes in series with the motor. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [IGBT Short Circuit] SCF4 Probable Cause Power component detected error. Remedy Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 681 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Motor Short Circuit] SCF5 Probable Cause Short-circuit at drive output. Remedy Verify the cables connecting the drive to the motor, and the motor’s insulation. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [AFE ShortCircuit error] SCF6 Probable Cause AFE rectifier IGBT short-circuit. AFE over current due to power factor correction systems in the grid. Each switch of the capacitor produce over voltage in the mains which can lead an over current in the AFE rectifier. Remedy Check the mains voltage when the power factor correction system is changing the capacitive load. Install only power factor correction systems with integrated reactors Verify the cables connecting the AFE brick to the mains. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 682 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Modbus Com Interruption] SLF1 Probable Cause Communication interruption on the Modbus port. Remedy Verify the communication bus. Verify the timeout. Refer to the Modbus user manual. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [PC Com Interruption] SLF2 Probable Cause Communication interruption with the commissioning software. Remedy Verify the commissioning software connecting cable. Verify the timeout. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 683 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [HMI Com Interruption] SLF3 Probable Cause Communication interruption with the Display Terminal. This error is triggered when the command or reference value are given using the Graphic Display Terminal and if the communication is interrupted during more than 2 seconds. Remedy Verify the Display Terminal connection. Verify the timeout. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [Motor Overspeed] SOF Probable Cause Instability or driving load too high. If a downstream contactor is used, the contacts between the motor and the drive have not been closed before applying a Run command. Remedy Verify the motor parameter settings. Verify the size of the motor/drive/load. Verify and close the contacts between the motor and the drive before applying a Run command. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. 684 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Motor Stall Error] StF Probable Cause The stall monitoring function has detected an error. The [Motor Stall Error] STF is triggered on the following conditions: The output frequency is small than the stalling frequency [Stall Frequency] STP3 The output current is higher than the stalling current [Stall Current] STP2 For a duration longer than the stalling time S[tall Max Time] STP1. Remedy Search for a mechanical blocking of the motor. Search for a possible cause of motor overload. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [AI2 Thermal Sensor Error] t2CF Probable Cause The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a thermal sensor error on analog input AI2: Open circuit, or Short circuit. Remedy Verify the sensor and its wiring. Replace the sensor. Verify the setting of [AI2 Type] AI2T parameter. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 685 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [AI3 Thermal Sensor Error] t3CF Probable Cause The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a thermal sensor error on analog input AI3: Open circuit, or Short circuit. Remedy Verify the sensor and its wiring. Replace the sensor. Verify the setting of[ AI3 Type] AI3T parameter. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [AI4 Thermal Sensor Error] t4CF Probable Cause The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a thermal sensor error on analog input AI4: Open circuit, or Short circuit. Remedy Verify the sensor and its wiring. Replace the sensor. Verify the setting of [AI4 Type] AI4T parameter Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 686 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [AI5 Thermal Sensor Error] t5CF Probable Cause The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a thermal sensor error on analog input AI5: Open circuit, or Short circuit. Remedy Verify the sensor and its wiring. Replace the sensor. Verify the setting of [AI5 Type] AI5T parameter. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [MotorWinding A Error] tFA Probable Cause The digital input assigned to [MotorWinding A Assign] tFAA is active for longer than [MotorWinding A Delay] tFdA. Remedy Check the connected device (motor winding thermal switch) and its wiring. Verify the motor load and the ambient temperature. Wait for the motor to cool down before restarting. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 687 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [MotorWinding B Error] tFB Probable Cause The digital input assigned to [MotorWinding B Assign] tFAB is active for longer than [MotorWinding B Delay] tFdB. Remedy Check the connected device (motor winding thermal switch) and its wiring. Verify the motor load and the ambient temperature. Wait for the motor to cool down before restarting. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [MotorBearing A Error] tFC Probable Cause The digital input assigned to [MotorBearing A Assign] tFAC is active for longer than [MotorBearing A Delay] tFdC. Remedy Check the connected device (motor winding thermal switch) and its wiring. Verify the motor load and the ambient temperature. Wait for the motor to cool down before restarting. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 688 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [MotorBearing B Error] tFD Probable Cause The digital input assigned to [MotorBearing B Assign] tFAD is active for longer than [MotorBearing B Delay] tFdD. Remedy Check the connected device (motor winding thermal switch) and its wiring. Verify the motor load and the ambient temperature. Wait for the motor to cool down before restarting. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [AI2 Th Detected Error] tH2F Probable Cause The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a high temperature error on analog input AI2. Remedy Search for a possible cause of overheating. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 689 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [AI3 Th Detected Error] tH3F Probable Cause The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a high temperature error on analog input AI3. Remedy Search for a possible cause of overheating. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [AI4 Th Detected Error] tH4F Probable Cause The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a high temperature error on analog input AI4. Remedy Search for a possible cause of overheating. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 690 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [AI5 Th Detected Error] tH5F Probable Cause The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a high temperature error on analog input AI5. Remedy Search for a possible cause of overheating. Verify the settings of the monitoring function. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [IGBT Overheating] tJF Probable Cause Drive power stage overheating. On AFE drives: the thermal model of the AFE IGBT thermal monitoring has detected an overheat. This function protects the IGBT's. Remedy Verify the size of the load/motor/drive according to environment conditions. Reduce the switching frequency. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. EAV64318 11/2016 691 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [AFE IGBT over-heat error] tJF2 Probable Cause Rectifier IGBT power stage overheating. Remedy Verify the size of the load/motor/drive according to environment conditions. Verify and clean, if necessary, the cooling channel. Clean or replace the filter mats on IP54 products. Clearing the Error Code This detected error requires a power reset. [Autotuning Error] tnF Probable Cause Special motor or motor whose power is not suitable for the drive. Motor not connected to the drive. Motor not stopped. Remedy Verify that the motor/drive are compatible. Verify that the motor is connected to the drive during autotuning. If an output contactor is being used, verify that it is closed during autotuning. Verify that the motor is stopped during autotuning. Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. 692 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Process Underload] ULF Probable Cause Process underload. Remedy Verify and remove the cause of the underload. Verify the parameters of the [PROCESS UNDERLOAD] Uld- function Clearing the Error Code This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared. [AFE Mains Undervoltage] UrF Probable Cause Too low DC-Bus voltage due to mains undervoltage. AFE overload. Remedy Verify mains voltage. Verify the size of the load/motor/drive according to environment conditions. Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. EAV64318 11/2016 693 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting [Supply Mains UnderV] USF Probable Cause supply mains too low. Transient voltage dips. Remedy Verify the voltage and the parameters of [Undervoltage handling] USb. Clearing the Error Code This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears. 694 EAV64318 11/2016 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Section 12.3 FAQ FAQ FAQ Introduction If the display does not light up, verify the supply mains to the drive. The assignment of the fast stop or freewheel functions help to prevent the drive starting if the corresponding digital inputs are not switched on. The drive then displays [Freewheel] nSt in freewheel stop and [Fast stop] FSt in fast stop. This is a normal behavior since these functions are active at zero so that the drive is stopped if there is a wire break. Verify that the run command input is activated in accordance with the selected control mode ([2/3-wire control] tCC and [2-wire type] tCt parameters). If the reference channel or command channel is assigned to a fieldbus, when the supply mains is connected, the drive displays [Freewheel] nSt. It remains in stop mode until the fieldbus gives a command. Option Module Changed or Removed When an option module is removed or replaced by another, the drive locks in [Incorrect configuration] CFF error mode at power-on. If the option module has been deliberately changed or removed, the detected error can be cleared by pressing the OK key twice, which causes the factory settings to be restored for the parameter groups affected by the option module. Control Block Changed When a control block is replaced by a control block configured on a drive with a different rating, the drive locks in [Incorrect configuration] CFF fault mode at power-on. If the control block has been deliberately changed, the detected error can be cleared by pressing the OK key twice, which causes all the factory settings to be restored. EAV64318 11/2016 695 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 696 EAV64318 11/2016 Altivar_Process_Programming_Manual_EN_EAV64318_04 11/2016
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Language : en XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.150055, 2012/11/19-18:45:32 Format : application/pdf Creator : Schneider Electric Title : Altivar Process - Variable Speed Drives ATV630, ATV650, ATV660, ATV680 - Programming Manual - 10/2016 Create Date : 2016:12:02 15:00:35Z Creator Tool : Miramo 9.2 (www.miramo.com) Modify Date : 2016:12:02 15:51:20+05:30 Metadata Date : 2016:12:02 15:51:20+05:30 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 10.0.0 (Windows) Document ID : uuid:41324142-d75d-4e84-8553-efa4dcbaf513 Instance ID : uuid:bdaeed06-b25d-4653-aeae-58d2d39b4213 Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 698 Author : Schneider ElectricEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools